Bachelor of Business Administration

Bachelor of Business Administration-BBA

School Overview

The School of Business and Management, CHRIST, was formed in 2020 with a clearly defined
approach for creating quality managers and entrepreneurs required to face the challenges of the
business world. The School offers undergraduate programmes such as Bachelor of Business
Administration(BBA), Bachelor of Business Administration in Decision Science (BBA DS), Bachelor
of Business Administration- Honours (BBA Hon), Bachelor of Business Administration in Fin Tech
Honours (BBA Fin Tech Hon), Bachelor of Business Administration in Business Analytics (BBA
BA), Bachelor of Business Administration in Finance and International Business (BBA FIB),
Bachelor of Hotel Management (BHM), Bachelor of Business Administration in Tourism and Travel
Management (BBA TTM), Postgraduate Programmes such asMaster of Business Administration
(MBA), Master of Business Administration – Executive (MBA – Executive), Master of Business
Administration (CHRIST) + Master of Business Administration (FHWS, Germany), Master of
Business Administration (CHRIST) + Master of Science (VCU, USA), Master of Business
Administration (CHRIST) + Master of Business Administration (WMU, USA), Mater of Tourism and
Travel Management (MTTM), and Doctoral Programmes such as Doctor of Philosophy
(Management) and Doctor of Philosophy in Tourism which are specifically designed to enhance
career opportunities and to develop well rounded managers, business leaders and researchers ready to
effectively tackle a dynamic environment.

Vision

Our Vision is to be an institution of excellence developing leaders serving enterprises and society
globally.

Mission Statement

“Our mission is to develop socially responsible business leaders with the spirit of inquiry through
academic and industry engagement”.

Introduction to the BBA Programmme

The undergraduate programme in Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) is offered by the

School of Business and Management since 1991as a platform to prepare young minds with a positive
attitude for excellent performance and committed service. It provides the right nurturing ground to
enable students to pursue their entrepreneurial ambitions.

The curriculum for the three year programme (6 Semesters), has been designed to enable the students
to get an overview of the various aspects related to launching and managing a business effectively; as
well as giving them an opportunity to specialize in a functional area of management that they would
like to pursue in their careers.

The BBA programme provides students with the opportunityfor interdisciplinary learning through
various generic electives from the streams of Economics, Psychology, Sociology, Social Work, Law,
Media Studies, Hotel Management and Computer Applications. The programmefocuseson developing
the students and equipping them to meet the managerial challenges of the 21st century. The ability to
work in teams is also focused upon as a key skill to be developed for success in the work-place.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

The programme also aims to develop the student’s independent thinking, decision-making capability
and research aptitude. Learning is enhanced through many pedagogical tools like case studies,
presentations, internships, research projects, industrial visits, and guest lecturers from a pool of
industry experts.

Aimed at the holistic development of the students, the Department facilitates participation in various
National and International fests.It also conducts many curricular and co-curricular activities on a
regular basis. Social responsibility is a thrust area and students are encouraged to participate in
community development initiatives.

Program Learning Goals

 The Programme aims at forming students to be socially responsible and ethically sensitive
 The Programme enables students to demonstrate knowledge of business from a holistic and
cross-functional perspective
 The Programme aims to inculcate professional approach among students
 The Programme focuses on equipping students to solve business problems in a scientific
manner
 The Programme prepares young minds to face challenges and convert them into opportunities
with an entrepreneurial mind set
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Structure for the Batch 2021 - 2024
I Semester (Applicable to batch 2021-24)

Durat
Course Theory/ Credit
Title Type* Hr/wk CIA ESE Total ion of
Code Practical s
Exam

BBA131 Principles of Management Theory CC 4 4 70 30 100 2

BBA132 Financial Accounting Theory CC 4 4 70 30 100 2

BBA133 Micro Economics Theory CC 4 4 70 30 100 2

BBA134 Business Mathematics Theory PC 4 4 70 30 100 2

ENG121 English Theory AECC 3 3 70 30 100 2

AEN121 Additional English Theory AECC 3 3 50 50 100 2

FRN121 French Theory AECC 3 3 50 50 100 2

HIN121 Hindi Theory AECC 3 3 50 50 100 2

KAN121 Kannada Theory AECC 3 3 50 50 100 2

SAN121 Sanskrit Theory AECC 3 3 50 50 100 2

TAM121 Tamil Theory AECC 3 3 50 50 100 2

HOL111 Holistic Education Theory SEC 1 1 50

Foundations Of Managerial
BBA111 Practical SEC 2 Grade
Effectiveness

Generic Electives (One from any other Deanery )

BBA161 Basic Psychological GE 2 2 100 100

Theory
A Process

The Dynamics of Indian

BBA161B Theory
Society

Introduction to Media
BBA161C Practical
Production

BBA161
Human Rights Law Theory
D

BBA161E Graphic Designing Practical

BBA161F Eclectic Thoughts Theory

 Bachelor of Business Administration

Total 27 25 700

II Semester (Applicable to batch 2021-24)

Durat
Course Theory/ Hr/w Credit
Title Type* CIA ESE Total ion of
Code Practical k s
Exam

BBA231 Organizational Behavior Theory CC 4 4 70 30 100 2

BBA232 Business Statistics Theory CC 4 4 70 30 100 2

BBA233 Macro Economics Theory CC 4 4 70 30 100 2

BBA234 Corporate Accounting Theory PC 4 4 70 30 100 2

ENG221 English Theory AECC 3 3 70 30 100 2

AEN221 Additional English Theory AECC 3 3 50 50 100 2

FRN221 French Theory AECC 3 3 50 50 100 2

HIN221 Hindi Theory AECC 3 3 50 50 100 2

KAN221 Kannada Theory AECC 3 3 50 50 100 2

SAN221 Sanskrit Theory AECC 3 3 50 50 100 2

TAM221 Tamil Theory AECC 3 3 50 50 100 2

EVS221 Environment Studies Theory AECC 2

HOL211 Holistic Education Theory SEC 1 1 50

Professional
BBA211 Practical SEC 2 Grade
Communication Skills

Social Responsibility
BBA281 Practical SEC 1 50
Project

Generic Electives (One from any other Deanery )

BBA261A Basic Social Psychology Theory GE 2 2 100 100

Sociology of Change &

BBA261B Theory
Development

Techniques of Digital
BBA261C Practical
Design

BBA261D Indian Society & Law Theory

 Bachelor of Business Administration

Web Page Designing &

BBA261E Practical
Multimedia

Literature, History and

BBA261F Theory
Society

Total 27 28 700

III Semester (Applicable to batch 2020-23)

Durat
Course Theory/P Hr/w
Title Type* Credits CIA ESE Total ion of
Code ractical k
Exam

BBA331 Financial Management Theory CC 4 4 70 30 100 2

Human Resources CC
BBA332 Theory 4 4 70 30 100 2
Management

BBA333 Marketing Management Theory CC 4 4 70 30 100 2

Information Technology and PC

BBA334 Theory 4 4 70 30 100 2
e-business

BBA335 Indian Financial System Theory PC 4 4 70 30 100 2

HOL311 Holistic Education Theory SEC 1 1 50

BBA311 Working with Spreadsheets I Practical SEC 2 Grade

BBA381 Industry Review Project Practical SEC 2 1 50

Generic Electives (Any ONE from the following)

Innovation and Creativity in

BBA361
Business

BBA362 Event Management Theory GE 70 30 100 2

3 3
BBA363 Cross Cultural Management

BBA364 Business Environment

Total 28 25 600
 Bachelor of Business Administration

IV Semester (Applicable to batch 2020-23)

Durat
Course Theory/P Hr/w
Title Type* Credits CIA ESE Total ion of
Code ractical k
Exam

Cost and Management

BBA431 Theory CC 4 4 70 30 100 2
Accounting

Entrepreneurship
BBA432 Theory CC 4 4 70 30 100 2
Development

BBA433 Research Methodology Theory CC 4 4 70 30 100 2

Introduction to Business
BBA434 Practical PC 4 4 100 - 100 -
Analytics

Corporate Law and

BBA435 Theory PC 4 4 70 30 100 2
Governance

HOL411 Holistic Education Theory SEC 1 1 50

Entrepreneurship
BBA481 Practical SEC 2 1 50
Development Project

Generic Electives (Any ONE from the following)

Insurance and Risk

BBA461
Management

BBA462 Supply Chain Management Theory GE 3 3 70 30 100 2

BBA463 Global Business

BBA464 Service Management

Any One from the following

BBA411 Working with Spreadsheets

A II

BBA411
Developing Cognitive Skills
B

BBA411
Green Management Practical SEC 2
C Grade
BBA411 Emotional Intelligence for
D Managerial Success

BBA411
Project Management Skills
E
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Total 28 25 600

V Semester (Applicable to batch 2019-22)

Dura
tion
Course Theory/ Hr/w Credit
Title Type* CIA ESE Total of
Code Practical k s
Exa
m

BBA531 Bank Management Theory Core 5 4 60 40 100 3

BBA532 Taxation Management Theory Core 5 4 60 40 100 3

BBA533 Strategic Management Theory Core 4 4 60 40 100 3

BBA581 Internship Project Practical SEC 2 100

Three Electives Out Of Five In Respective Specialization

Elective – Finance - Three From The Following

Security Analysis and

BBA541F Theory DSE 4 4 60 40 100 3
Portfolio Management

BBA542F Global Business Finance Theory DSE 4 4 60 40 100 3

Strategic Financial
BBA543F Theory DSE 4 4 60 40 100 3
Management

BBA544F Business Valuation Theory DSE 4 4 60 40 100 3

BBA555F Financial Econometrics Practical DSE 4 4 100 - 100 3

Elective – Marketing - Three From The Following

BBA541M Consumer Behavior Theory

BBA542M Brand Management Theory

BBA543M Retail Management Theory

DSE 4 4 60 40 100 3
Customer Relationship
BBA544M Theory
Management

BBA545M International Marketing Theory

Elective - Human Resources - Three From The Following

BBA541H Industrial Relations Law Theory DSE 4 4 60 40 100 3

BBA542H Compensation Theory

 Bachelor of Business Administration

Management

International Human
BBA543H Theory
Resource Management

Human Resources
BBA544H Theory
Development

Organization Theory and

BBA545H Theory
Design

Elective –Entrepreneurship Development - Three From The Following

Management of Business
BBA541E Theory
Sustainability

BBA542E Social Entrepreneurship Theory

Family Business
BBA543E Theory
Management DSE 4 4 60 40 100 3

Working Capital
BBA544E Theory
Management

Product Design and

BBA545E Theory
Development

Elective – Business Analytics

BBA551A Data Management for Practical

Business Analytics

BBA552A Data Visualization Practical DSE 4 4 100 100

BBA553A Python Programming for

Practical
Business Analytics

Any One from the following

BBA511F Time Series Analysis

BBA511M Marketing Skills I

BBA511H Human Resource

Practical SEC 2 1 Grade
Management Skills I

BBA511E Entrepreneurial Skills I

BBA511A Business Analytics Skills I

Total 28 27 700
 Bachelor of Business Administration

VI Semester (Applicable to batch 2019-22)

Durat
Course Theory/ Hr/w Credit
Title Type* CIA ESE Total ion of
Code Practical k s
Exam

Insurance and Risk

BBA631 Theory Core 5 4 60 40 100 3
Management

BBA632 Operations Management Theory Core 5 4 60 40 100 3

BBA633 Business Law Theory Core 5 4 60 40 100 3

BBA681 Project Practical SEC 2 3 100

Three Electives Out Of Four In Respective Specialization

Elective – Finance - Three From The Following

Management Control
BBA641F Theory DSE 4 4 60 40 100 3
System

BBA642F Corporate Restructuring Theory DSE 4 4 60 40 100 3

Project and Infrastructure

BBA643F Theory DSE 4 4 60 40 100 3
Finance

BBA654F Financial Modeling Practical DSE 4 4 100 - 100 3

Debt Markets and Mutual

BBA645F Theory DSE 4 4 60 40 100 3
Funds

Elective – Marketing - Three From The Following

Integrated Marketing
BBA641M Theory
Communication

Sales & Distribution

BBA642M Theory
Management
DSE 4 4 60 40 100 3
BBA643M Rural Marketing Theory

BBA644M Digital Marketing Theory

BBA645M Neuro Marketing Theory

Elective – Human Resource Management – Three From The Following

BBA641H Knowledge Management Theory DSE 4 4 60 40 100 3

Organizational Change
BBA642H Theory
and Development

BBA643H Strategic Human Theory

 Bachelor of Business Administration

Resource Management

Performance
BBA644H Theory
Management

Human Resource
BBA645H Theory
Analytics

Elective –Entrepreneurship Development– Three From The Following

BBA641E Industrial Marketing Theory

Managing Intellectual
BBA642E Theory
Property

Technology and DSE 4 4 60 40 100 3

BBA643E Theory
Entrepreneurship

BBA644E Quality Management Theory

BBA645E Entrepreneurial Finance Theory

Elective – Business Analytics

BBA651A Advanced Data Analytics

Practical
for Business Applications

BBA652A Data Warehousing and

Practical DSE 4 4 100 100
Data Mining

BBA653A Artificial Intelligence for

Practical
Business and Society

Any One from the following

BBA611F Advance Panel Data

Analysis

BBA611M Marketing Skills II

BBA611H Human Resource

Practical SEC 2 1 Grade
Management Skills II

BBA611E Entrepreneurial Skills II

BBA611A Business Analytics Skills

II

IC 631 Indian Constitution Laws Theory SEC 1 Grade

Total 31 29 700

Total Credits 155 Total Marks 4000

 Bachelor of Business Administration

Semester Credits

I 25

II 28

III 25

IV 25

V 27

VI 29

Total 159
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Principles of Management Course Code: BBA131

Total number of hours: 60 Hours Credits: 4
Course Description:
The dynamic business environment compels managers to perform a challenging role in steering the
organizations’ success to new heights. This comprehensive introductory course has been designed
to provide valuable insights into the functions of modern-day managers. By tracing the historical
evolution of management thought, it explores the basic concepts, principles and theories of
management. It orients the learners towards basic understanding of managerial functions like
planning, organizing, staffing, motivation, communication, controlling and supervision. By
focusing on the contemporary challenges faced by organizations in recent years, it enables the
proponents to gather knowledge about skills which would have a real time application in the
corporate world.
Course Objectives:
 To outline the fundamental activities of managers
 To explain the basic concepts, principles and theories of management
 To examine the broad functions of management
 To identify the contemporary issues and challenges in the field of management
 To identify ethical workplace practices
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:
CLO1 Demonstrate understanding of the role of managers in an organization
CLO2 Summarize the elementary concepts, principles and theories of management
CLO3 Examine the managerial functions having an impact on the organizational effectiveness
CLO4 Identify the contemporary issues and challenges in management
CLO5 Develop ethical workplace practices
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, students’ discussions and
PPTs, case studies, role plays, and form of experiential learning.
Syllabus

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Definition – nature, process and significance of management – Role of managers – Managerial

Skills and Roles - Evolution of Management Thought: Classical Management Approaches,
Behavioral Management Approaches, Quantitative Management Approach, Modern Management
Approaches - Management as a Science or Art - Management as a profession- Administration and
Management- Functions of Management – Functional Areas of Management.

UNIT II PLANNING AND DECISION MAKING 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Planning - Nature and Importance of Planning- Types of Plans - Levels of Planning - Steps in
planning - Making Effective Plans- Objectives and Management By Objective (MBO)
–Management By Exception (MBE) - Policy and Strategy- Forecasting and Decision Making -
Nature of decision making - Types of decisions – Decision Making Process – Rational Perspectives
and Behavioral Aspects of decision making.

UNIT III ORGANIZING 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Organizing - Nature and purpose - Principles of Organization - Types of Organization -

Organizational Structure and Design – Line, Staff and functional authority – Conflict between Line
and Staff – Overcoming the Line-Staff Conflict. Departmentation - Span of control – Authority,
Responsibility and Accountability - Principles of Delegation - Steps - Centralization Vs
Decentralization – Factors determining the degree of Decentralization of authority.

UNIT IV STAFFING 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Staffing - Nature and Purpose of staffing – Importance of staffing – Components of Staffing -

Manpower planning - Recruitment and Selection - Training and Development - Performance
Appraisal.

UNIT V DIRECTING 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Directing – Nature of Directing function - Principles – Importance of Effective Direction –

Motivating people at work – Early motivational theories, Leadership and change - Effective
Communication skills for directing – Barriers of communication.

UNIT VI CONTROLLING AND SUPERVISION 7 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Controlling - Concept, Nature and Importance - Essentials of Control - Requirements of an

Effective Control System – Behavioral Implications of Control – Techniques of Managerial control
- Co-ordination – Need for co-ordination – Types of Co-ordination - Techniques of Coordination -
Cooperation. Supervision – Position of a supervisor – Qualities of good – Essential requirements of
effective supervision.

UNIT VII CONTEMPORARY ISSUES AND CHALLENGES IN MANAGEMENT OF

21st CENTURY 5 Hrs
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Total quality management, Work force diversity, Globalization and innovation, Enterprise
mobility, how to manage and control virtual teams, creating an ethical workplace.

Core Text:
1. Stoner, Freeman, Gilbert Jr. (2014). Management (6th edition), New Delhi: Prentice Hall
India.

Reference Books:
2. Daft, R. L. (2009). Principles of Management (1st edition), Cengage Learning.
3. Gupta, R.S., Sharma, B.D., & Bhalla. N.S. (2011). Principles & Practices of Management
(11th edition). New Delhi: Kalyani Publishers.
4. Williams. Management, (International edition) South-western Cengage Learning.
5. John R. Schermerhorn. Management, Wiley-India
6. Koontz, H., & Weihrich, H. Essentials of Management, McGraw Hill Publishers.
7. L M Prasad, (2007). Principles and Practices of Management, Himalaya Publishing House
8. Rao, P.S. (2009). Principles of Management, Himalaya Publishing House.
9. Moshal, B.S. Principles of Management, Ane Books.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Financial Accounting Course Code: BBA132

Total number of hours: 60 Hrs Credits: 4

Course Description: This course intends to introduce basic accounting principles and practices. It
also deals with subsidiary books maintained in business organizations. The students will have
knowledge about the fundamental accounting processes such as journalizing, ledger posting,
preparation of trial balance and final accounts in sole trading business. It also deals with providing
an overview of accounting standards and IFRS. This course will be useful for all those who are
desirous of having an understanding and application of financial dynamics of the business and
become successful financial managers/entrepreneurs.

Course Objectives:
 To provide an understanding of application of various principles and practice of
Accounting.
 To demonstrate the knowledge on the process of accounting cycle and basic steps involved
in Accounting.
 To extend the knowledge of systematic maintenance of books of accounts to real life
business.
 To interpret Annual Financial statements of Sole proprietorship form of business.
 To outline the need for Accounting standards and IFRS.
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:

CLO1 Identify the application of various principles and practice of Accounting in

preparation of accounting statements.
CLO2 Demonstrate the knowledge on the process of accounting cycle.
CLO3Extend the knowledge of systematic maintenance of books of accounts to real life
business.
CLO4 Interpret Annual Financial statements of Sole proprietorship form of business.
CLO5Outline the need for Accounting standards and IFRS
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, hands on preparation of
financial statements, discussions & presentations and experiential learning of cash book preparation
for kirana shops of the locality.

UNIT – I: Introduction to Accounting 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Meaning, Need for accounting, Internal and External users of accounting information, limitations
of accounting, accounting Concepts and Conventions, Accounting Practices, Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles.

Unit – II: Accounting systems & process 12 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Nature of Accounting, Accounting equation - Systems of Accounting, Process of Accounting
transactions- types of Accounts, Rules of Accounting. Journal - Meaning, features, simple and
compound entries, Including recording of GST transactions, Capital and revenue expenditures,
Capital and revenue receipts, Contingent assets and contingent liabilities, Preparation of ledgers
and Trial balance.

Unit – III: Subsidiary books 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Conceptual introduction to subsidiary books - Sales book, Sales return book, Purchases book,
Purchase returns book, receivable book, payable book. Practical problems in Cash Book- Single
column, double column, and three columnar cash book.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Unit – IV: Bank reconciliation statement 08 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Need for reconciliation and preparation of bank reconciliation statement.

Unit – V: Rectification of Errors 08 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Need for rectification of errors, types of errors, process of rectification and accounting entries of
rectification.

Unit – VI: Final Accounts 12 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Preparation of Trading and Profit and Loss account and Balance Sheet of sole trading concerns.

Unit – VII: Accounting standards and IFRS 04 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Types of Accounting standards, Need for IFRS, Ind AS and IFRS.

Essential Reading:
Jain S.P.,& Narang K L. (2020). Basic Financial Accounting I, New Dehli, Kalyani publishers.

Recommended Reading :
1. Maheshwari, S.N., &Maheshwari, S.K. (2020). Advanced Accountancy1, New Delhi: Jain
Book Agency.
2. Shukla, M. (2020). Advanced Accounts, New Delhi, S Chand Group
3. Radhaswamy, M & Gupta, R.L. (2020).Advanced Accountancy 2, New Delhi, Sultan
Chand & Sons.
4. Reddy, A. (2020). Fundamentals of Accounting, New Delhi, Himalaya Publishing House
5. Gupta, A. (2020). Financial Accounting for Management: An Analytical Perspective,
Noida, Pearson Education.
6. Raman, B. S. (2014). Financial Accounting (1stedi).I & II, New Dehli:United Publishers.
7. Porter, G.A., & Norton, C.L. (2013). Financial Accounting (IFRS update)( 6thedi), Cengage
Learning.
8. Jawahar Lal & Seema Srivastava (2013). Financial Accounting New Delhi:Himalaya
Publishing House.
9. Arora M. N. (2013). Accounting For Management. New Delhi: Himalaya Publishing
House.
Bhattacharya .(2013). Essentials of Financial Accounting (Based on IFRS) (2ndedi),
Prentice Hall India.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Micro Economics Course Code: BBA133

Total number of hours: 60 Hours Credits: 4
Course Description:
This common core course helps students to think in the economic way of establishing a connection
between unlimited wants and limited resources available to an individual, firm and the society. It
deals with the application of economic analysis in formulation of business decisions. In this
context, the course deals with demand, supply, pricing, theory of consumer choice, theories of
production and market structures.
Course Objectives: This course aims to help students to:
 Describe how economic trade-offs and social values impact business decisions.
 Understand the causes and consequences of different market conditions.
 Explain the theory of consumer choice using the utility concepts.
 Make use of the concept of market equilibrium in business decisions.
 Analyse cost of production and revenue of business operations.
 Evaluate the market outcome(s) under different market structure.

Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:
CLO1 Describe how economic trade-offs and social values impact business decisions.
CLO2 Understand the causes and consequences of different market conditions
CLO3 Explain the theory of consumer choice using the utility concepts.
CLO4 Make use of the concept of market equilibrium in business decisions.
CLO5 Analyse cost of production and revenue of business operations
CLO6 Evaluate the market outcome(s) under different market structure

Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, students’ discussions and
PPTs, case studies, role plays, and form of experiential learning.

Unit I Basic Concepts 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Ten Principles of Economics: How People Make Decisions - How people Interact - How the
Economy as a Whole Works; Thinking Like an Economist - Role of Observations, Theory and
Assumptions in Economics; Role of Economic models - The Circular Flow Diagram - Production
Possibility Frontier - Opportunity Cost; Central Problems of an Economy; Microeconomics and
Macroeconomics.

Unit II The Basics of Supply and Demand 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Markets and Competition; Demand - Law of Demand, Exceptions to the Law - Market Demand -
Changes in Demand; Supply - Law of Supply, Exceptions to the Law - Market Supply - Changes in
Supply; Equilibrium – Steps - Changes in Equilibrium.

Unit III Elasticity and its Application 7 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Elasticity of Demand - Price Elasticity and Its Determinants - Methods of Measurement - Degrees
of Price Elasticity - Total Revenue and Price elasticity; Income Elasticity Demand; Cross Elasticity
Demand; Elasticity of Supply-Determinants - Measurement and Degrees.

Unit IV Theory of Consumer Behaviour 10 Hrs

Utility - Characteristics and Types - Cardinal and ordinal Utility analysis – Law of Diminishing
Marginal utility; Budget Constraint; Indifference curves - Properties, Consumer’s equilibrium -
Price Effect - Income Effect and Substitution Effect.

Unit V Market Efficiency and Externalities5 Hours

 Bachelor of Business Administration

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Consumers, Producers and the Efficiency of the Markets: Consumers surplus (Marshall) - Producer
surplus and Market efficiency; Externalities and Market Inefficiency - Negative and Positive.

Unit VI Theory of Production and Cost 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Production Function; Law of Variable Proportions; Law of returns, Economies of Scale; Iso-quants
and Iso-cost lines. Cost Function - Important Cost Concepts; Short Run and Long Run Cost
Analysis (traditional theory) - Modern theory of cost; Long Run and short Run Revenue analysis.

Unit VII Market Structure and Competitive Strategy 12 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Market structure - Perfect Competition - Price and Output Determination - Role of Time Element
in Market Price Determination; Monopoly - Price and output determination, Price Discrimination;
Monopolistic Competition - Price and Output Determination-Selling Costs - Product
Differentiation – Oligopoly - Duopoly Example - Price Determination (Collusive Pricing, Price
Leadership).

Essential Reading:

Gregory Mankiw, N. (2016), Principles of Economics, 8th Edition, Cengage Learning India.

Recommended Reading
Robert S Pindyck and Daniel L Rubinfeld (2013), Microeconomics, 8th Edition, New York:
Pearson.
Salvatore, D. (2011). Managerial Economics in a Global Economy (7th ed.). Oxford: Oxford
University Press.
1. Sen, Anindy (2006). Microeconomics: Theory and application (2nd ed.). Oxford: Oxford
University Press.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Business Mathematics Course Code: BBA134

Total number of hours: 60 Hrs Credits: 4

Course Description: This course aims at aiding the students in reaching a level of increased competence in
business mathematics and expands understanding of the importance of mathematical concepts in business
applications. Emphasis is placed upon learning mathematical concepts by examining some basic business
problems.

Course objectives: This course will help the learner to

 Understand the theory of matrices and solve problems based on matrices and determinants.
 Interpret concepts of Matrices and Determinants and apply in the applications of business.
 Solve problems on simple interest, compound interest, annuities, sinking funds, etc.,
 Formulate a linear programming problem and solve it graphically and using simplex method.
 Solve problems based on transportation and assignment problems using different methods.
 Inspect concepts of limits and differentiation of various functions and second order differentiation.
 Interpret concepts of limits and differentiation and apply them to solve problems in business.
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:

CLO1 Understand the theory of matrices and solve problems based on matrices and determinants.
CLO2 Interpret concepts of Matrices and Determinants and apply in the applications of business.
CLO3 Solve problems on simple interest, compound interest, annuities, sinking funds, etc.,
CLO4 Formulate a linear programming problem and solve it graphically and using simplex method.
CLO5 Solve problems based on transportation and assignment problems using different methods.
CLO6 Inspect concepts of limits and differentiation of various functions and second order
differentiation.
CLO7 Interpret concepts of limits and differentiation and apply them to solve problems in business.

Pedagogy: Lecture and Problem-Solving approach.

Unit 1: Matrices and Determinants: 08 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Basic, Conceptual and Analytical

Matrices and Determinants - addition of matrices – Multiplication of Matrices by a scalar – some special types
of matrices – Multiplication of two matrices – Properties of Matrix Multiplication – determinants –Properties
of determinants (statement only) - Minors and co-factors – Inverse of a matrix (Simple Problems only) –
Gauss Jordan method to find inverse of a matrix.

Unit 2: Applications of Matrices and Determinant 07 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Basic, Conceptual and Analytical

Applications of Matrices and Determinants – Matrix representation of data – Applications of matrices based
on basic operations – Solving system of linear equations – Matrix inverse method – Cramer’s Rule – Gauss
Elimination method - Leontief’s input and output model.

Unit 3: Commercial Arithmetic: 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Basic, Conceptual and Analytical
Simple interest – Compound interest – Equivalent rate – Effective rate - Depreciation – Accumulated value -
Present value – Annuity – Types of Annuity - Sinking Fund.

Unit 4 – Linear Programming 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Basic, Conceptual and Analytical
Definition – Linear Programming Problem – Formulation – Solution by Graphical method – simplex method –
 Bachelor of Business Administration

minimization and maximization problems.

Unit 5 – Transportation Problem 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Basic, Conceptual and Analytical

Nature and scope of transportation and allocation models, different methods for finding initial solution - N-W
Corner Rule, Least Cost Method and VAM. Unbalanced TP, Test for optimality – MODI method, AP a
variant of Transportation model, Hungarian method, Restricted Assignment problems.

Unit 6 – Differentiation 08 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Basic, Conceptual and Analytical

Limits – Differentiation – Differentiation rules - Methods of differentiation – Differentiation of composite

functions – Differentiation of parametric functions - Second order derivative.

Unit 7 – Applications of Differentiation 07 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Basic, Conceptual and Analytical

Maxima and Minima – Application to commerce and Economics – Revenue Function – Cost function – profit
function – Elasticity of demand – Breakeven point.

Essential references:

1. D.C. Sancheti and V.K.Kapoor, Business Mathematics, 11th ed., Sultan Chand and Sons, 2012.
2. U.K. Srivatsava, G.V.Shenoy and S.C.Sharma, Quantitative Techniques for Managerial Decisions, 3rd
ed., New Age International Publishers, 2012.

Recommended references:

1. E. Don and J. J. Lerner, Schaum’s outlines of Basic Business Mathematics, 2nd ed., McGraw-Hill,
2010.
2. J D Gupta, P K Gupta and M. Mohan, Mathematics for Business and Economics, Tata Mc Graw Hill
Publishing Company Limited, 1987.
3. A.H. Mouhammed, Quantitative methods for Business and Economics, 3rd ed., Routledge, 2015.
4. D. R. Anderson, D. J. Sweeney, T. A. Williams, J. D. Camm, J. J. Cochran, M. J. Fry and J. W.
Ohlmann, Quantitative Methods for Business, 12th ed., South-Western Cengage Learning, 2013.
5. Margaret L.Lial, Thomas W. Hungerford, John P. Holcomb, Jr, Bernadette Mullins, Mathematics with
Applications, seventh edition, Pearson Education, 2015.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: English - I Course Code: ENG121

Total number of hours: 45 Hours Credits: 3

Course Description: English is offered as a course for all the students with an aim to strengthen the
communication skills, particularly the study skills of the learners further, through adequate practice and
exposure to good examples of writing, thought, ideas and human values. It trains the learners to critically
analyze and interpret texts in order to observe and engage with the world around them. In addition, they will
be trained in study skills through tasks in academic genres such as message, letter, essay, data interpretation
etc. There are seven units per semester, each unit has a theme. There are two texts under each theme; a
primary text and a secondary text. Every theme would have two sets of reading tasks, two sets of listening
comprehension worksheets, two vocabulary activities and one speaking and one writing task. This would be
followed by the language and communication section which would engage learners with specific sub-skills
of speaking and writing.

Course Objectives:

 To understand how to engage with texts from various countries, historical, cultural specificities and
politics
 To understand and develop the ability to reflect upon and comment on texts with various themes
 To develop an analytical and critical bent of mind to compare and analyze the various literature
they read and discuss in class
 To develop the ability to communicate both orally and in writing for various purposes
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:

CLO1 Understand how to engage with texts from various countries, historical, cultural specificities
and politics
CLO2 Understand and develop the ability to reflect upon and comment on texts with various
themes
CLO3 Develop an analytical and critical bent of mind to compare and analyze the various literature
they read and discuss in class
CLO4 Develop the ability to communicate both orally and in writing for various purposes
Pedagogy: There will be vocabulary tasks, probing questions, information about the author and secondary
reading included in the textbook at the end of each lesson. The course will also have activities and
vocabulary and communication skill development within the scope of each text.

Syllabus

UNIT I LOVE 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

The Happy Prince By Oscar Wilde; Shakespeare Sonnet 18

Communication skills - Common errors- subject-verb agreement, punctuation, tense errors

UNIT II TRAVEL 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Why We Travel - Pico Iyer; What Solo Travel Has Taught Me About the World – and Myself – ShivyaNath
– Blogpost

Communication skills - sentence fragments, dangling modifiers, faulty parallelism

UNIT III ENVIRONMENT 6 Hrs

 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name:
Level of Additional
Knowledge: English
Conceptual Course Code: AEN121

Total number of hours: 45 Hours Credits: 3

Thinking Like a Mountain - Aldo Leopold; Short Text: On Cutting a Tree - Gieve Patel
Course Description: The Additional English course is offered as a second language course and seeks to
introduce the students
Communication skills to the nuances
- Note taking of English literature in its varied forms and genres. The students who
choose Additional English are generally proficient in the English language. Hence, instead of focusing on
UNIT IV RELIGION
introducing 8 Hrs The effort
them to language, challenging texts in terms of ideas, form, and technique are chosen.
aims to familiarize the students with regional literatures in translation, Indian Writing in English (IWE) and
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
literatures from Pakistan, Nepal and Srilanka, thereby, enabling the students to learn more about Indian culture
and ethos through writings from different regions of the country.
Violence in the name of God is Violence against God - Rev Dr Tveit; Poem: Holy Willie's Prayer - Robert
Burns

Communication skills - Paragraph writing

UNIT V CRIME 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

The Story of B24 - Sir Arthur Conan Doyle; Short Text: Aarushi Murder case

Communication skills - Newspaper report

UNIT VI HEALTH 7 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Long text:Emma’s Fitness story- Emma Chapman; Short text: Why You Should Never Aim for Six Packs

Communication skills - Essay writing

UNIT VII SPORTS 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Long Text: Sir Ranjth Singh- Essay by Sourav Ganguly ; Short text: Casey at the Bat - Ernest Lawrence
Thayer

Communication skills - Paraphrasing and interpretation skills

Core Text:

1. ENGlogue (2019), Cambridge University Press

Visual Text: Before the Flood

 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Objectives:

 To expose students to the rich literary and cultural diversity of Indian literatures
 To sensitise students on the social, political, historical and cultural ethos that has shaped the nation -
India
 To enable to grasp and appreciate the variety and abundance of Indian writing, of which this compilation
is just a passing glance
 To learn and appreciate India through association of ideas in the texts and the external contexts
(BhashaUtsav will be an intrinsic help in this endeavour)
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:

CLO1 Expose students to the rich literary and cultural diversity of Indian literatures
CLO2 Sensitise students on the social, political, historical and cultural ethos that has shaped the nation -
India
CLO3 Enable to grasp and appreciate the variety and abundance of Indian writing, of which this
compilation is just a passing glance
CLO4 Learn and appreciate India through association of ideas in the texts and the external contexts
(BhashaUtsav will be an intrinsic help in this endeavour)
Pedagogy: Classroom discussion, role plays

Syllabus

UNIT I POETRY 10 Hrs

“Migrations” - Keki N Daruwala; “Forest Fire” - Kamala Das; “Snow on the Desert” - Agha Shahid Ali;
“Marriages are Made” - Eunice D Souza

UNIT II SHORT STORIES 15 Hrs

“Babus of Nayanjore” - Rabindranath Tagore; “He said it with Arsenic” - Ruskin Bond, “The Boss Came to
Dinner” - Bhisham Sahni; “The Taste of Hilsa” - N. Kunjamohan Singh; “Post Script” - Mohan Thakuri

UNIT III ESSAYS 20 Hrs

What is True Civilization?” (Excerpts from Hind Swaraj) - Mahatma Gandhi; “Organising for Change” - Ela
Bhatt; “Beyond the Ego: New Values for a Global Neighborhood” - Sitakant Mahapatra; “Waiting for A Visa” -
B R Ambedkar

Core Text:

1. Forsdick, C., & Marson, S. (2000). Reading Diversity. University of Glasgow French & German
Publications.
Course Name: French Course Code: FRN121

Total number of hours: 45 Hours Credits: 3

Course Description: The course is offered as a second language course and seeks to introduce the students to
the nuances of French literature in its varied forms and genres. This course focuses on introducing them to
language, challenging texts in terms of ideas, form, and technique are chosen. The effort aims to familiarize
the students with French literatures in translation, thereby, enabling the students to learn more about French
culture and ethos.

Course Objectives:
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Hindi Course Code: HIN121

 To enhance linguistic competencies in French
Totalnumber
To sharpen written
of hours: skills in French
45 Hours Credits: 3
 To sharpen oral communicative skills in French
Course
CourseDescription: The course
Learning Outcomes: Onishaving
offeredcompleted
as a second
thislanguage courseshould
course student and seeks to introduce
be able to: the students to
the nuances of Hindi literature in its varied forms and genres. The detailed text book “Samakaleen Hindi
CLO1 by
Kavitha” edited Enhance linguistic is
Dr.N Mohanan competencies
an anthologyinofFrench
contemporary Hindi Poems written by representative poets
CLO2 Sharpen written skills in French
of Hindi Literature. From the medieval poetry ' Kabir Ke Dohe and Sur ke pad 'is also included. The poets
CLO3 Sharpen oral communicative skills in French
reflect on the social, cultural and political issues which are prevalent in our society since the medieval period.
Pedagogy: Classroom discussion, role plays, translations
Hindusthani sangeeth-parampara eva kalakar is one of the module. Since translation is a significant area in
language
Syllabusand literature, emphasis is being given on it in the syllabus.Bharath ki pramukh sanskruthik kalayein
Yakshagana,Kathakali,Ram Leela,Krishna Leela etc. included in the syllabus to enrich cultural values among
UNIT I DISCOVER I
students. 10 Hrs

Level of
Course Knowledge: Conceptual
Objectives:
Good Morning, How are you?; Hello, My name is Agnes

UNIT II CULTURE : PHYSICAL AND POLITICAL FRANCE 20 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Who is it?; In my bag , I have...; Les Fables de la Fontaine; La cigale et la fourmis

Visual Text - A French Film

UNIT III VIIDEO WORKSHOP: HE IS CUTE! 15 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

How is he?; Les Fables de la Fontaine; Le renard et le corbeau; Hello?

Core Text:

2. Cocton, Marie-Noelle (2016). Génération A1. Paris : Didier,

3. De Lafontaine, Jean. (1668) Les Fables de la Fontaine. Paris
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading:

1. Thakker, Viral. (2011) Plaisir d’écrire. New Delhi : Langers International Pvt. Ltd.,
2. French websites like Bonjour de France, Fluent U French, Learn French Lab, Point du FLE etc.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name:
 To Kannada
impart the knowledge of poetics Course Code: KAN121
 To acquire translation skills
Total number of hours: 45 Hours Credits: 3
 To expose students to variety of texts to interact with them
 To
Course improve their
Description: Theoral and written
course skills
is offered as a second language course and seeks to introduce the students to
 To expose them to the world of music
the nuances of Kannada literature in its varied forms and genres. Selections from Old Kannada, Medieval
Course
KannadaLearning Outcomes:
and Modern KannadaOn having completed
Literature this course
are introduced student should
for I Semester be able
BA/ BSc. to: in the syllabus. This
courses
will enrich the Impart
CLO1 students
theLanguage
knowledge andof Communication
poetics skills, and also their critical and analytical skills. This
will helpCLO2
them Acquire
to enhance their social sensitivity.
translation skills
CLO3 Expose students to variety of texts to interact with them
CLO4 Improve their oral and written skills
CLO5 Expose them to the world of music
Pedagogy: Classroom discussion, role plays, translations

Syllabus

UNIT I SAMAKALEEN KAHANIYAM 20 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Kabir Ke Dohe and Sur Ke Pad.

UNIT II TRANSLATION-THEORY AND PRACTICE 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Translation-Practice - English to Hindi and vice- versa

UNIT III BHARATH KI PRAMUKH SANSKRUTHIC KALAYEN 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Ramleela,Krishnaleela,Yakshagaana,kathakali.

UNIT IV HINDUSTHANI SANGEETH-PARAMPARA EVAM PRAMUKH KALAKAR 5 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Utbhav,Vikas aur paramparaein

Pramukh Sangeethkar-1.Bhimsen Joshi 2.Gulam Ali 3.Pandit Ravishankar 4. Bismillah Khan.

Core Text:

1. Story Collection‘Samakaleen kahaniyam’ (Full Text) Edited By: Dr. Vanaja Published By: Rajpal and
Sons Kashmiri Gate, New Delhi-6.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

CourseObjectives:
Course Name: Sanskrit Course Code: SAN121

Total
 number of hours:
To develop 45 Hours
analytical and critical bent of mind toCredits:
compare3 and analyse the various literature they read
and discuss in class.
Course
 ToDescription:
develop a moreThehumane
course and
is offered
serviceasoriented
a second language
approach to course andofseeks
all forms to introduce
life around them. the students
to the nuances of Sanskrit literature in its varied forms
To communicate effectively in speech and in writing. and genres. In brief, the introductory courses cover all
the important items language
To use better of Sanskrit language and effectively.
to communicate grammar, highlighting the general rules and ignoring most of
the unusual
Course exceptions,
Learning the items
Outcomes: of grammar
On having based
completed thisoncourse
the actual
studentrequirements of the
should be able to: texts supplied in the
lessons.
CLO1 Develop analytical and critical bent of mind to compare and analyse the various literature they
Courseread and discuss in class
Objectives:
CLO2 Develop a more humane and service oriented approach to all forms of life around them.
CLO3 Ability to communicate effectively in speech and in writing
CLO4 Ability to use better language to communicate effectively
Pedagogy: Classroom discussion, role plays, translations

Syllabus

UNIT I OLD , MEDIEVAL AND MODERN KANNADA LITERATURE 20 Hrs

Raghavanka- Harishchandra Kavya. Selected chapter( Purada Punyam Purusha Roopinde Pooguthide)

Vachanas- Devara Dasimayya, Basavanna, Akkamahadevi, Aydakki Lakkamma, Gajesha Masanaiah;

Keerthanegalu: Purandaradasa, Kanakadasa

Modern Kannada poetry: Mumbai Jataka, Kari Heggadeya Magalu

UNIT II PROSE- SELECTED SHORT STORIES 15 Hrs

Dheera Kumara- A Folk tale; Mandannana Marriage- (An episode in Novel Karvalo) K. P. Poornachandra
Tejaswi; Gili Kathe-(Translation) - Ravindranath Tagore

UNIT III GRAMMAR- FOLK ART FORMS 10 Hrs

Differences in Prounounciation ( L-l) (A-H); Change of meanings; Report Writing; Folk Art forms of Karnataka
( Dollu Kunitha, Pooja Kunitha, Goravara Kunitha, Patada Kunitha)

Core Text:
1. Basavaraju, L. (2000). Sarvagna Vachana. Bangalore: Geetha Book House.
2. Gundappa, L. (1954). Adipurana Sangraha. Bangalore: Tanu Manu Prakashana.
3. K, C. P. (2015). Jannana yashodhara charite. Bangalore: Tanu Manu Prakashana.
4. Rao, B. S. (2001). Kanakadasa. East West Books (Madras).
5. Rao, S. K. (1901). Purandara Sahitya Darshana. Bangalore: B007OL0YUY.
6. Shivarudrappa, G. S. (2014). Pampa : Ondu Adhyayana. Bangalore: Sapna Book House.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course
 To Name: Tamil
provide exposure on the style of poetry Course Code: TAM121
 To develop a more humane and service oriented approach to all forms of life around them.
Total number of hours: 45 Hours Credits: 3
 To communicate effectively in speech and in writing.
 To use better language to communicate effectively.
Course Description: Poems of Bharatiyar and Bharatidasan and poems by women poets with feminine
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:
sensibilities will initiate the students into the modern period with all its complexities. The short stories by Ambai
offer a matured vision ofanalytical
CLO1 Develop life through
andacritical
varied bent
characters andtosituations.
of mind compare andA new concept,
analyse Culturalliterature
the various Studies, they
will take
the students
read beyond prescribed
and discuss in classsyllabus to include music, theatre, painting and films out of which the art form of
CLO2 Develop a moresemester.
music is taken up for the first humane and service oriented approach to all forms of life around them.
CLO3 Ability to communicate effectively in speech and in writing
Course CLO4 Ability to use better language to communicate effectively
Objectives:
Pedagogy: Classroom discussion, role plays, translations
 To make the students experience the impact made by Bharathiyar and Bharathidasan during the 20th
Syllabuscentury
 To bring students to the realities of 21st century
UNIT I To learn
POETRYabout the nuances of music and a unique aesthetic experience it offers 35 Hrs
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
CLO1 Make the students experience the impact made by Bharathiyar and Bharathidasan during the 20th
Buddhacharitham III (Up to 52 stanzas); Ruthusamharam - Strotra sahithya

UNIT II GRAMMAR 05 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Sandhis and lakaras

UNIT III LANGUAGE COMPONENT 05 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Translation from Sanskrit to English; Composition to write in Sanskrit; Comprehension in Sanskrit

Core Text:

1. Dvivedi, S. (2012). Ruthusamharam. Varanasi: Chaukhamba Surbharti Prakashan.

2. Hegde, S. (2019). Samskrita Vyakarana Prabha. Bangalore: Pragnavardini Trust.
3. M.R.Kale. (2015). A Higher Sanskrit Grammar. India: Motilal Banarsidass Publishers - ISBN-10 :
8120801784.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Coursecentury
Name: Foundations of Managerial Course Code: BBA111
Effectiveness
CLO2 Bring students to the realities of 21st century
Total number of hours:
CLO3 Learn about60theHours Credits:
nuances of music and a unique Grade experience it offers
aesthetic
Course Description:
Pedagogy: Classroom discussion, role plays
This course intended to provide a cohort experience and to help students acquire a range of useful
strategies and skills for enhancing their managerial effectiveness, as well as for engaging productively
Syllabus
with the undergraduate course concepts throughout their program. The three themes addressed are
managing
UNIT your learning,
I PENNIYA learning together, and managerial skill development.
KAVITHAIGAL 15 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Ottatai - Thamarai; Karpinai Thozhuthal - Ponmani Vairamuthu; Ethan thozha – Supathra; Kadalkonda
penpuram - Andal Priyadharsini; Pen - P. Kalpana

UNIT II BHARATHIYAR KAVITHAI 12 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Kennan en sevakan; Kannamma en kuzhanthai; Kannan en vilaiyattuppillai; Kannan en kathalan; Kannan en

kathali

UNIT III BHARATHI DHASAN KAVITHAI - AZHAKIN SIRIPPU 12 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Kadal; Kundram; Gnayiru; Aal; Chirrur

UNIT IV PROSE 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Oru karuppu chilanthiyudan pore iravu -by Ambai (1-6); Cultural studies - Indian Festival; Grammar -
piramozhi chorkal; Common topics -Esai ( Essay writing)

Core Text:

1. Forsdick, C., & Marson, S. (2000). Reading Diversity. University of Glasgow French & German
Publications.
2. Malliga, R et al (2000).Thamilppathirattu I.Bangalore: Prasaranga
3. Ambai (2014) ‘Oru Karuppuchilanthiyudan Or Iravu’ Kalachuvadu Publications, Nagercoil
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading:

1. Varadarajan, Mu. (2008) Thamil Ilakkia Varalaru . New Delhi:Sahitya Akademi

2. Sivathambi, Ka. (2009) Thamil Sirukathaiyin Thorramum Valarchiyum.Coimbatore: NCBH
3. Ragunathan,C.Bharathi (1971) Kalamum Karuthum, Chennai:NCBH
4. Ramakrishnan S (2013) 100 Sirantha Sirukathaigal, Chennai: Discovery Books
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Objectives:
 To explain and illustrate different barriers of professionalism and ethics as an attribute.
 To develop understanding between individuals within a team or in a group setting.
 To discover the importance of Team Building & Being a Team Member.
 To analyze and interpret the techniques and tools that will promote efficient utilization of
time.
 To evaluate different reading strategies to improve effective reading.

Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:
CLO1 Explain and illustrate different barriers of professionalism and ethics as an attribute
CLO2 Develop understanding between individuals within a team or in a group setting
CLO3 Discover the importance of Team Building & Being a Team Member.
CLO4 Analyze and interpret the techniques and tools that will promote efficient utilization of
time
CLO5 Evaluate different reading strategies to improve effective reading
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, students’ discussions and
PPTs, case studies, role plays, and form of experiential learning.

Unit I: PROFESSIONALISM AND ETHICS 06 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Professionalism in workplace, Ethics, Professionalism in sports, society, etc. Grooming

Unit II: JOHARI WINDOW & TRANSACTIONAL ANALYSIS 06 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
JOHARI WINDOW - The four quadrants of JW, Advantages and disadvantages, Applications,
TRANSACTIONAL ANALYSIS - Ego states, Type of transactions, Implications of TA

Unit III: SELF AWARENESS 06Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Introduction, importance, benefits, types and how to create a self-awareness, Understand yourself,
Realize your strengths and weakness, Applicability of self-awareness in our lives.

Unit IV: TEAM BUILDING 06 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Introduction to meaning and concept of Teams, importance of Team in formal Set up. Importance of
being a Team Member and Team Leader. Meaning, importance and Challenges of Team Building,
Introduction as to how to build Teams.

Unit V: TIME MANAGEMENT 04 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Introduction to Time management, Benefits of time management, Prioritization of events, preparing
schedules, Procrastination, Problems in time management and strategies for effective time
management.

Unit VI: Reading & Comprehension Skills Usage of Library Resources 02 Hrs
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Importance of Reading Skills, Ways to improve reading skills, Building vocabulary, Techniques for
Smart Reading: Surveying, Questioning, Reading, Skimming, Recalling and Reviewing.
Usage of Library Resources in University Campus.
REFERENCES:
1. https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/professionalism
2. https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/20140831053426-77080879-10-golden-rules-to-professional-
 Bachelor of Business Administration

ethics-in-the-workplace
3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vj4hvpLYZ6M
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Basic Psychological Processes Course Code: BBA 161A

Total number of hours: 30 Hours Credits: 2

Course Description: To introduce and initiate the student into the world of Psychology. It will provide
a brief historical sketch of the science of psychology and a glimpse into the methods used in the study
of human behavior.

Course Objectives:

 To provide sufficient knowledge and information about the nature and history of psychology,
different fields of psychology, approaches in psychology and multiple perspectives and recent
trends in the field.
 To understand the basic principles of psychology and methods of psychology.
 To design fundamental processes underlying human behaviour such as learning, motivation,
emotion, personality
 To provide understanding in biological basis of behaviour.
 To explain psychological processes of attention, perception, and forgetting.

Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:

CLO1 Provide sufficient knowledge and information about the nature and history of psychology,
different fields of psychology, approaches in psychology and multiple perspectives and recent
trends in the field.
CLO2 Understand the basic principles of psychology and methods of psychology.
CLO3 Design fundamental processes underlying human behaviour such as learning, motivation,
emotion, personality
CLO4 provide understanding in biological basis of behaviour.
CLO5 explain psychological processes of attention, perception, and forgetting.
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, students’ discussions and
PPTs, case studies, quizzes, role plays, and other forms of experiential learning.

Syllabus

UNIT I: Introduction 4 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Definition and goals of Psychology, Role of a psychologist in society, Modern perspectives-Biological,

Psychodynamic, Behaviouristic, Gestalt, Cognitive, Cross cultural, Humanistic and Evolutionary
perspective. Methods: Experimental, Observation, Survey Method, Archival method, Interview and
case study.

UNIT 2: Sensory and Perceptual processes 7 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Sensation: Basic concepts. Sensory adaptation-advantages and disadvantages, Integration of senses.

Perception: Understanding perception, Gestalt laws of organization. Illusion, Subliminal perception,
Extrasensory perception
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Unit 3: Memory and Forgetting 7 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Basic processes- Encoding, Storage, Retrieval. Sensory storage -Iconic memory and Echoic memory.
STM-Working memory, Serial position curve, Rehearsal, Chunking; LTM-Units of Memory-
Declarative, Procedural, Semantic, Episodic memory. Associative models-Explicit and Implicit
memory, Retrieval cues, State dependent and Context dependent memory. Forgetting- Decay,
Interference, Amnesia Retrieval problems, Motivated forgetting.

Unit 4: Personality 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Definition, Approaches – Psychodynamic, Humanistic, Dispositional (Type and Trait) and Social-
Cognitive approach, Assessment of Personality – Questionnaire, Rating Scales and Projective tests –
Characteristics, Advantages and disadvantages. Body language

Unit V: Cognitive Processes 7 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Cognition-definition. Attention: definition, Characteristics, Selective attention, Divided attention.

Thinking- Process of thinking, Image and thinking, Language and thought. Types of Thinking-
Concept formation, Reasoning, Problem solving, Decision Making, Creative thinking, Meditation:
Meaning, Short term and long-term effects of meditation
Core Text:

1. Feldman R.S (2011 ).Understanding Psychology, 10th edition. Delhi : Tata- McGraw Hill.
2. Morgan, C.T, King, R.A., Weisz, J.R., and Schopler, J. (2004). Introduction to Psychology, 7th
ed, 24th reprint. New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill.
Reference Books:

1. Baron, R.A. Psychology.(1995). 3rd edition. Delhi: Prentice Hall.

2. Munn, N.L., Fernald, L.D., & Fernald, P.S.( 1997 ) Introduction to Psychology. Delhi:
Houghton Mifflin.
3. Munn, N.L., Fernald, L.D., & Fernald, P.S.( 1997 ) Introduction to Psychology. Delhi:
Houghton Mifflin.
4. Smith, E.E., Hoeksman, S.N., Fredrickson, B., Loftus, G.R. (2003) .Atkinson’s & Hilgard’s
Introduction to Psychology. First Reprint. Delhi Thomson Wadsworth.
5. Weiten, W. (2010). Psychology: Themes and variations.4th edition. Delhi: Brooks/ Cole
Publishing Co.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: The Dynamics of Indian Society Course Code: BBA 161B

Total number of hours: 30 Hours Credits: 2

Course Description: The course provides an introduction to Indian society with special emphasis on
its diversity and pluralistic composition. It studies the social structure and social institutions like
family, caste system, and tribes. It also provides an overview of the contemporary social issues in
Indian society.

Course Objectives: This course intends to

 Introduce the students to the pluralistic composition of Indian society

 Provide an understanding of the social institutions
 Address contemporary social issues in Indian society
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:

CLO1: Explain aspects of Indian society and examine its pluralistic composition
CLO2: Analyse the significance of social institutions and how they shape our lives in the
context of Indian society
CLO3: Explain the emergence of contemporary social issues relating to demography, rights,
and development and evaluate their significance

Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, students’ discussions and
PPTs, case studies and quizzes.

Syllabus

Unit – I: Introduction to Indian Society 4 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Understanding Indian society, Unity in Diversity, Pluralism – Language, religion and ethnicity

Unit – II: Family in Indian Society

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual 4 Hrs

1Marriage and Kinship in India, Functions of Family, Types of Family, Changes in Indian Family
System

Unit – III: Caste system in India 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Concept, Origin & Structure, Characteristics of Caste System in India, Socio-cultural, economic
dimensions of caste system in India: Jajmani system, Caste and Politics, Changes in Caste system in
India : Caste Vs. Class

Unit – IV: Tribes in India 4 Hrs

 Bachelor of Business Administration

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Definitions, and features, Categorization, Problems faced by the tribes

Unit – V: Contemporary Social Issues in Indian Society 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Demographic Transition – Aging, Declining Sex Ratio, Human Rights Issues – Violence against
Women and Children, Communal Disharmony, Government policies and interventions for
development in various sectors and issues arising out of their design and implementation.

Core Text:

1. Ahuja, R.2005. Indian Social System. Rawat Publications, New Delhi:

2. Shah, A.M. 1982. Essays on Family in India. Orient Longman, New Delhi:.
3. Dube S C, 1995. Indian Society. NBT, New Delhi
Reference Books:

4. Das, Veena Ed. 2003.The Oxforxd India Companion to Sociology and Social
Anthropology, Oxford University Press, New Delhi. (Selected Essays)
5. M.N.Srinivas (Ed.). 1997. Caste: Its Twentieth Century Avtar, Penguin Books India (P)
Ltd.
6. Verma R.C. 1995. Indian Tribes through the Ages, Government of India Publication.
7. Uberoi, Patricia.2005. Family, Kinship and Marriage in India, OUP.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Introduction to Media Course Code: BBA 161C

Production

Total number of hours: 30 Hours Credits: 2

Course Description: An interdisciplinary course aimed at introducing the students of management

with media skills. This course introduces the technical skills which is necessary for radio broadcasting
and television production. The students can work extensively with video footage, still images and
audio assets to create advertisements promos and general video contents.

Course Objectives: This course intends

 To understanding technical aspects of Audio production and Video Production Techniques

 To examine theory and practice of audio production and its relationship to other aspects of
media production
 To demonstrate the industry standard, Audio and Video Editing software.
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:

CLO1 Understanding technical aspects of Audio production and Video Production

Techniques
CLO2 Examining theory and practice of audio production and its relationship to other aspects
of media production
CLO3 Demonstrate the industry standard, Audio and Video Editing Software.

Pedagogy: Activity based teaching and learning. The final output and evaluation will be the media
production related to newspaper, radio programme, television programme and website.

Syllabus

Unit 1: Understanding Audio Media 15 Hrs

Radio programmes- scripting the content, recording it and editing.
Introduction to Radio Broadcasting, Principles of Script Writing, Types of programmes: Production,
Talks, Interviews, Discussions, Drama, Features, News, Special Audience Programmes, Sports,
Handling of simple equipment for recording sound, Usage and awareness of softwares for audio
editing, Techniques in audio editing.
Practical: Write script for - Talk show, TV News, News feature, Drama

Unit 2: Over view of Video Production 15 Hrs

Television production- writing the script, shooting the programmes and editing it.
Introduction to TV as a mass medium, Advantages And Disadvantages of Television, Various Types of
Television Programmes, Scripting for TV News, Order of news presentation, sources of news
gathering. Usage of simple equipment for video recording, Editing techniques
Practical: News production, Documentary making, Ad making

Essential Reading:

1. Musburger, R. B., & Kindem, G. A. (2009). Introduction to media production: The path to
digital media production (4th ed.). Amsterdam ; Boston: Focal Press/Elsevier.
2. Dwyer, P. (2019). Understanding media production. New York: Routledge.
3. Compesi, R. J. (2018). Introduction to video production: Studio, field, and beyond (Second
edition.). New york: Routledge.
4. Pierson, J., & Bauwens, J. (2015). Digital broadcasting: An introduction to new media.
New York: Bloomsbury.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Human Rights Law Course Code: BBA 161D

Total number of hours: 30 Hours Credits: 2

Course Description: This course provides overview of human rights law and practice from the micro
level to global level. The various nuances of human rights law is discussed and students are given an
orientation on the importance of adhering to the fundamental principles while engaging in meaningful
business practices.

Course Objectives: This course intends

 To understand the Conceptual, constitutional aspects and the provisions about the National and
State Human Rights Commissions.
 To analyze societal expectations in terms of human rights.
 To provide an analysis of criminal infractions and resultant rights abuse.
 To evaluate state action in juxtaposition with human rights.
 To study various international instruments in the field of human rights.
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:

CLO1 Identify the fundamental philosophy and policies concerning human rights.
CLO2 Summarize the legal effects of international treaties and conventions on the national
human rights jurisprudence.
CLO3 Relate to the on-going debates and current or future challenges concerning human
rights.
CLO4 Critically Analyze the Human rights protection mechanism, nationally and
internationally, concerning human rights.
CLO5 Formulate the role of State Actors in the protection of human rights.
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, students’ discussions and
PPTs, case studies and quizzes.

UNIT I Introduction 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Concept of Human Rights, Historical Background, Meaning of human rights, International Human
Rights Framework, Indian Constitution and Human Rights, Protection of Human Rights Act –
Objectives and framework, National Human Rights commission, State Human Rights Commission

UNIT II Human rights and Community 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Freedom of speech and expression, Religion, Marriage, Caste System, Environmental Degradation

UNIT III Human rights and State 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

 Bachelor of Business Administration

Crime against women and children, Juvenile reformatory institutions, Terrorized areas, Communal
riots, Role of State, Police Atrocity, Role of Judiciary

Essential Reading:

1. Awasthi, S.K., & Kataria, R.P. (2006). Law relating to Protection of Human Rights (2nd
edi).Orient Publishing Company.

Recommended books for reading:

2. Sircar, V. K. (2004). Protection of Human Rights in India (1st edition). Asia Law House.
3. Schutter, O.D. (2010). International Human Rights Law, Cases, Materials, Commentary
(1st edi).Cambridge University Press
4. Subramanian, S. ( 1997). Human Rights: International Challenges. 2, Manas Publications
5. Symonides, J. (2000). Human Rights – Concept & Standards. Ashgate
6. Patel, B.N. (2007). Comprehensive Guide of Law of Human Rights in Common Wealth
Countries (1st edi).
7. Naikar,L.D.(2003).The Law Relating to Human Rights: Global, Regional, and National.
Puliani and Puliani.
8. Agarwal, H.O. (2011). International Law & Human Rights (18th edi).
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Graphic Designing Course Code: BBA 161E

Total number of hours: 30 Hours Credits: 2

Course Description: Graphic Designing course will help the students to develop digital entities using
graphic design tools. It facilitates in creating designs for digital branding and marketing of services and
products. The course will enable students to make a career in the field of Graphics and Animation
designing.

Course Objectives: This course intends

 To equip with practical knowledge and experience of Digital designing for both Print and Web
and also to create attractive design entities.
 To acquiring skillset in Graphic Designing concepts.
 To provide an understanding on the benefits of digital branding and marketing of services and
products.
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:

CLO1. Design appropriate graphics for real time requirements of digital branding and
marketing.
CLO2. Apply Graphic Designing tools to develop rich and professional design entities.
CLO3. Create attractive design elements for print and web media.
Pedagogy: Activity based teaching and learning. The final output and evaluation will be the graphic and
animation designing for television programme and website.

Unit 1 6 Hrs

Basic Concepts

Basic Concepts of Designing, Design principles, Basics of design elements, Introduction to Graphics.

Introduction to Photoshop

Introduction to Tools, Environment, layout of Photoshop, Design layout setup, color, resolution setting,
using basic marquee.

Practical Implementation

Exercise- Design a Business card and Letter head for a given company using Photoshop.

Unit 2 6 Hrs

Tools

Selection tools Usage of lasso tools, Using brushes, using and filling colors, layers Using text tool, free
transform tool.

Image size, Selection, Grid and Guides

Modifying Image Size, Resolution, Marquee, Lasso, Magic Wand, Selection Tools, Selecting, Saving,
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Crop tool, Coping Selection and Image, Grid and Guide Options.

Practical Implementation

Exercise- Design a Poster for an event using Photoshop.

Unit 3 6 Hrs

Masks, Painting and Editing

Working with quick masks, Painting (Brush and its effects), Blending Modes, Color palettes, Editing

(Background, Color, Touchup, Cleanup), Gradient tools, layer blending modes, all types of text tools,
shape tools

Practical Implementation

Exercise- Design a Brochure for a new product using Photoshop.

Unit 4 6 Hrs

Layers

The layer Palette, Changing and controlling layer order, Editing layers, Adjustment layers, Layer Effects
Filters, Actions, Automation, Extract, Filter Gallery, Liquefy, Pattern making, Vanishing point, Built in
Bitmap Filters.

Practical Implementation

Exercise- Design Logo for a Company using Photoshop.

Unit 5 6 Hrs

Animation & Panoramic Picture creation

Creating product Packaging designs, CD cover, Book and magazine front cover, Envelope, Visiting card

Preparing Image for Print and Web

Calculating Image size and Resolution, Changing Image Dimensions, Layout Preview, Color Separation,
Optimizing Images for Web, File Formats.

Practical Implementation

Exercise- Design a CD Label / cover for a Music company using Photoshop.

Essential Reading:

1. Adobe system incorporation, Adobe Photoshop – Classroom in a Book, Adobe Press, 2017.
Recommended Books for reading:

1. Mike Wooldridge (2012). Teach Yourself Visually Adobe Photoshop CS 6, Wiley Publishing.
2. Lesa Snider (2013). Photoshop the missing Manual, O’Reilly Media, Inc,
Course Name: Eclectic Thoughts Course Code: BBA 161F
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Total number of hours: 30 Hours Credits: 2

Course Description: This course is designed with the intention of introducing the students to literature
and its influence on their past, present and future life spaces. The modules are designed to cover a wide
array of topics ranging from history, politics, social issues, current affairs and so on, with India as the
most frequent focal point (across the modules). Consequently, the course helps the students to widen
their perspectives and formulate an eclectic approach to understanding the nuances of being in India in
the 21st century.

Course Objectives:

 To introduce the relevance of examining socio-political events of India’s past in comprehending

contemporary Indian society
 To appreciate the literary value of texts especially in understanding history
 To introduce issues concerning social justice (caste/class/gender) in India
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:

CLO1: Appreciate socio-cultural/religious diversity in contemporary India

CLO2: Perceive the world through more than one frame of reference (the ‘other story’)
CLO3: Analyse literary texts within a social setting (Caste/class/gender)
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, students’ discussions and PPTs,
case studies and quizzes.

Syllabus

Unit 1 The Partition 6 Hrs

Introduction to the course; Progressive Writers Association and its influence in envisioning India; Role
of literature (written as well as Cinema) in Partition - Partition Studies; early writers of modern India;
Oral History and Partition; Importance of Oral History in contemporary times.

Unit 2 Nationalism and New India 6 Hrs

Understanding nationalism from various standpoints; Brief introduction to Bengali literature (Bankim -
Tagore); Brief introduction to Gandhi and Ambedkar; pluralistic nationalism and Akhand Bharat; Brief
introduction to discussions and debates on ideas of nationhood - nation, state, nation-state; introduction
to bio-pics (films).

Unit 3 War, Women & Children 6 Hrs

From Partition to present - woman’s body always a site for violence; rape as weapon; gender and
nationalism; women and children - first casualties of warfare; nuclear war policies in India;
understanding politics of warfare in brief; introduction to documentaries.

Unit 4 Terrorism and Society 6 Hrs

Post 9/11 world scenario; religion and terrorism; war and terrorism; Brief introduction to India’s
responses to terrorism - government and military action to curb terrorism and unrest in conflicted areas
within India; war-profiteering and terrorism; introduction to protest literature.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Unit 5 Social Discrimination 6 Hrs

Introduction to history of casteism in India; forms of casteism; government response to casteism and
law; reservation and exclusion/inclusion policies in India; caste and commerce; introduction to other
marginalised and minority communities in India and their literature.

Essential Readings

Short Story:

1. Saadat Hasan Manto(1948) Khol Do, The best of Manto: a collection of his short stories.
New York, NY: Sterling Publishers.
2. Saadat Hasan Manto (1955)Toba Tek Singh, The best of Manto: a collection of his short
stories. New York, NY: Sterling Publishers.
3. R K Narayan (1956)Another Community, Lawley Road and Other Stories. New Delhi:
Orient Paperbacks
4. Devi, Mahasweta. „Anthology of Five Plays, Mother of 1084‟, Seagull Books Pvt Ltd,
Calcutta, 1997.
Book:

5. Urvashi Butalia (1998)The Other Side of Silence, Mushiral Hasan (ed.), Inventing
Boundaries: Gender, Politics and the Partition of India (Delhi, Oxford, 2000);
6. Arundhati Roy(1998) End of Imagination, Haymarket Books, ISBN 9781608466191
7. Bama(2012) Karruku, Oxford University Press
Poem:

8. Thangjam Ibopishak Singh. (n.d.). I WANT TO BE KILLED BY AN INDIAN BULLET

(poem). Retrieved March 3, 2021, from Poetry International website:
https://www.poetryinternational.org/pi/poem/6316/auto/0/0/Thangjam-Ibopishak-Singh/I-
WANT-TO-BE-KILLED-BY-AN-INDIAN-BULLET/en/tile

Novel:

9. Bankim Chattopadhyay (1882)Anadamath, Ramanujan University Press, India

Film:

10. J Patel (2000) Dr. Babasaheb Ambedkar

Documentary:

11. C Macrae (Channel 4) (2011) Sri Lanka’s Killing Fields

Open-Letter:

12. Naomi Shihab Nye (Not dated) To Any Would-be Terrorist

Acts of Parliament:

13. Scheduled Caste and Scheduled Tribe (Prevention of Atrocities) Act 1989, Parliament of
India
Course Name: Organisational Behaviour Course Code: BBA231

Total number of hours: 60 Hrs Credits: 4

 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Description: The course focuses on the basic elements that determine human behavior in
an organizational context. It provides various theoretical frameworks to understand human
behaviours at individual, group and organization level. The course provides insights into the
foundation of human behaviours such as personality, learning, values, attitudes and perception. At
the group level its characteristics in terms of size, status, norms, role and cohesiveness makes it
functional or dysfunctional. Leaders who are able to influence the individual and group behaviours
create positive organisations culture. Thus it is essential for manager to develop an understanding
about human behaviours at the workplace and manage them for organizational effectiveness.

Course Objectives: This course intends

1. To examine the impact of globalization, diversity and ethics on organizational behaviours.

2. To analyses the individual’s work behaviours due to personality, attitudes and perceptions.
3. To assess the dynamics of group behaviours and its influence on group effectiveness.
4. To compare and contrast various leadership style as in classic and modern theories.
5. To determine practices that creates positive organisation culture.

Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:

CLO1 Identify the social and ethical issues emerging due to trends in environment.
CLO2 Propose initiative to address the social and ethical issues at individual
and organizational level
CLO3 Demonstrate understanding personality traits and suitable occupation/job.
CLO4 Evaluate various leadership styles that enhance group effectiveness.
CLO5 Discuss practices that create positive organizational culture.

Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lectures, classroom discussions &
presentations, case studies, research papers, movie review and role plays.

Unit I Introduction to Organizational Behavior 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Definition of Organizational Behavior, OB as systematic study, Contribution from other

disciplines, Challenges and Opportunities in organizational behavior, OB Model/Framework-
Individual, Group and Organisational Level.

Unit II Personality, Learning & Values 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Defining and Measuring Personality, Determinants of Personality, The Big Five Personality Model,
Myers-Briggs Type Indicator, and Other Personality Traits like Authoritarianism, Locus of Control,
Machiavellianism, Self Esteem, Risk Taking, Self-Monitoring and Achievement Oriented.
Importance of values- instrumental and terminal values.
Meaning of Learning; Theories of Learning- Classical Conditioning, Operant conditioning,
Cognitive theory, Social learning theory, Principles of learning, Schedule of Reinforcement.

Unit III Attitude 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Components of Attitude- ABC model, Function of Attitude, Cognitive Dissonance Changing

Attitude, Work Attitudes- Job Satisfaction and Organisation Commitment.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Unit IV Perception 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Meaning, Factors influencing perception, Attribution Theory, Common short cuts in judging
others.

Unit VI Group Dynamics 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Define Group and different type of Groups, Stages of Group Development, Group Properties-
Roles, Norms, Status, Size, Cohesiveness; Group Decision making, Groupthink and Group Shift

Unit VI Leadership 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Concept of Leadership-Trait Theories-Behavioral Theories, Ohio & Michigan Studies - Managerial

Grid; Contingency Theory-Situational Leadership and Path & Goal of leadership; Contemporary
Theories- Transformational, Transactional, Charismatic Leadership, Ethical Leadership and
Servant Leadership.

Unit VII Organization Culture 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Definition of organizational culture and its characteristics, Strong versus Weak culture, Function
and Dysfunction of Culture, Creating & Sustaining Culture, -How employees learn culture-
Creating Positive organizational culture.

Essential Reading:
1. Stephen P. Robbins, Timothy A. Judge and Neharika Vohra (2018), 18th Ed.
Organizational Behaviour. Pearson Education Asia.

Recommended Reading
1. Aswathappa, K. (2016). Organizational Behaviour (Text, Cases and Games), 12th Ed.
Bangalore: Himalaya Publication.
2. Fred Luthans (2017). Organizational Behavior: An Evidence - Based Approach, 12th Ed.
McGraw Hill Education.
3. Gupta, C. B. (2014). A textbook of organisational behaviour: With text and cases. New
Delhi: S Chand & Company.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Business Statistics Course Code: BBA232

Total number of hours: 60 Hours Credits: 4
Course Description:
Business Statistics helps us to make business decisions under uncertainties. Such decisions must be
objective and unbiased and based on quantitative data. This necessitates an analysis of data as well
as understanding of statistical tools and models. With the business entities keen on making data-
driven decisions it is essential for individuals working in this environment to possess skills to use
appropriate statistical tools and techniques in order to make decisions backed by data.
Course Objectives:
 To demonstrate data handling skills and summarize data with clarity.
 To extend an understanding of application of relevant concepts of Statistics to a given
context/business scenario.
 To demonstrate the knowledge on the process of organizing a problem/data and conduct
statistical tests/treatment.
 To solve real world business problems by evaluating data with appropriate statistical
techniques
 To explain trends exhibited by data.

Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:
CLO 1 Demonstrate data handling skills with clarity.
CLO2 Outline the relevant concepts of Statistics to a given context/business scenario
CLO3 Organize a problem/business data and conduct statistical treatment.
CLO4 Evaluate data with appropriate statistical techniques.
CLO5 Explain data trends using time series analysis
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, students’ discussions and
PPTs, case studies, role plays, and form of experiential learning.

UNIT – I: Introduction to Statistics 06 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Meaning, Definition, Features, Importance and limitations of statistics. Meaning and difference
between primary and secondary data, data collection methods. Classification and tabulation of data
including tally marks, methods of classifying data - quantitative, qualitative, geographical,
chronological, Discrete and continuous frequency distribution.

Unit – II: Measures of Central Tendency 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Meaning, measures of Central Tendency- Arithmetic Mean, Weighted Arithmetic Mean, median,
mode, geometric mean and harmonic mean (only theory) and partition values- quartiles, deciles,
percentiles.

Unit – III: Measures of Dispersion and Skewness 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Meaning, Definitions, Properties of dispersion - Range,Quartile Deviation,Mean Deviation from

Mean and Median, Standard Deviation and coefficient of variation. Skewness-meaning, difference
between dispersion and skewness, Karl Pearson’s and Bowley’s measures of skewness.

Unit – IV: Correlation and Regression 08 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Meaning, Definition and Use of Correlation, Scatter diagram, Types of correlation, Karl Pearson’s
correlation coefficient, Spearman’s Rank correlation, Probable Error. Regression- Meaning
and utility of Regression analysis, Comparison between Correlation and Regression, regression
lines –X on Y, Yon X, Regression Equations and Regression Coefficients.

Unit – V: Time Series 06 Hrs

 Bachelor of Business Administration

Level of Knowledge: Application

Meaning, Components of time series, Calculation of Secular Trend-Moving Average method – odd
and even period moving average and method of Least Squares.

Unit – VI: Probability and Probability distributions 08 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Introduction to Probability, Basic Concepts of Probability, Probability Distributions – Binomial,

Poisson and Normal distributions, Expected Value.

Unit–VII: Sampling Distribution and Introduction to Inferential statistics 12 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Introduction to testing of Hypothesis: Procedure for testing hypothesis - Setting of Hypothesis -

Null and alternative hypotheses, Estimation, Computation of Test statistics, - Types of errors in
hypothesis testing - Level of significance - Critical region and value - Decision making. Test of
significance for Large and small sample tests, Z and t tests for mean and proportion, one-way
ANOVA, Chi-square test for goodness of fit and independence of attributes.

Essential Reading:
Sharma J.K (2020) Business Statistics 5th edition Delhi: Vikas Publishing House

Recommended Reading:

1. Levin R. I.& Rubin D. S. (2014). Statistics for Management. Delhi: Pearson.

2. Pillai & Bagavathi (2016) Statistics, Theory and Practice, S Chand Publishing
3. SP Gupta (2017).Statistical Methods, Sultan Chand and Sons
4. SC Gupta (2018). Fundamentals of Statistics, Himalaya Publishing House
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Macro Economics Course Code: BBA233

Total number of hours: 60 Hours Credits: 4
Course Description:
The course aims at providing a systematic introduction to mainstream approaches to the study of
macroeconomics in the current century. It has been designed in such a way that it stimulates
awareness on macroeconomic challenges and policy management in progressive nations. It also
aims at developing the ability for objective reasoning about macroeconomic issues.
Course Objectives:
 To demonstrate understanding of macroeconomic aggregates and measurement.
 To explain macroeconomic indices and interpreting them.
 To analyse economic growth and money market dynamics and its impact.
 To identify macroeconomic policies and its impact on the economy.
 To demonstrate the understanding of concepts related to Unemployment and market.
 To examine the relationship between macroeconomic variables and dynamics of the
policies.
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:

CLO1: Explain the measurement of GDP and its components.

CLO2: Explain the methodology/stages of constructing the cost-of-living index and
summarise the impact of such indices on the Economy.
CLO3: Analyse the economic growth and market for loanable funds and illustrate its
impact on the economy.
CLO4: Summarise the concept of unemployment and its implication on the market.
CLO5: Identify the implications of monetary and fiscal policy.
CLO6: Examine the relationship between macroeconomic variables/polices with
theoretical backing.
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, students’ discussions and
PPTs, case studies, role plays, and form of experiential learning.

Unit I: Measuring a Nation’s Income and Cost of Living 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Economy’s Income and Expenditure-Measurement of GDP- Components of GDP- Real versus

Nominal GDP- The GDP Deflator; The Consumer Price Index (CPI)-Calculation of CPI- GDP
Deflator versus CPI- Correcting economic variables for the effects of inflation- Real and Nominal
Interest Rates-Limitations

Unit II: Production and Growth 9 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Economic Growth around the world: Productivity: Its Role and Determinants-Economic Growth
and Public Policy- Investment-Human Capital

Unit III: Goods and Money Market 9 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Saving and Investment in the National Income Accounts- The Market for Loanable Funds- Policy
Changes and Impact on the Loanable fund Market; Money- Meaning and Functions-Money
Supply; Full Reserve Banking and Fractional Reserve Banking- Central Bank Tools of Monetary
Control; Classical Theory of Inflation- Classical Dichotomy and Monetary Neutrality- Velocity and
Quantity equation- Fisher Effect- Costs of Inflation.

Unit IV: Unemployment 7 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Identifying Unemployment-Labour Force- Unemployment Rate- Labour Force Participation- Types

of Unemployment-Unemployment Insurance- Minimum Wage Laws.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Unit V: Aggregate Demand, Aggregate Supply and Influence of Monetary and Fiscal Policy
on Aggregate Demand 9 Hrs
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Three Key Facts about Economic Fluctuations- Short run Economic Fluctuations-Aggregate
Demand Curve, Aggregate Supply Curve, Two Causes of Economic Fluctuations; Monetary Policy
Influence on Aggregate Demand- The Theory of Liquidity Preference; Fiscal Policy influence on
Aggregate Demand- The Multiplier Effect- Crowding out effect- Stabilisation Policy; Active
Versus Automatic Stabilizers

Unit VI: Short Run Tradeoff between Inflation and Unemployment 8 Hrs
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

The Philips Curve-Shifts in Philips Curve and the Role of Expectations-Shifts in Philips Curve and
The Role of Supply Shocks; The Cost of Reducing Inflation Rational Expectations and the
Possibility of Costless Disinflation

Unit VII: Six Debates over Macroeconomic Policy 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Economic Stabilization-Monetary vs. Fiscal Policy ; Handling Recession- Higher Spending vs. Tax
Cuts; Monetary Policy-Rule vs. Discretion Based; Central Bank Goal: Zero vs. Non-zero
Inflation; Government Budget- Balanced vs. Unbalanced; Tax Laws for Savings –Reformed vs.
Not Reformed

Essential references:
1. N. Gregory Mankiw (2015), Principles of Macroeconomics, 7th Edition, Cengage Learning
India.

Recommended references:
1. N. Gregory Mankiw (2019), Principles of Economics, 7th Edition, Cengage Learning India
2. Ackley, G. (1976) Macroeconomics, Theory and Policy, Macmillan Publishing Company,
New York.
3. Ackley, G. (1976) Macroeconomics, Theory and Policy, Macmillan Publishing Company,
New York.
4. Stanley Fischer and Rudiger Dornbusch (1981) Macro Economics, London: Mac Graw-
Hill.
5. D.N Dwivedi (2010) Macroeconomics:Theory and Policy, Mac Graw-Hill: NewDelhi
6. C. Rangarajan and B.H Dholakia (1979) Principles of Macroeconomics Tata McGraw-Hill
Education
7. Keynes, J.M. (1936), The General Theory of Employment, Interest and Money, Macmillan,
London H. L Ahuja (2019) Principles of Microeconomics, S Chand Publishing, New Delhi
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Corporate Accounting Course Code: BBA234

Total number of hours: 60 Hrs Credits: 4
Course Description:
This course aims at familiarizing the students with accounting practices followed by Corporate
business houses in accordance with accounting standards. The course also provides practical
knowledge on different aspects of Corporate mergers acquisitions and reconstruction, the process of
liquidation and the contemporary developments in the field of Accounting.

Course objectives:
 To understand the process involved in issue of shares.
 To infer the financial position of companies as per statutory requirements.
 To analyse the accounting procedures with regards to Amalgamation & Reconstruction.
 To determine the process in Liquidation of Companies
 To elaborate the contemporary issues in Accounting.

Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:

CLO 1: Demonstrate an understanding of the process involved in issue of shares.

CLO 2: Summarize the financial position of companies as per statutory requirements.
CLO 3: Examine the accounting procedures with regards to Amalgamation & Reconstruction.
CLO 4: Elaborate the process in Liquidation of Companies.
CLO 5: Discuss the contemporary issues in Accounting.

Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, discussions & presentations,
problem solving.
Unit I: Share Capital: 6 Hrs
Level of Knowledge: Application

Meaning- Kinds of Shares, Recent developments in public issue of shares, Consideration other than
cash - Book building process.

Unit II: Company Financial Statements 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Introduction to company Financial statements as per Companies Act- 2013, Provisions as to

Preparation of Financial Statements, Preparation of Income statement and Balance sheet. Practical
Problems.

Unit III: Amalgamation, Absorption 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Amalgamation in the nature of Merger and purchase, Difference between Amalgamation and
Absorption - Calculation of purchase Consideration under Different methods, Settlement of Purchase
Consideration, Closing the Books of Vendor company and opening of books of purchasing company,
Practical Problems on Amalgamation and Absorption.

Unit IV: External reconstruction 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Calculation of purchase Consideration, Settlement of Purchase Consideration – Practical Problems on

External restructuring. Closing entries and opening entries in the books of externally reconstructed
company.

Unit V: Internal Reconstruction 10 Hrs

 Bachelor of Business Administration

Level of Knowledge: Application

Meaning, Forms of Reconstruction, Alteration of Capital and Capital Reduction - Internal

Reconstruction Vs External reconstruction, Practical Problems.

Unit VI: Liquidation of Companies 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Meaning, Modes of winding up, Circumstances and Consequences of winding up, contributory, order
of payment, Preferential creditors, Statement of Affairs, Deficiency Account, Liquidators Final
statement of Accounts, Practical Problems.

Unit VII: Contemporary Issues in Accounting 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Environmental Accounting: Concept, Need, approach, mechanism and reporting. Forensic

Accounting: Fraudulent financial reporting, reasons, role, techniques and challenges, Green
Accounting: Meaning & significance, rationale for adoption of green accounting, steps for
incorporating green accounting, Green accounting in India. Accounting for Price level changes.

Essential references:
1. Jain, S.P., & Narang, K.L. (2019). Advanced Accounting, Volume II Kalyani Publishers. New
Delhi
Recommended references:
1. Gupta, R.L., &Radhaswamy, M. (2019). Corporate Accounting. New Delhi:Sultan Chand and
Sons.
2. Shukla, M.C., Grewal, T.S., & Gupta, S.C. (2019). Advanced Accounts(revised edi) New
Delhi:Jain Book Agency.
3. Sehgal, A., & Sehgal, D. (2019). Advanced Accounting, 2, New Delhi: Taxmann.
4. Monga, J.R. (2019). Fundamentals of Corporate Accounting, New Delhi :K.L Malik and
Sons Pvt. Ltd,
5. Maheshwari, S.N., &Maheshwari, S.K.(2019). Corporate Accounting .New Delhi: Jain Book
Agency.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: English Course Code: ENG221

Total number of hours: 45 Hours Credits: 3

Course Description: English is offered as a course for all the students with an aim to strengthen the
communication skills, particularly the study skills of the learners further, through adequate practice and exposure
to good examples of writing, thought, ideas and human values. It trains the learners to critically analyze and
interpret texts in order to observe and engage with the world around them. In addition, they will be trained in
study skills through tasks in academic genres such as message, letter, essay, data interpretation etc. There are
seven units per semester, each unit has a theme. There are two texts under each theme; a primary text and a
secondary text. Every theme would have two sets of reading tasks, two sets of listening comprehension
worksheets, two vocabulary activities and one speaking and one writing task. This would be followed by the
language and communication section which would engage learners with specific sub-skills of speaking and
writing.

Course Objectives:

 To understand how to engage with texts from various countries, historical, cultural specificities and
politics
 To understand and develop the ability to reflect upon and comment on texts with various themes
 To develop an analytical and critical bent of mind to compare and analyze the various literature they
read and discuss in class
 To develop the ability to communicate both orally and in writing for various purposes
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:

CLO1 Understand how to engage with texts from various countries, historical, cultural specificities and politics

CLO2 Understand and develop the ability to reflect upon and comment on texts with various themes

CLO3 Develop an analytical and critical bent of mind to compare and analyze the various literature they read
and discuss in class

CLO4 Develop the ability to communicate both orally and in writing for various purposes

Pedagogy: Every unit would have one audio text with a worksheet. The audio text would be sourced from
podcasts, tedtalks, speeches, lectures and the like addressing various themes and also have scope for
comprehension and interpretation with relevance to content and context.

Syllabus

UNIT I FOOD 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Long text: Witches’ Loaves O Henry; Short text: Portion size is the trick!!! - Ranjani Raman

Communication skills - Presentation skills

UNIT II FASHION 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Why We Travel - Pico Iyer; What Solo Travel Has Taught Me About the World – and Myself – ShivyaNath –
Blogpost

Communication skills - sentence fragments, dangling modifiers, faulty parallelism

 Bachelor of Business Administration

UNIT III ARCHITECTURE 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Long text: Bharat Bhavan - Charles Correa; Short text: The Plain Sense of Things - Wallace Stevens

Communication skills - Group Discussion

UNIT IV MANAGEMENT 7 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Long text: Emma’s Fitness story- Emma Chapman; Short text: Why You Should Never Aim for Six Packs;
Short Text: If - Rudyard Kupling

Communication skills - Interview skills and CV writing

UNIT V HISTORY 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Long Text: Whose Ambedkar is he anyway? by KanchaIlaiah; Short text: Dhauli - JayantaMahapatra

Communication skills - Developing arguments- debating

UNIT VI WAR 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Long Text: An Occurrence at Owl Creek Bridge - Ambrose Bierce; Short text: Strange meeting - Wilfred
Owen

Communication skills - Letter writing

UNIT VII SOCIAL MEDIA 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Long Text: Facebook and the Epiphanator: An End to Endings?- Paul Ford; Short text: 'Truth in the time of
Social Media' - Girish Balachandran

Communication skills - Ethics of writing on social media platforms

Core Text:

2. ENGlogue (2019), Cambridge University

Visual Text:

BBC Documentary- Dabbawalas

Bachelor of Business Administration
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Additional English - II Course Code: AEN221

Total number of hours: 45 Hours Credits: 3
Course Description: The Additional English course is offered as a second language course and seeks to
introduce the students to the nuances of English literature in its varied forms and genres. The students
who choose Additional English are generally proficient in the English language. Hence, instead of
focusing on introducing them to language, challenging texts in terms of ideas, form, and technique are
chosen. The effort aims to familiarize the students with regional literatures in translation, Indian Writing
in English (IWE) and literatures from Pakistan, Nepal and Srilanka, thereby, enabling the students to
learn more about Indian culture and ethos through writings from different regions of the country.
Course Objectives:
 To sensitize to cultural, social, religious and ethnic diversities and help them
engage with their peers and all around them in a more understanding and
‘educated’ manner.
 To enable students through the activities conducted to become more proactive
citizens/participants in society.
 To make students aware of the dynamics of gender, identity, communalism and
politics of this vast nation through its literature.

Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:
CLO1 Sensitizee to cultural, social, religious and ethnic diversities and help them
engage with their peers and all around them in a more understanding and
‘educated’ manner.
CLO2 Become more proactive citizens/participants in society.
CLO3 Make aware of the dynamics of gender, identity, communalism and politics
of this vast nation through its literature.
Pedagogy: Classroom discussion, role plays
Syllabus

UNIT I POETRY 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

“Grandfather” - Jayanta Mahapatra; “Rites of Sense” - Meena Alexander; “Cactus” -

K.Satchidanandan; “Nallur” - Jean Arasanayagam

UNIT II SHORT STORIES 15 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

“The Journey” - Temsula Ao; “Annaya’s Anthropology” - A. K Ramanujan; “Waves” -

Sundara Ramswamy; “Mohsin Mohalla” - Ashfaq Ahmed; “In the Floods” - T.S Pillai

UNIT III ESSAYS 20 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

“Gandhi Now” - Salman Rushdie; “Sharing the World” - Amartya Sen; “Country of the No” -
Suketu Mehta; “Pundits From Pakistan” (An Excerpt) - Rahul Bhattacharya

Core Text:
1. Forsdick, C., & Marson, S. (2000). Reading Diversity. University of Glasgow French & German
Publications.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: French Course Code: FRN221

Total number of hours: 45 Hours Credits: 3
Course Description: The course is offered as a second language course and seeks to introduce the
students to the nuances of French literature in its varied forms and genres. This course focuses on
introducing them to language, challenging texts in terms of ideas, form, and technique are chosen.
The effort aims to familiarize the students with French literatures in translation, thereby, enabling
the students to learn more about French culture and ethos.
Course Objectives:
 To enhance linguistic competencies in French
 To sharpen written skills in French
 To sharpen oral communicative skills in French
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:
CLO1 Enhance linguistic competencies in French
CLO2 Sharpen written skills in French
CLO3 Sharpen oral communicative skills in French
Pedagogy: Classroom discussion, role plays, translations
Syllabus

UNIT I CULTURE: A COUNTRY OF VACATIONS 15 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Hobbies; The routine; Poem - Demain dès l'aube - Victor Hugo

UNIT II I DISCOVER 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Where to shop?; Discover and Taste;

UNIT III CULTURE: GOURMET COUNTRIES 15 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Everyone is having fun; Poem - Le Lac - Alphonse de Lamartine; Daily routine of Teenagers
Visual Text - A French Film

Core Text:
1. Cocton, Marie-Noelle (2016). Génération A1. Paris : Didier,
2. Poèmes : Demain dès l'aube par Victor Hugo & Le Lac par Alphonse de Lamartine
(contenu rédigé sur ligne)

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading:

3. Thakker, Viral. (2011) Plaisir d’écrire. New Delhi : Langers International Pvt. Ltd.,
4. French websites like Bonjour de France, Fluent U French, Learn French Lab, Point du FLE
etc.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Kannada Course Code: KAN221

Total number of hours: 45 Hours Credits: 3
Course Description: The course is offered as a second language course and seeks to introduce the
students to the nuances of Kannada literature in its varied forms and genres. Two texts are
prescribed for this course. The one is a Play (AMRAPALI) written by a famous Kannada writer Dr.
Prabhushankar, and the other one is a selection of short stories, essays and academic science
writings. The Legend of Amrapali originated in the Buddhist Jataka Tales some 1500 years ago.
Amrapali is a great character in the Indian history.
Course Objectives:
 To read drama scripts in Kannada and understand main ideas and details in different kinds
of dramatic scripts.
 To improve listening comprehension of different types of spoken texts-for main ideas,
details and speakers’ attitude and emotions.
 To develop and use language learning strategies for all language skills.
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:
CLO1 Read drama scripts in Kannada and understand main ideas and details in different
kinds of dramatic scripts.
CLO2 Improve listening comprehension of different types of spoken texts-for main ideas,
details and speakers’ attitude and emotions.
CLO3 Develop and use language learning strategies for all language skills
Pedagogy: Classroom discussion, role plays, translations
Syllabus

UNIT I AMRAPALI- DR. S. PRABHUSHANKARA 20 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Act-1 ( Scene-1 to 4 ) Pages 07-42; Act-2 ( Scene-1 to 2) Pages 42-70

UNIT II SELECTION OF SHORT STORIES, ESSAYS AND ACADEMIC SCIENCE

WRITINGS 15 Hrs
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Pashchimaghattagala Patana- Nagesh Hegde; Aeroplane mattu Chitte- K.P. Poornachandra

Tejaswi; Dheerakumara- Ed. Gee Sham Paramashiviah; Post Master- Ravindranath Tagore
(Translated by Ahobala Shankara)

UNIT III WRITING SKILLS 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Essay Writing; Conversation Writing; Letter Writing

Core Text:
1. Kambara, C. (2016). Desheeya Chinthana. Bangalore: Ankitha Pusthaka B06W2PJ738.
2. Kurthukoti, K. (2021). Yugadharma hagu Sahitya Darshana. Bangalore: Kurtkoti Memorial
Trust, ISBN 9788194994015.
3. Venkateshmuthy, T. (2009). Kannada Nataka Yajamanya Sankathana. Bangalore:
Adhyayana Mandala.

6.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Sanskrit Course Code: SAN221

Total number of hours: 45 Hours Credits: 3
Course Description: The course is offered as a second language course and seeks to introduce the
students to the nuances of Sanskrit literature in its varied forms and genres. In brief, the courses
cover all the important items origin and development of Prose to understand the different theories
and original nature of Sanskrit literature. Mithralabha from Hithopadesha of Narayana panditha
Course Objectives:
 To provide origin and development of sanskrit prose and important literary works
 To appreciate the works in Sanskrit.
 To develop moral and ethics in the mind of the students
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:
CLO1 Provide origin and development of sanskrit prose and important literary works
CLO2 Appreciate the works in Sanskrit
CLO3 Develop moral and ethics in the mind of the students
Pedagogy: Classroom discussion, role plays, translations
Syllabus

UNIT I ORIGIN AND DEVELOPMENT OF PROSE 03 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Origin and development of prose and Introduction to different prose forms

UNIT II MITHRALABHA FROM HITOPADESHA 30 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Mithralabha from Hitopadesha of Narayanapanditha

UNIT III GRAMMAR 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Samasa prakaranam grammatically recognize

UNIT IV LANGUAGE COMPONENT 02 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Composition in sanskrit on the general topics; Translation of unseen Sanskrit to English;

Comprehension in sanskrit.

Core Text:
1. Ramachandra shastri (2012). Samskruta shityaparampare. Varanasi: Chaukhamba
Surbharti Prakashan.
2. Hegde, S. (2019). Samskrita Vyakarana Prabha. Bangalore: Pragnavardini Trust.
3. M.R.Kale. (2015). A Higher Sanskrit Grammar. India: Motilal Banarsidass Publishers -
ISBN-10 : 8120801784.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Tamil Course Code: TAM221

Total number of hours: 45 Hours Credits: 3
Course Description: This paper has a few collections from the ‘Individual Poems’ of Avvaiyar
and Kalamegam to show the students the ingenuity with the poets of the period mixing intelligence
with creativity. The unconventional and unorthodox views of life seen through theological eyes of
Siddhas are included. It also introduces the power of oral tradition through a collection of
interviews recorded and transcribed. These voices are from the marginalized communities which
had no opportunity to voice out their pains and sorrows. Students will be exposed to the art form of
theatre through self-experience using internet resources like You Tube
Course Objectives:
 To make the students experience of few collections from the ‘Individual Poems’ of
Avvaiyar and Kalamegam
 To bring students to the power of oral tradition through a collection of interviews recorded
and transcribed
 To learn about the nuances of music and a unique aesthetic experience it offers
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:
CLO1 Make the students experience of few collections from the ‘Individual Poems’ of
Avvaiyar and Kalamegam
CLO2 Bring students to the power of oral tradition through a collection of interviews
recorded and transcribed
CLO3 Learn about the nuances of music and a unique aesthetic experience it offers
Pedagogy: Classroom discussion, role plays
Syllabus

UNIT I POEM 15 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Thanippadalkal - Avvaiyar - Amuthamozhikal; Kalamegam – Sileytai

Meignana padalkal - Sivavakkiyar - Arivu nilai; Pattinaththar - Thiruvegamba malai

UNIT II PROSE VAIMOZHI VARALAARU 15 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Chakkiliyar; Baraiyar; Vannar; Kuyavar; Pandaaram; Meenavar

UNIT III GRAMMAR 15 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Thoradar p izhai neekkam; Nadagam(Essay writing)

Core Text:
1. Malliga, R et al (2000).Thamilppathirattu I.Bangalore: Prasaranga
2. Vi.Arasu and Ki. ParthibhaRaja (2001) 'Vai mozhi varalaru’ Ed:,Thannanaane
Publications, Chennai

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading:

1. Meenakshisundaram T P, (1965) A History of Tamil Literature, Annamalainagar,
Annamalai University
2. Varadarajan, Mu. (2008) Thamil Illakkia Varalaru . New Delhi:Sahitya Akademi
3. Gopalakrishnan.S., (2012) Pathinen Siddhar Varalaru, Chennai: Mullai Pathippagam
4. Stephen,G (1999). Ayothidasar Sindhanaigal, Thirunelveli: St.Xavier’s College
5. Theodore, Baskaran (2012) Thamil Cinema Or Arimugam. Chennai: Kilakku Pathippagam,
6. Pavendan (2013), Dhiravida Cinema, Chennai: Kayal Kavin Books
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Professional Communication Course Code: BBA211

Skills
Total number of hours: 60 Hours Credits: Grade
Course Description:
This course prepares students for the challenges of a society that is shaped by communication. As
participants in the program, students develop and integrate knowledge, creativity, ethical practice,
and skills. Students also examine and produce work in oral, written, and visual communication and
practice skills in group and intercultural communication.
Course Objectives:

 To test and evaluate principles important for effective oral and written communication.
 To construct strategies to adopt and develop communication skills in various models of
work place.
 To build skills relating to speaking, writing, and listening in order to maximize confidence
and core strengths.
 To improve leadership skills and make use of opportunities for career growth.
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:

CLO1 Test and evaluate principles important for effective oral and written communication
CLO2 Construct strategies to adopt and develop communication skills in various models of
work place.
CLO3 Build skills relating to speaking, writing, and listening in order to maximize
confidence and core strengths
CLO4 Improve leadership skills and make use of opportunities for career growth

Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, students’ discussions and
PPTs, case studies, role plays, and form of experiential learning.

Unit I: Letter and E-mail Writing 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application
Basic / Conceptual / Application Effective writing:
Meaning, objectives, Types of business letters, Layout of a business letter and styles of layout,
Practice letter – Resume, Practice letter-Enquiries and replies, Practice letter - Orders and Replies,
Practice letter - Complaints, claim and Adjustment

Unit II: : Academic Writing 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application
The Reading–Research–Continuum, Writing Continuum
This module will help you acquire critical reading skills so that you will develop as a self-critical
writer. The module covers issues related to reading discipline-specific literature, which is
indispensable from developing professional expertise in writing academic texts. The focus is on
fundamental concepts of scientific writing, such as logical organization and argumentation.

Unit III: Resume Writing 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application
In this module, they will learn to how position your resume to a specific marketing purpose, how to
align your resume with the specific needs of the hiring organization, and how to ensure your
resume ranks high on the relevancy scales used by top-notch organizations today.

Unit IV: Public Speaking 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application
Public speaking is the process of communicating information to an audience. It is usually done
before a large audience, like in school, the workplace and even in our personal lives. The benefits
of knowing how to communicate to an audience include sharpening critical thinking and
verbal/non-verbal communication skills.
Week 1: Understanding speech, making ideas compelling and memorable, Illustrating and
delivering your ideas
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Week 2: Overcoming your fear of public speaking and developing great delivery, Course
conclusion and your final speech

Unit V: Non Verbal Communication 4 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application
Basic / Conceptual / Analytical Nonverbal communication –
Week 1: Nature, types, Functions of body language, facial expression, Effective use of face to face
telephonic conversation, Recent trends in communication
Week 2: E-mail, MMS, Video conferencing, understanding cultural effects on communication,
Cultural sensitiveness and cultural context; Inter-cultural factors in interactions; Adapting to global
business

Unit VI: Active Listening & Effective Communication 2hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application
The way to improve your listening skills is to practice "active listening." This is where you make a
conscious effort to hear not only the words that another person is saying but, more importantly, try
to understand the complete message being sent.

Active Listening:
Pay Attention, Show That You're Listening, Provide Feedback, Defer Judgment, Respond
Appropriately

Effective Communication:
Stress and out-of-control emotion, Lack of focus, Inconsistent body language, Negative body
language.

REFERENCES:
1. https://www.thebalancecareers.com/professional-letter-and-email-writing-guidelines-
2062309
2. https://www.frontiercollege.ca/getattachment/b3ff2049-7fc5-4760-bdbb-
66e19677e5b3/Reading-Writing-Continuums-Color.aspx
3. https://resumegenius.com/how-to-write-a-resume
4. https://www.inc.com/brent-gleeson/20-tips-for-mastering-art-of-public-speaking.html
5. https://smallbusiness.chron.com/techniques-improving-nonverbal-communication-skills-
workplace-21411.html
6. https://www.skillsyouneed.com/ips/improving-communication.html
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Basic Social Psychology Course Code: BBA261A

Total number of hours: 30 Hours Credits: 2

Course Description: This course provides students with a survey of the topics covering the social
bases of behaviour. Social psychology is a branch of Psychology that explains how people's thoughts,
feelings, and behaviors are influenced by the actual, imagined, or implied presence of others. It is the
scientific study of how people think about one another, influence one another, and relate to one
another. We will examine some of the historical and philosophical foundations of social psychology, as
well as theories and models of various social phenomena. This course introduces students to the theory
and research on the social factors that influence individual and group behavior. Prosocial behavior,
aggression, interpersonal attraction, attitudes, prejudice are among the topics covered in the course.
The course will include both individual and group work to facilitate awareness, understanding and
application of social psychological principles and concepts.

Course Objectives:

 To understand the world of Psychology with a brief historical sketch of the science of
psychology, multiple perspectives and recent trends in the field.
 The biological basis of behaviour
 The fundamental processes underlying human behaviour such as learning, motivation,
emotion, personality
 Ethics in studying human behaviour and using them in academic assignments. Students will
have an opportunity to develop skills such as writing, making presentations and using
technology for academic purposes and teamwork.
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:

CLO1:Explain psychological concepts, including fundamental concepts, principles, theoretical

perspectives, overarching themes, and arguments from across a range of psychology content
domains like learning, personality, motivation, emotion and consciousness to various situations
and contexts.
CLO2: Critically evaluate the different schools of thought in psychology
CLO3: Define the basic biological process that influence behaviour
CLO4:Analyze methods of scientific inquiry, evidence-based thinking, and critical thinking
skills to psychological phenomena and examples of psychological science
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, students’ discussions and
PPTs, case studies, quizzes and role plays

Syllabus

Unit I : Introduction 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Definition ; History- Origin and Development, Social psychology in India ; Theories - Motivational,
Learning, Cognitive, Decision making, Sociocultural, and Mid-range theories.

Unit II : Social Perception 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Self-Concept – Beginnings, Formation, Self- schemas and Multicultural perspective Self- presentation
- False modesty, Self-handicapping, Impression management. Self-esteem - Development and
Consequences. Social Intelligence. Perceiving persons- Attribution theories and biases, Integration,
Confirmation bias
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Unit III: Positive Social Relations 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Pro-social behavior – Helping influences - Personal, Interpersonal and Situational, Receiving help.
Interpersonal attraction and affiliation – Characteristics of the individual, others and situational
influences.

Unit IV: Negative Social Relations 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Perceiving groups- Stereotypes – Cognitive foundations, how stereotypes distort perceptions; why
stereotypes persist; Prejudices- Individual differences; Types of prejudices – Sexism and Racism ;
Reducing prejudice. Aggression – Origin, Influences - Social and Situational; Forms – Domestic
violence, Sexual violence, Violence against communities (LGBT) and Terrorism; Prevention and
control.

Unit V: Social Influences 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Attitudes – Definition; Theories – Cognitive Dissonance and Dual Processing; Attitude and Behaviour;
Attitude change.

Group - Basic features; Group performance – Types of tasks, Brainstorming; Group decision making –
Biases in information, Group polarization, Group think. Group dynamics and performance.

Essential reading

1. Brehm, S.S. and Kassin, SN. (1996) Social Psychology ,3rd edition. Boston : Houghton Mifflin
Company.
2. Crisp, R.J. and Turner, R.N. (2007), Essential Social Psychology. New Delhi: Sage
Publications India Pvt Ltd.
3. Misra,G. and Dalal,A.K. (2001).Social Psychology in India: Evolution and Emerging trends.
Edited by Ajit.K.Dalal and Girishwar Misra.New Directions in Indian Psychology,Volume
I:Social Psychology.New Delhi: Sage Publications India Pvt.Ltd.
4. Myers, D.G (2002) Social Psychology, 7th international edition.New York: McGraw Hill
Companies.
5. Taylor ,S .E, Peplau, L.A and Sears, D.O. (2006) Social Psychology, 12th edition.New Delhi:
Pearson Prentice-Hall of India Pvt Ltd.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Sociology of Change & Course Code: BBA261B

Development

Total number of hours: 30 Hours Credits: 2

Course Description: The course provides a comprehensive view of development and its paradigms. It
introduces the students to the ideas of sustainable and inclusive forms of development. It examines the
theoretical approaches that have been adopted to examine development. The course also provides a
comprehensive understanding of the contemporary socio-economic framework of development in
India, and the strategies adopted by both the State and civil society.

Course Objectives: This course intends

 To provide an overview of development and its paradigms

 To introduce students to the concepts of sustainable development and inclusive development
and explore the theoretical approaches to the study of development
 To provide a comprehensive understanding of the contemporary socio-economic framework of
development in India, and the strategies adopted by both the State and civil society
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:

CLO1: Explain the paradigms of development and distinguish between the various approaches
CLO2:Analyse developmental initiatives by using the framework provided by theoretical
approaches examined
CLO3: Evaluate the strategies adopted by the State and civil society in India for development
initiatives with reference to the paradigms of development in India

Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, students’ discussions and
PPTs, case studies and quizzes

UNIT I: Concepts related to development 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Social change, Evolution, Growth, Development ,Sustainable Development, Inclusive development

UNIT II: Theoretical approaches 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Modernisation theory, Dependency theory, Neo-liberalism, Environmentalism, Gandhi and
Schumacher

UNIT III: India as a Welfare State 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Concept of Social Welfare in India, Planning Commission and social welfare, Approaches to social
welfare in Five Year Plans, Social Security Programmes in India, Role of voluntary organizations

UNIT IV: Development Process in India 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Women welfare, Health and family welfare, Child welfare, Welfare of the aged, Welfare of
 Bachelor of Business Administration

SC/ST/OBCs

Essential Readings :

1. Sachdeva D.R. 2013.Social Welfare Administration in India, Allahabad, Kitab Mahal.

Recommended Readings:

1. Preston P.W. 1982. The Theories of Development, London Routledge, Kegan Paul
2. Desai, A.R. 1971. Essays on Modernization of Underdeveloped Societies. Thacker and Co.,
Bombay.
3. Escobar Arturo, 1995, Encountering Development, the Making and Unmaking of the Third
4. World Princeton University Press: Princeton
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Techniques of Digital Design Course Code: BBA261C

Total number of hours: 30 Hours Credits: 2

Course Description: This course introduces the students in the aesthetic of graphic design. This
course introduces the students to Ink scape and Photoshop applications for Print and Electronic Media
and offers them an opportunity to understand the user interface and its uses.

Course Objectives:

 To acquire and competency in technical skills applicable to graphic design.

 To learn the tools and skills necessary to develop a digital presence
 To familiarize the Students with the content generation for print media and in digital
based designing like Photography, Advertising, Brochure, Magazine, and Newspaper.
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:

CLO1- Demonstrate proficiency in a range of computer graphics technology, and

understanding of different printing technologies and pre-press processes.
CLO2- Able to apply essential graphics and visual communication skills in different
Multimedia Platforms.
CLO3- Generate and publish content for different print and Media platforms.

Pedagogy: Activity based teaching and learning. The final output and evaluation will be based on the
Portfolio Submission and projects like, Advertisement design, Brochure design, Newsletter (A4).

UNIT I : Introduction to Digital Media 5 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Basic/ Conceptual

Introduction to concepts of digital designs, Visual designing for digital media,Digital media
ecosystems, Principles and elements of Design

Unit-2 : Getting to know the workspace and fonts in Inkscape 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Using the toolbox/Using color, Drawing and editing objects/Creating a greeting card, Using
photographs in a motivational poster, Using a template to create a two-page newsletter, Editing images
and graphics, Introduction to selection tools

Unit 3: Editing Images and Graphics 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Creating vector artwork, resize, rotate, and crop images, Pen Tool Selection in Photoshop, how to
correct colour, Typography Principles & Practices, Typography Display & Composition, Selecting &
Editing Visual Media, Integrated Composition
 Bachelor of Business Administration

UNIT 4 : Publication to Digital Design 5 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Designing a Logo, Institutional Advertisement, Portfolio Development.

Essential Readings:

1. Pipes, Alan. (2001) Production for Graphic Designers. 3rd edition. ‘ Laurence King
Publishing ISBN 10: 185669268X ISBN 13: 9781856692687
Recommended Reading:

1. Johansson, Kaj, Peter Lundberg, and Robert Ryberg (2007). A Guide to Graphic Print Production.
2nd ed. Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
2. McWade, John (2003). Before and After Page Design. Berkeley, CA: Peachpit Press,
3. McWade, John (2005). Before and After Graphics for Business. Peachpit Press,
4. Sherwin, David (2010). Creative Workshop: 80 Challenges to Sharpen Your Design Skills.
Cincinnati, OH: HOW Books,
5. Whittaker, Jason (2009) .Producing for Web 2.0: A Student Guide.3rd ed.New York:Routledge.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Indian Society & Law Course Code: BBA261D

Total number of hours: 30 Hours Credits: 2

Course Description: An interdisciplinary course aimed at providing an insight into Indian society
from legal perspective. Course provide students with a brief understanding of the provisions of the
Indian Constitution, specifically aimed at social transformation. This course examines the connections
and relationships of law and society using an interdisciplinary approach to understand how the Indian
legal system and institutions interact with the complexities of religion, caste, gender, ethnicity and
language. It emphasizes how law operates in society, aids in understanding and analyzing
contemporary social issues

Course Objectives: This course intends

 To enable students to understand the interplay between law and society in the
 To provide students with a brief understanding of the provisions of the Indian Constitution,
specifically aimed at social transformation.
 To equip students with the ability to analyse “law in action”, the role of law and legal
institutions in achieving democratic ideals of liberty, equality, fraternity and secularism
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:

CLO1 Understand the interplay between law and society in the context of pluralism in region,
religion, language, caste and ethnic groups.
CLO2 Understand the provisions of the Indian Constitution specifically aimed at social
transformation.
CLO3 Analyse “law in action”, the role of law and legal institutions in achieving democratic
ideals of liberty, equality, fraternity and secularism

Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, students’ discussions and
PPTs, case studies and quizzes

Syllabus

UNIT I MAKING & ORIENTATION OF INDIAN CONSTITUTION 8 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual

Making of Indian Constitution, Preamble of the Constitution., Fundamental Rights & Directive
Principles, Constitutional Amendments

UNIT II REGIONALISM AND LAW 7 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual

Concept of India as One Unit., Equality in the matters of admission for education and employment.
The slogan “sons of the soil” and its practice., TMA Pai Case and Pradeep Jain Case)
 Bachelor of Business Administration

UNIT III RELIGION AND LAW 8 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual

Role of Religion in India. ((Art. 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 49,), Secularism – equal respect for all
religions., Freedom of religion and non-discrimination on the basis of religion, Communalism ,
Religious minorities and law., Shah Bano Case, Rajinder Sachar Commission Report

UNIT IV COMMUNITY AND LAW 7 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual

Caste in Indian Society. (Art. 15, 17, 23, 25, 29, 46, 51, 330, 332, 338, 341, 342), Protection of
Scheduled Areas, Dalits and Adivasis, Women and Law, Abolition of Untouchability. , Protective
discrimination (Reservation), Mandal Commission Report

Essential reading:

1. Sathe, S. (1983). Crisis of Indian Legal System. Economic and Political Weekly, 18(32), 1388-1393.
Retrieved March 3, 2021, from http://www.jstor.org/stable/4372382
2. Granville Austin(1999)The Indian Constitution: The Corner Stone of a nation, New York :
Oxford University Press,
Recommended books for reading:

1. P.Iswara Bhatt, (2009) Law & Social Transformation,, Lucknow : Eastern Book Co.,
2. Indra Deva (2010Ed) Sociology of Law. New York : Oxford University Press,
3. Constitution of India
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Web Page Designing & Course Code: BBA261E

Multimedia

Total number of hours: 30 Hours Credits: 2

Course Description: To make management students well-versed with the basic multi-media skills and
provide students with an over view of the key concepts of 2D Animation and Web Designing. This
course provides over view of contents like Adobe Flash Professional, Adobe Dreamweaver and other
Adobe Dreamweaver

Course Objectives: This course intends

 Fundamentals of creating animated content using Adobe Flash Professional

 Fundamentals of creating web content using Adobe Dreamweaver.
 To create web pages using animated content and menu driven options
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:

CLO1 Create animated files using Adobe Dreamweaver

CLO 2 Design web pages using Adobe Dreamweaver.
CLO3 Create menu driven options in the web pages.
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, students’ discussions and
hands on working with softwares and tools.

UNIT I ANIMATION 6 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Application

Concepts of Animation, Introduction to flash, Tools, The timeline, Frames and Key frames, Saving the
file, Tweens – Shape Tweening, Motion Tweening , Classic Tweening.

UNIT II ADVANCED ANIMATION, INTERACTION AND WEB 6 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Application

Complex timeline control, Mask Layers, Color settings, filters and Blend Modes, adding sound,
importing Graphic Files, Symbols, button Action Script, publishing flash content to the Web.

UNIT III DREAMWEAVER 6 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Application

The Dreamweaver Interface , Understanding work flow, tools, property box, Creating HTML
Documents, Adding content to WebPages, Adding Structure tags to content , Adding images &
Multimedia Content, Using CSS to style content, working with links, Internal references, Mailto links
and anchor tags, rollovers and interactivity, library items, creating forms.

UNIT IV PORTFOLIO DEVELOPMENT 6 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Application

 Bachelor of Business Administration

Portfolio development, Case Study, Project demonstration.

UNIT V 6 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Application

Exercise 1: Create an Animated Greeting Card (Flash)

Exercise 2: Create a Simple slide show (Flash)

Exercise 3: Create an interactive Photo Album (Flash)

Exercise 4: Create a webpage with Flash

Exercise 5: Design a simple HTML website for a coffee Shop (Dreamweaver)

Exercise 6: Design a Website for a Multi-branded electronic Showroom

Essential Reading:

1. Schmid,Calvin F. (1983). Graphics design principles and practices. Uinted state: John Wiley
& Sons.
2. Saha, A. 2. (2016). Digital principles and logic design techniques: / by. Bangalore: University
Science Press.
3. Adobe Animate Classroom in a Book, Adobe Systems, Adobe Press, 2020.
4. Adobe Dreamweaver CC Classroom in a Book, Adobe Systems, Adobe Press, 2020

Recommended books for reading:

1. Adobe® Flash® Professional CC Classroom in a Book®, Adobe Press, 2014.

2. Dreamweaver CC In Simple Steps Do It Right, Do It Fast, Wiley, 2018
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Literature, History & Society Course Code: BBA261F

Total number of hours: 30 Hours Credits: 2

Course Description: Literature, History and Society’ is one among the six generic electives offered to
the first year students of the BBA Programme. The paper is designed with the intention of introducing
the students to literature and its influence on understanding societies, then and now. The modules are
designed to cover a wide array of topics ranging from racial discrimination to ecological humanities
with a global perspective on these issues. Consequently, the paper helps the student widen their
perspective and appreciate the role of literature in understanding the society around them and to
prepare them to be better global citizens.

Course Objectives:

 To introduce the relevance of examining socio-political events of the global past in

comprehending the contemporary world
 To appreciate the literary value of texts around them with special emphasis on films as texts
and literature
 To introduce issues concerning social justice
 To help redefine and/or question conventional ideas of literature with regard to the topics being
discussed
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:

CLO1- Identify the basic elements of film language and thereby appreciate the art of films as a text
CLO2- Appreciate socio-cultural/religious diversity in a global world
CLO3- Perceive the world through more than one frame of reference
CLO4- Analyse literary texts other than conventional ones such as poetry or prose
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, students’ discussions and
PPTs, case studies, quizzes and role plays.

Syllabus

Unit 1 Film Language 4 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual

Introduction to film language - film reading and appreciation - technicalities: contexts - socio-
economic backgrounds

Unit 2 The Holocaust 7 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual

Historical context - ideas of fascism - propogandal - introduction to memoirs - graphic novels and its
history - ethnic cleansing and modern examples

Unit 3 Settler Colonialism 6 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual

Native Americans and Canadians - Aborigines of Australia - Adivasi’s and North East history in India
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Unit 4 Eco-criticism 6 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual

Introduction to Eco-criticism - Eco-horror - Speciesism and Veganism - Consumerism - Role of

literature and films

Unit 5 Social Discrimination 7 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual

History of slavery in USA - Apartheid Movement - Civil Rights Movement - Gender Discrimination

Essential Readings

Short Story:

1. Anonymous.,(not dated ) The Yew Trees,n.a

2. Nadine Gordimer (1988) Once Upon a Time, Jump and Other Stories. Penguin, 1991, pp. 23–30.

Novel:

3. Elie Wiesel (1956) Night, New York, Hill and Wang

4. Wagamese, Richard. ( 2012). Indian Horse : a novel. Vancouver, BC :Douglas & McIntyre,

Graphic Novel:

5. Spiegelman, Art. (19861991). Maus : a survivor's tale. New York :Pantheon Books,

Speech:

6. Yale Law School. (2008). I have a dream by Martin Luther King, Jr; August 28, 1963 [Speech
transcript]. https://avalon.law.yale.edu/20th_century/mlk01.asp

Film:

7. Roman Polanski(2002) The Pianist

8. Jamie Uys (1980)The Gods Must be Crazy
9. M Night Shyamalan(2008) The Happening
10. Boaz Yakin (2000)Remember the Titans
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Social Responsibility Project Course Code: BBA281

Total number of hours: 25 Hours Credits: 1
Course Description:
This course intends to sensitize the students towards social issues faced by the society and to enable
students to understand the role played by the Non-Governmental Organization (NGOs) in
addressing these social issues. This course intends to bring about a change in students’ perspective
towards these social issues and make them aware about their role in helping the society overcome
such social issues. The purpose of writing project report is to communicate the learning of the
project study undertaken on a particular NGO, in partial fulfillment of BBA program. It is a time-
bound and independent study guided by a faculty member.
Course Objectives: This course intends
 To enable students to identify the socially sensitive areas for the research.
 To examine the social issues faced by the society through an NGO.
 To improve the attitude towards service and Future commitment.
 To develop an SRP project report based on the learning and experiences.
Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this project students will be able to:
CLO1 Identify the socially sensitive areas of research
CLO2 Examine the social issues faced by the society
CLO3 Improve the attitude towards service and future commitment
CLO4 Develop a project report
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like experiential learning by interaction with the
NGO’s, Reporting the daily activities by the students.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Financial Management Course Code: BBA331

Total number of hours: 60 Hrs Credits: 4
Course Description: Financial Management is an introductory core course that is offered with intent
to equip the students with the basic knowledge of finance theory and its application to develop
relevant financial strategies pertinent to profit-seeking organisations. The theme of financial
management is structured around three decision making financial areas: Investment- long term as well
as working capital, Financing and Dividend policy. This imbibes students with analytical and
decision-making skills in managing finance through application of theoretical questions and practical
problems.

Course Objectives:
 To understand the basics of finance function and the concepts of financial management
 To apply the knowledge in taking finance decisions
 To develop analytical skills to identify financial management problems and solve them.
 To analyse the relationship among capital structure, cost of capital, dividend decisions, and
value of the business.
 To assess a firm’s requirement for long-term assets by applying capital budgeting techniques.

Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:

CLO1 Demonstrate understanding of the principles and concepts of financial management.

CLO2 Summarise the motives behind financial decision making.
CLO3 Interpret the relevant theories and concepts of various practices of financial
management.
CLO4 Analyze the relationship among capital structure, cost of capital, dividend decisions,
and value of the business.
CLO5 Evaluate projects for profitability
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, case analysis, and problem
solving

Unit I: Introduction to financial management

Level of knowledge: Basic 06 Hrs
Meaning of finance and financial management, Types of finance – public and private finance ,
classification of private finance – personal finance, business finance and finance of non-profit
organization Importance and Scope of financial management, Approaches to finance function
Relationship of finance with other business functions, Objectives of financial management – profit
maximization and wealth maximization - merits and criticisms Financial decisions, Internal relation of
financial decisions, Factors influencing financial decisions Functional areas of financial management,
Functions of a finance manager.

Unit II: Sources of finance and Capitalization 09 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual
Ownership securities – Equity shares, Preference shares, Deferred shares, No par stock/shares, Shares
with differential rights, Sweat Equity Creditorship securities – Debentures – Zero coupon bonds, Zero
interest bonds, Callable bonds, Deep discount bonds Internal financing or ploughing back of profit –
factors affecting ploughing back of profits – merits and demerits Loan financing – short term and long
term sources. Meaning of capitalization – Theories of capitalization – cost theory and earnings theory.
Over capitalization and under capitalization – causes – effects and remedies, Watered stock, Over
trading and under trading

Unit III: Capital Structure 10 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual
Meaning of capital structure and financial structure, principles of capital structure, optimum capital
 Bachelor of Business Administration

structure, determinants of capital structure, theories of capital structure and EPS – practical problems.
Point of indifference, capital gearing

Unit IV: Cost of capital and Leverages 12Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual / Analytical
Meaning of cost of capital, significance of cost of capital, components of cost of capital –
computation of cost of capital and Weighted Average Cost of Capital – practical problems. Meaning
of leverage, types of leverages – operating, financial and combined leverage, risk and leverage –
practical problems

Unit V: Capital budgeting 10 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual / Analytical
Meaning of capital budgeting, Importance, Need, Time value of money, capital budgeting process,
project appraisal by using traditional methods and modern methods Practical problems on payback
period, rate of return, NPV method , Profitability index, IRR methods

Unit VI: Dividend policy decisions 06 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual/ Analytical
Meaning, Kinds, Bonus shares – merits and demerits, theories of dividend decisions, determinants of
dividend policy decisions.(Theory only)

Unit VII: Management of working capital 07 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual/ Analytical
Meaning of working capital, types of working capital, working capital cycle, adequate working
capital, determinants of working capital, estimation of working capital. Management of cash.
Management of inventory and debtors – theory only.

Core Text:
1. Khan, M, Y, & Jain, P, K (2018). Financial Management. Tata Mc Graw Hill.

Recommended references:
1. Chandra, P. (2019).Financial Management. New Delhi, India. Tata McGraw Hill Book Co.
2. Pandey,I.M.(2015). Financial Management. New Delhi, India. Vikas Publishing House.
3. Gupta, S, K., Sharma, R.K. & Gupta, N (2013). Financial Management. Kalyani Publishers.

Course Name: Human Resource Management Course Code: BBA332

 Bachelor of Business Administration

Total number of hours: 60 Hrs Credits: 4

Course Description: This subject is a comprehensive learning on what management is all about
and different schools of thoughts on management. It gives a clear understanding of management
practices and the various functions of management and also gives away the principles of
management developed by eminent management thinkers. The syllabus is structured to provide
basic conceptual knowledge on the principles of planning, organizing, staffing, motivation,
leadership, controlling and to offer orientation to the recent dynamics of managerial practice.

Course Objectives:

 To develop understanding of conceptual foundations of HRM

 To understand the processes and practices in HR functions
 To explain important labour laws and its implications
 To identify contemporary trends and challenges in the field of HRM
 To assess the application of appropriate HR intervention in conjunction with organization
need.
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student will able to:

CLO1: Demonstrate conceptual clarity on various concepts, theories and frameworks in HRM
CLO2: Apply different HR techniques for effective human resource management
CLO3: Explain industrial relations and its implications
CLO4: Develop appropriate policies and procedures according to organisational requirements
CLO5: Outline ethical issues & other contemporary issues related to work place
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, student discussions, peer
learning & presentations, flip class, case studies and research article analysis, field study as well as
a Guest Lecture by an industry practitioner.

Unit I Introduction 6 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual

Concept of HRM, Evolution of HRM, Role of Human Resource Manager, Functions of HRM, HR
Structure and Concept of Strategic HRM.

Unit II Job Analysis and Human Resource Planning 10 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual

Concept of Job Analysis, Importance and Benefits of Job Analysis, Job Analysis Process, Job
Description, Job Specification and other Job-related concepts- Job Enrichment, Job Enlargement,
Job Rotation, Flexi timing, Telecommuting and Ergonomics.
Concept & Importance of HRP; Different stages of HR Planning Process; Action Plans in case of
shortage and surplus of workforce.

Unit III Recruitment and Selection 8 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual

Concept of Recruitment, Factors affecting Recruitments, Sources of Recruitment; Definition and

Importance of Selection, Stages involved in Selection Process, Types of Selection Tests and Types
of Interviews. Meaning and Benefits of Induction, Content of an Induction Program.

Unit IV Learning & Development and Career Mobility 8 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Meaning and Importance of Training and Development Programs, Stages involved in Training
Process, On-the Job and Off-the-Job Training & Development Methods. Career Management
Process, Models of Career Management, Role & Challenges of Career Development, Career
Development Initiatives, Stages in Career Planning, Internal and External Mobility of Employees.

Unit V Performance Appraisal & Compensation Management 12 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual

Purpose of Performance Appraisal, Trait, Behavioural and Result Methods of Performance

Appraisals, Process of Performance Appraisal, Components of compensation, incentive payments,
scope of incentive schemes, types of incentives, group incentives, managing employee benefits and
services

Unit VI Introduction to Industrial Relations & Labour laws 8 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual

Meaning of Industrial Relations, Theories of IR, Meaning and Sources of Employee Grievance,
Grievance Handling Systems, Meaning & Process of Collective Bargaining, Indiscipline,
Settlement Machinery of Industrial Conflicts. Labour laws related to social security measures

Unit VII Contemporary issues and trends in HRM 8 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual

Gig workers, Work from home, Ethical Issues in HRM, E-HRM, Introduction to International
HRM

Essential references:
1. Gary Desler, Biju Varkkey (2018). Human Resource Management. Fifteenth Edition.
Pearson

Recommended references:
1. L M Prasad. (2018).Human Resource Management. Sultan Chand & Sons
2. K Aswathappa. (2019). Human Resource Management: Text & Cases.Mc Graw Hill
Educatrion (India) Private Limited.
3. Rao, S. (2018). Essentials of Human Resource Management & Industrial Relations: Text &
Cases. New Delhi: Himalaya Publication.
4. Noe. Hollenbeck. Gerhart. Wright. (2019). 7th Edition. Fundamentals of Human Resource
Management. Mc Graw Hill.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Marketing Management Course Code: BBA333

Total number of hours: 60 Hrs Credits: 4

Course Description: Marketing a particularly stimulating subject for learners, since its practical
application is visible every day. Old rules of marketing are no longer useful to those who want to
influence these new consumer’s choices. This course will lead the exploration of the leading edge of
this paradigm shift that is now underway. This course introduces students to the concepts and
processes of marketing and takes them deeper into the world of marketing.
Course Objectives: This course intends
 To identify target markets and environments by analysing demographics and consumer
behaviour
 To create a detailed marketing plan and implementation schedule for a company, or critically
evaluate existing marketing strategies and tactics.
 To develop a team-prepared written project and they can make a persuasive, effective
presentation of their project.
 To develop the strategies used within each of the marketing mixes
 To list best practices for responsible marketing and how to manage marketing efforts
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:
CLO1 Recognize how to identify target markets and environments by analysing
demographics and consumer behaviour
CLO2 Students will be able to create a detailed marketing plan and implementation schedule
for a company, or critically evaluate existing marketing strategies and tactics.
CLO3 Students can communicate effectively among team members to develop a team-
prepared written project and they can make a persuasive, effective presentation of their
project.
CLO4 Recall the strategies used within each of the marketing mixes
CLO5 List best practices for responsible marketing and how to manage marketing efforts

Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like case study discussions, interactive lecture,
presentations, review of research article, in class group exercises and activities.

Unit I Introduction to Marketing Fundamentals 8 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual
Meaning Definition marketing, scope of marketing, core marketing concepts, Marketing and
Customer Value.

Unit II Connecting with Customers 10 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual
Models of Consumer Behavior, characteristics Affecting consumer Behavior, Types of Buying
Decision Behavior, The Buyer Decision Process, The Buyer Decision Process for New Products;
Business Buyer Behavior, The Business Buyer Decision Process, Institutional and Government
Market. Segmentation, targeting and positioning for competitive advantage.

Unit III Product Decision 10 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual
Product Levels, Product Characteristics and Classifications, New product development stages,
categories of new product, reasons for launching new products and its failure. Product life cycle
strategies and its extension, Ansoff’s Matrix, BCG Matrix, meaning of services, unique characteristics
 Bachelor of Business Administration

of services, 7Ps of service marketing, Service delivery process.

Unit IV Pricing 8 Hrs
Level of knowledge: Conceptual
Types of pricing, Pricing strategies: New product pricing strategies, Product mix pricing strategies,
Price adjustment strategies, Price changes, Public policy and pricing.

Unit V Distribution Channels 8 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual
Marketing channels, structure, types and criteria of selecting a channel, wholesaling, retailing, and
physical distribution.

Unit VI Promotion 10 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual
An overview, Advertising, sales promotion, personal selling and sales management. Public and
customer relations, direct and online marketing, multilevel marketing-the new marketing model,
Significance of Integrated Marketing Communication.

Unit VII Socially Responsible Marketing 6 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual
Sustainable Marketing, Social Criticisms of Marketing, Marketing’s Impact on Individual,
Marketing’s Impact on Society as a Whole, Marketing’s Impact on Other Businesses, Actions to
Promote Sustainable Marketing, Business Actions Toward Sustainable Marketing, Principles and
Marketing Ethics.

Core Text:
1. Kotler.P, &Keller.K.L., Koshy & Jha (2020). Marketing Management, 20th edition, Pearson.
Reference Books:
1. Marshall & Johnston, Marketing Management, McGraw Hill
2. Kotler & Armstrong, 15th ed., Principles of Marketing Management, Pearson publication
3. Chernev & Kotler, 5th ed., Strategic Marketing Management, Brightstar Media
4. Stanton, Etzel, Walker, Fundamentals of Marketing, Tata-McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
5. Saxena, Rajan, Marketing Management, Tata-McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
6. McCarthy, E.J., (2016). Basic Marketing: A managerial approach. Irwin, New York.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Information Systems and E-business Course Code: BBA334

Total number of hours: 60 Hours Credits: 4

Course Description: The objective of the course is to make students aware about how information
systems work in different functional areas and provide information according to the needs of different
management levels. This course covers basic concepts and its understanding would help students to
learn most recent developments in the area of information systems and e-commerce. After going
through this course, student will be able to leverage information systems and e-commerce to manage
the organizations more efficiently. They will learn about security issues and how to safeguard
organizational information.

Course Objectives:

 To provide students with basic concepts in information system and the benefits with these
systems, in modern society.
 To understand systems definition, systems requirements, and information needed for decision
maker.
 To identify several methods to enhance and develop information systems and to manage the
information system resources electronically.
 To understand several financial technologies used in information system.
 To expose students to legal aspects of Information System
Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, student should be able to:

CLO 1 Understand the fundamental concepts of Information Systems.

CLO 2 Demonstrate the role of Data Base Management System in enhancing Information
systems.
CLO 3 Evaluate the impact of Decision Support System on Information systems.
CLO 4 Assess the functions of cloud computing, grid computing and other financial
technologies.
CLO 5 Examine the importance of Electronic commerce and Information Technology Act.
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, student’s discussions &
presentations, case studies and role play.

Unit I –FOUNDATION CONCEPTS OF INFORMATION SYSTEM 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Concept of Business Information System, DIKW pyramid, Pyramid structure of BIS, Architecture of
BIS, Types of BIS, Challenges for BIS is a multinational organization, Information System Activities,
Strategic use of Information Systems

Unit II – RELATIONAL DATA BASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 12 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application / Practical

DBMS Introduction, structure of DBMS, components of DBMS, functions of DBMS, Master data,
Transaction data, Data Dictionary, users and access permissions, introduction to RDBMS. Structured
Query Language (SQL) – DDL, DML and DCL. –Queries and Sub-queries – Examples Joins and
unions.

RELATIONAL DATABASE MANAGEMENT & SQL (PRACTICALS)

 DDL, DML and DCL Commands.

 Bachelor of Business Administration

 Join Queries.
 Built in functions.
 Nested Queries.
 Aggregate Functions.

UNIT III – DECISION SUPPORT SYSTEMS 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Classical, Administrative and Political Decision making Model, Herbert Simon's Model, Structured
Vs Unstructured Decisions, Types of Decision Support Systems, Group Decision Support System,
Executive Information System, Knowledge Based Expert Systems and Artificial Intelligence.

Unit IV – DEVELOPMENT OF BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEM 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Overview of Information System Development Methods, SDLC - Requirement Analysis, System

Design, Systems Development, Software Testing, Implementation & Evaluation. Agile software
development, Business Continuity Plan and Disaster Recovery.

Unit V– STRATEGIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS & FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Cloud Computing, Grid Computing, Knowledge Management Systems, Pervasive Computing,

Financial Technology & Block chain Technology, Robotic Process Automation.

Unit VI – FUNCTIONAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Enterprise resource planning (ERP), Modules under ERP - Marketing, Material Management,
Finance, Accounts, HRM and Production management. Security threats to BIS and remedial
measures, Business Process Reengineering.

Unit VII – E- COMMERCE and IT ACT 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

E - Commerce activities – marketing, purchasing, payments, publishing and governance, e-commerce

architecture, Business models- B2b & B2C, Challenges, Information Technology Act

Core Text:

1. Joshi, G. (2013). 1st Edition, Management Information Systems. Oxford University Press
Recommended Reading

1. Kenneth C. Laudon and Jane Price Laudon, (2016). Management Information Systems –
Managing the digital firm, PHI Learning. Pearson Education, PHI, Asia
2. James A O’Brien and George M Marakas, (2017), 10th edition. Management Information
Systems, Tata McGraw Hill Publishers
3. Justice Yatindra Singh, (2012), 4th edition. Cyber Laws, Universal Law Publishing Co, New
Delhi.
4. Rekha Chandulal, (2015), 1st edition, Ecommerce Unmasked: Hidden Secrets to fight Online
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Battles.
5. Effy Oz, (2008), 6th edition. Management Information Systems, Course Technology
Publishers
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Indian Financial System Course Code: BBA335

Total number of hours: 60 Hrs Credits: 4

Course Description: This course is to make students familiarize with various components of Indian
financial system and enable them to understand the mechanisms in exchange of funds among various
players in the financial system. The course also imbibes knowledge on the independent regulators of
the Capital market, insurance, banking, and various services sectors. The course also introduces
students to the various financial instruments dealt in the Indian financial markets and provides an
insight into the international financial markets.

Course Objectives:
 To understand the structure, organisation and working of the financial system in India.
 To demonstrate the role of regulatory bodies in Indian financial system
 To evaluate the impact of money market and capital market operations.
 To assess the functions of the financial institutions and financial services.
 To examine the importance of International financial markets
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:
CLO1 Understand the components of Indian Financial System.
CLO2 Demonstrate the role of regulatory authorities in financial system.
CLO3 Evaluate the impact of money market and capital market operations.
CLO4 Assess the functions of various financial institutions and financial services
CLO5 Examine the importance of International Financial markets.

Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, discussions and
presentations, HBR case and article analysis, Guest sessions by experts and a field visit in the form of
experiential learning.

Unit I: Introduction 04 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Basic
Meaning – Structure - Functions - Components of financial system - Financial system and economic
development - Reforms in Financial Sector in India

Unit II: Capital Market 10 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual
Meaning – Classification - Functions – Types - Primary market - Secondary market -functioning of
various stock exchanges - NSE, BSE, OTCEI - Financial instruments in capital market - Long term
loans market - Derivatives Market - Government Securities market - Capital market scams – SEBI -
Reforms in capital markets.
Unit III: Money Market 10 Hrs
Level of knowledge: Conceptual
Meaning – Significance - Structure-Features of money market - Money market instruments - Reforms
in money market – Monetary policy - Credit Policy

Unit IV: Regulators of financial system 10 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Analytical
Meaning – Functions - Banking institutions - Scheduled commercial banks and scheduled
cooperative banks - Non Banking Institutions – Regional Rural Banks - NBFCs and Development
Finance institutions - Insurance and Housing Finance Companies – IRDA.
RBI Functions - Banking regulation and requirement - licensing and supervision, capital reserve,
corporate governance, financial reporting and disclosures, Capital adequacy-Banking ombudsman
scheme - Basel norms

Unit V:Banking compliance 10 Hrs

 Bachelor of Business Administration

Level of knowledge: Analytical

Anti-money laundering: Prevention of money laundering act (PMLA) - Customer due diligence -
Know your customer norms - International sanctioning-Financial Intelligence unit - fraud detection
and management in banks - International banking scenario-Documentary letter of credit -
Correspondent banking and NRI accounts - bad banks

Unit VI: Financial instruments and Financial Services 08 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual
Financial Instruments: Shares - Mutual Funds – Debentures - Bonds - Money market instruments
(Self learning) - Derivatives - Hedging instruments and others.
Financial services: Fund based services – Leasing – Hire Purchase – Consumer Credit – Bill
Discounting – Factoring and Insurance.
Fee based services – Issue Management, Merchant Banking, Credit rating, Debt Restructuring and
Stock Broking.

Unit VII: International Financial Markets 08 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual
Forex market rate determination Nature, Organization and Participants- Offshore Financing
Instruments- Foreign Exchange market – Foreign Direct Investment and Foreign Institutional
Investment.

Core Text:

1. Pathak, B. V (2018). Indian Financial System. New Delhi: Pearson Education

Recommended references:

1. Desai, V. (2019). The Indian Financial System and Development. Mumbai: Himalaya
Publishers.
2. Gordon, N. (2014). Indian Financial System. Mumbai: Himalaya publishers.
3. Khan, M.Y. (2019). Indian Financial System. New Delhi: McGraw-Hill.
4. Sharma, G. (2014). Indian Financial System. Ludhiana: Kalyani publishers.
5. Singh, P. (2018). Dynamics of Indian Financial System: Markets, Institutions and Services,
ANE Books.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Working with Spreadsheet 1 Course Code: BBA311

Total number of hours: 30 Hrs Credits: Grade

Course Description: In this course you will learn the basic functions of excel through guided
demonstration. Each week you will build on your excel skills and be provided an opportunity to
practice what you’ve learned. Finally, you will have a chance to put your knowledge to work in a mini
project. Please note, the content in this course was developed using a Windows version of Excel 2013.

Course Objectives:

 To demonstrate simple arithmetic calculations directly in a cell as well as by referring to

another cell.
 To compare and contrast between formulas and functions in Excel.
 To examine and interpret data using the database functions of Excel.
 To model the chart function of Excel to represent numeric data in multiple formats.
Course Learning Outcomes:
CLO1: Students are able to demonstrate simple arithmetic calculations directly in a cell as well as
by referring to another cell.
CLO2: Students are able to compare and contrast between formulas and functions in Excel.
CLO3: Students are able to examine and interpret data using the database functions of Excel.
CLO4: Students are able to model the chart function of Excel to represent numeric data in
multiple formats.
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like in class activities, interactive lecture, students’
discussions & hands on experience on MS Excel.

Unit I: Introduction to Spread Sheet 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application
Understanding Microsoft Excel, Excel Workbook Windows, Basic Spreadsheet Skills, Excel Help
System, Opening and Closing Workbooks, Understanding Workbook File Formats, Creating New
Workbooks, Selecting Cells, Auto Sum and Auto Fill Function, Cell Referencing and Request,
Formatting Cells, Formatting Numbers, Placing Cell Alignment, Cell, Rows and Columns,
Understanding Worksheets

Unit II: Basic functions 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application
Editing, Copying and Moving Cells, Page Layouts in Excel, Proofing Workbook, Basic Options,
Ribbons and Toolbar, AutoFilter, Advanced Filters, Managing Windows, Multiple Windows,
Splitting Windows, Freezing Panes, Linking Data, Basics’ Assessment

Unit III: Excel Intermediate 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application
Introduction to Excel Spreadsheet Intermediate Level, Defining Names in Excel, Sorting Data, Using
Excel Tables, Filtering Data in Excel, Find and Replace, Headers and Footers, Adding Comment,
Conditional Formatting

Unit IV: Charts 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application
Understand Charts, Chart Design Options and Tools, Chart Format Tools, Combo Charts

Unit V: Advanced Functions 6 Hrs

 Bachelor of Business Administration

Level of Knowledge: Application

Functions within Excel, Understanding Date Function, Super Power, Array Formulae, Advanced
Range Names, What If function?, Information Functions, Logical Functions

Core Text:

REFERENCES:
1. “Microsoft Excel 2019: Data Analysis and Business Model” by L. Winston Wayne, PHI
Learning Publishers, ISBN: 978-9389347180.
2. “Excel 2019 All-in-One: Master the new features of Excel 2019/Office 365”, by Lokesh
Lalwani, ISBN: 978-9388511582.
3. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/advanced_excel/index.htm
4. https://www.reed.co.uk/courses/microsoft-excel-3-course-bundle--basic-intermediate-
advanced-courses-only-24/67735
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Innovation and Creativity in Business Course Code: BBA361

Total number of hours: 45 Hrs Credits: 3
Course Description: Actual business context requires a degree of adaptation to change which
requires the acquisition of new skills and abilities to seize opportunities and improve productivity and
economic performance. This course deals with the study of innovation and creativity. Students are
expected to understand and identify strategies to promote ideas on innovative /creative products or
services and necessary actions to implement them successfully.

Course Objectives:
 To infer the concept of innovation and creativity, their components and differences.
 To identify the tools used for formulation of an innovation strategy for a
product/business/industry.
 To explain the key planning elements in idea generation process for business as well as
societal issues.
 To assess the role of a business leader in facilitating creativity within the organisation.
To discuss a framework for the design and implementation of a systematic innovation strategy.

Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:

CLO1: Compare and contrast the difference between creativity and innovation in terms of its
types and how creativity leads to innovation.
CLO2: Apply the tools used for formulation of an innovation strategy for a
product/business/industry.
CLO3: Demonstrate the key planning elements in idea generation for business as well as
societal issues.
CLO4: Evaluate the role of a business leader in facilitating creativity within the organisation.
CLO5: Develop a framework for the design and implementation of a systematic innovation
strategy.
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, students’ discussions
&presentations, case studies and article analysis, and experiential learning through building new
innovative and creative businesses.

UNIT-1: Introduction to the process of innovation 9 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual
Incremental and Radical Innovation, Factors that favours incremental innovation, Innovation in
processes, Service innovations. The concept of S-curve: Three lessons, Where do you stand on the S-
curve, Limits to these lessons.

UNIT-2: Idea generation 9 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual
New Knowledge, Tapping the ideas of customers, Learning from the lead users, Empathetic design,
Invention factories and Skunkworks, Open market innovation, The role of mental preparation, How
management can encourage idea generation, Two idea generating techniques.

UNIT-3: Recognizing opportunities and Moving innovation to market 9 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual
A method for opportunity recognition, Rough -cut business evaluation.The idea funnel, Stage-gate
systems, A caution on funnels and stage-gate systems, Financial issues, Extending innovation through
platforms.

UNIT-4: Creativity and creative groups 9 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual
Myths about creativity, three components of individual creativity, Characteristics of creative groups,
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Handling conflicts in groups, Time pressure and creativity. Enhancing creativity: enriching the
organization and workplace, Organisational enrichment, Enriching the physical workplace.

UNIT-5: Role of Leaders in promoting innovation 9 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual
Develop an innovation -friendly culture, establish strategic direction, be involved with innovation, be
open but skeptical, Improve the idea-to-commercialisation process, apply portfolio thinking, put
people with the right stuff in charge, create an ambidextrous organisation.

Core Text:
1. Richard Luecke (2003). Guide to Managing Creativity and Innovation, Harvard Business
Press.

Books for Reference:

2. P. Rizwan Ahmed (2015). Creative & Innovation Management,Margham Publications.
3. R. Keith Sawyer (2014). Explaining Creativity: The Science of Human Innovation,Oxford
University Press
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Event Management Course Code: BBA362

Total number of hours: 45 Hrs Credits: 3

Course Description: Event Management is a glamorous and exiting profession which demands a lot
of hard work with team coordination and foresight. As the name suggests, it means conceptualizing,
planning, organizing and finally executing the event. This industry is relatively new in India, but
holds a lot of promise for expansion. It offers enormous scope for ambitious young people. This
course is designed to provide an introduction to the Principles of Event management. The student will
learn how to formulate event tourism strategies for destinations. The planning and implementation of
festivals, entertainment events, corporate events, cultural events and sports events will be focused
upon.

Course Objectives: The main objectives of this course are:

 To give an understanding of the concept and significance of event management.
 To create awareness about the type of events.
 To identify the different marketing techniques and revenue generation methods for events.
 To aid the students to plan and organize events in campus or take it up as a career.
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:

CLO1 Identify the Importance of Event Management.

CLO2 Classify the types of events.
CLO3 Describe the difference between sponsorship and donations.
CLO4 Explain the steps necessary to plan and create successful events.

Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, student discussions, case
studies, videos and PPTs.

UNIT 1 Introduction to Event Management 10 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual

Type of Event, Event Team, Why Event Management, Requirement of Event Management,
Analyzing the event, scope of the event, Decision makers, Establishing Policies and Procedures,
career in event management. The concept of Virtual Events

UNIT II Event Planning and Team Management 10 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual

Locating People, Clarifying Roles, Developing content Guidelines, Participant Tips, Reference
Checks, Requirement Forms, Introduction, Fees & Honorariums, Expense Reimbursement, Travel
Arrangements, Worksheets Preparing a planning schedule, Role and functions of an event manager.
Organizing Tasks, Assigning Responsibility, Overall Planning Tips, Protocols, Dress Codes, Staging,
staffing.

UNIT III Event Marketing and Advertising 10 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual

Nature and Process of Marketing. Seeking Sponsorship, Types of sponsorship, Event Sponsorship,
Event Organizer, Event Partners, Event Associates, Image branding, Advertising and PR, Meetings
and Group Development, Special Events, wedding, meetings, sports, rallies, Tools of Promotion, Tips
on writing a New Release, Direct Marketing, Word of Mouth, The Promotion Schedule, Planning a
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Promotion Campaign for an Event, EMBOK. Image branding, Advertising and PR, Meetings and
Group Development, Special Events Types, wedding, meetings, sports, rallies, Event Sponsorship
Understand Sponsorship, Understand , Event Organizer, Event Partners, Event Associates.

UNIT IV Event Production and Logistics 10 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual

Staffing and vendors, logistics and staging, breaking Down the event, Outsourcing strategies,
Concept, theme, Fabrication, light & sound, handling venders, Logistic policy, procedures,
performance standards, event evaluation.Budget – cost of event, Profit and loss statement, balance
sheet, panic Payments, Financial control system.

UNIT V Event Safety and Security 5 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual

Security, occupational safety, Major risk and emergency planning, Incident Reporting, emergency
procedures, Health and safety issues, insurance, licenses and permissions.

Core Text:

1. Mohan.S. (2011). Event Management & Public Relations. New Delhi: Enkay Publishing
House.
Reference Books:

1. Allen, J. (2003). Event Planning Ethics and Etiquette. Canada: John Wiley & Sons.
2. Allison.S. (2012). The Event Marketing Handbook. Kaplan Business.
3. Kimball, C. (2015). Start Your Own Event Planning Business. Entrepreneur Press.
4. S.K, Goyal. (2013). Event Management. New Delhi: Adhyayan Publishers.
5. Singh.G, K. &. (2012). Event Management: A Blooming Industry and an Eventful Career.
New Delhi: Haranand Publications.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Cross Cultural Management Course Code: BBA363

Total number of hours: 45 Hrs Credits: 3

Course Description: The course will make students understand the importance of managing cultural
diversity in a globalized world. They will learn about the factors that influence a country’s culture and
communication process. The course will help them to develop cultural sensitivity and improve their
cultural awareness.

Course Objectives:
 To understand the importance of managing cultural diversity in a globalized world.
 To learn about the factors that influence a country’s culture and communication process.
 To develop cultural sensitivity and improve their cultural awareness.
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:
CLO1 Understand the concepts of cross cultures.
CLO2 Identify the difference and similarity in the cultural context of different countries.
CLO3 Develop cultural awareness and sensitivity about other cultures.
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, students’ discussions &
presentations, HBR case and article analysis, role plays and movie reviews the form of experiential
learning.

Unit 1: Challenging roles of Global Manager 9 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual
Challenges of Globalization, Role of Global Manager- organizational context, culture and managerial
roles- Evaluating cross cultural management studies

Unit 2: Understanding Role of Culture 9 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual
Features of Culture, Key cultural terminology, Cultural Differences, Culture and Social Group.

Unit 3 Comparing Culture 9 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual
Kluckhohn & Strodbeck Framework, Hofstede Study, The GLOBE study, Trompenaars Dimensions,
Cultural Distance.

Unit 4: Communicating Across Culture 9 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual
Cultural factors in communication, Variables in communication process, International Body
Language, Guidelines for English and foreign languages. The internet and intercultural
Communication.

Unit 5: Regional Cultural Specifics 9 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual
Understanding the characteristics and Cultural guidelines for: North American Work Culture – Pan
American perspective, United States of America; Middle-East Work Culture- Middle East overview,
Cultural Aspect of Arab, Egypt, Saudi Arabia.; Asian Work Culture- Cultural aspect of China, India,
Japan, Pakistan, South Korea; European Work Culture- European Diversity and synergy, Western
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Europe, France, Italy.

Core Text:
 Thomas, D. C. 1. (2018). Cross-cultural management: Essential concepts (Fourth edition.).
London: Sage.
Recommended Reading:
 Abramson, N. R., & Harris, P. R. 1. (2018). Managing cultural differences (Tenth Edition.).
New York: Routledge.
 Ting-Toomey, S. (2019). Communicating across cultures (Second edition.). New York: The
Guilford press.
 Ghemawat, P. (2018). Redefining global strategy: Crossing borders in a world where
differences still matter. Boston: Harvard business review press.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Business Environment Course Code: BBA364

Total number of hours: 45 Hrs. Credits: 3

Course Description:

 To explore the dynamic nature of business in an intensely competitive environment.

 To examine the two-way impact of Business on Environment and Environment on
Business.
 To evaluate the multidimensional settings within which businesses operate.
 To analyze the market forces and their influence on business.
 To build conducive internal business environment for the firm to operate.
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:

CLO1 Explore the dynamic nature of business in an intensely competitive environment.

CLO2 Examine the two-way impact of Business on Environment and Environment on
Business.
CLO3 Evaluate the multidimensional settings within which businesses operate.
CLO4 Analyze the market forces and their influence on business.
CLO5 Build conducive Internal business environment for the firm to operate.
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, student discussions &
presentations, HBR case and article analysis, and a field visit in the form of experiential learning.

Unit I- Introduction to Business Environment: 10 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual

Concept of Business, Characteristics of Business; Goals of Business; Introduction to Business

History; Evolution of Businesses as Family Business in India; Components of Business
Environment – Internal, External, Micro and Macro Elements; SWOT Analysis ; Michael Porter’s
Five Forces Model of Industry Analysis. Impact of global political, economic and technological
developments on Businesses in India.

Unit II – Political & Legal Environment 10 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual

The changing role and approach of Government in Business during Pre-Independence period and
Post-Independence period; Important Political Systems; Key Political Institutions in India;
Expectations of Business from Government and Expectations of Government from Business;
Interface between Law and Business. Milestone of key legislations impacting businesses in India.
Key regulatory bodies in India regulating businesses.

Unit III– Economic Environment 10 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual

Kinds of Economic Systems and their Impact on Economic Development, Classification of

countries based on Economic Development; Role of international economic institutions and
economic development in India; Economic and industrial development during Planning period;
Economic Policies and economic developments in India; Economic Reforms and their impact on
core sectors of the economy; Development ofPublic sector, Private sector in India; Changing
 Bachelor of Business Administration

economic scenario and impact of globalization on India; Natural Resources and Economic
Environment; Transition of India as agrarian economy to industrial economy. Changing patterns of
Indian economy on a global economy.

Unit IV– Socio-Cultural & Demographic Environment 8 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual

Meaning and importance of Socio-cultural factors affecting business; Impact of Business on

Society and Society on Business, in Indian and global context; Impact of business on culture and
impact of culture on Business Key; Demographic factors that influence businesses. Changing
composition of demography and Indian Business; Well-accepted socio-cultural norms for business
in India and abroad.

Unit V–Technological Environment: 7 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual

Importance of technological developments on economic development in India; Major technological

breakthroughs in globally and in India. Technology driven businesses in India; Cost -Benefit
analysis of technological developments.in India

Essential Reading:

1. Cherunilam, F. (2017). Business Environment - Text and Cases. New Delhi: Himalaya
Publishing House.
Recommended Reading:

2. K.Ashwatappa. (2016). Essentials of Business Enviroment. New Delhi: Himalaya

Publishing House.
3. Alam, F. A. (2017). Business Environment: Indian and Global Perspective. New Delhi:
PHI Learning Pvt., Ltd.,.
4. Paul, J. (2010). Business Environment: Text & Cases. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill
Education Private Limited.
5. Saleem, S. (2015). Business Environment. New Delhi: Pearson Education
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Industry Review Project Course Code: BBA381

Total number of hours: 25 Hours Credits: 1
Course Description: Industry Review Project work is aimed at preparing the BBA third semester
student, in understanding the underlying forces at works in the industry; the overall attractiveness
of the industry and the critical factors that determine the company’s success within the industry.
Students get an opportunity to understand the nature of business, changes taking in business and
also analyze the strategic role played by the management of the company in spearheading the
company towards its growth and expansion.
Course Objectives:
 To provide an understanding of the industry through the performance of selected
companies.
 To apply management theories in constructing industry profile.
 To examine organization structure, product and client profile, financial details and
startegies of the companies studied.
 To evaluate the contribution and challenges of the industry through the companies studied.
 To suggest solutions and strategies for better market growth and sustainability of the
company and the industry.

Course Learning Outcomes: After completion of this project, students will be able to

CLO1 Understand the functions of the Indian industry

CLO2 Application of management theories while constructing industry profile
CLO3 Examine organization structure, financial details and strategies of the company
studied
CLO4 Analyze financial performance of the companies under a given sector
CLO5 Suggesting solutions and strategies for better growth of the organization and the
industry.
Pedagogy: This course uses pedagogies like, students’ interactive discussions with the assigned
project guides and industry reports and form of experiential learning.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Cost and Management Course Code: BBA431

Accounting

Total number of hours: 60 Hrs Credits: 4

Course Description: This course covers the fundamental concepts and various aspects in and of cost
as well as management accounting. This course discusses how to prepare cost sheet, costing for
materials, labour cost and overheads. This course also talks about financial statement analysis using
various tools like comparative and common size Income Statements and Balance Sheet, Trend
Analysis, Ratio Analysis, Cash Flow Statement, Budgets and Budgetary Control. It also throws some
light on Management Reporting in general. And thus this course as a part of Business administration
programme provides fundamental knowledge and basic understanding on various methods, tools and
techniques of cost and management accounting helpful for financial decision making required for a
budding professional in the domain of accounting and finance.

Course Objectives:

 To familiarize the learners with the basic concepts and processes used to determine product
costs.
 To make known the students in ascertaining Material, Labour and Overhead cost
 To enrich the knowledge of the learners in knowing and applying various tools like ratio
analyis, cash flow statemet, marginal costing for analysing the financial statements for
managerial information
 To provide with the basic understanding of budgetary control
 To develop the knowledge of the learners to understand and prepare a management report

Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:

CLO1 Interpret the relevant theories of cost and management accounting and prepare cost
sheet and quotations.
CLO2 Ascertain Material and Labor cost
CLO3 Ascertain, allot and apportion of the overheads.
CLO4 Assess and interpret the financial statements for managerial decision making.
CLO5 Examine and understand management reports.
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, students discussions, PPTs
and problem solving

Unit-I

Introduction to Cost and management accounting 8 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual

Definitions, features, objectives, functions, scope, advantages and limitations. Relationship and
differences between Cost accounting, Management accounting and Financial accounting.

Cost Concepts-Cost classification – Elements of cost - Preparation of cost sheet and quotation.

Unit-II: Material, Labor and Overheads 10 Hrs

 Bachelor of Business Administration

Level of knowledge: Application

Material Cost: direct and indirect material cost, Inventory control techniques-stock levels, EOQ,
ABC analysis. Issue of materials to production- pricing methods-FIFO, LIFO and Average methods.

Labor cost: direct and indirect labour cost-methods of payment of wages including incentive plans -
Halsey and Rowan plans, Tailors Piece Rate method.

Overheads: features, classification, methods of allocation and apportionment of overheads, primary

and secondary distributions (Repeated & step ladder method only).

UNIT III: Marginal Costing 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Marginal Costing-Meaning - Importance - Marginal Cost Equation - Difference between Marginal

costing and Absorption costing - Break Even Analysis-Meaning and Importance - Break even chart-
P/V ratio - Cost Volume Profit Analysis- Margin of Safety-Angle of Incidence- Problems in Marginal
costing.

UNIT-IV Budgetary control 7 Hrs

Budgets - Meaning and importance - Budgetary Control-Meaning and Importance-Types of Budgets,

practical problems - Flexible Budget and cash Budget,

UNIT-V: Financial Statement Analysis 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Comparative Income Statements and Balance Sheets- Common size Income Statements and Balance
Sheet analysis- Trend Analysis. Ratio Analysis – Introduction, Classification & Interpretation of
Ratios.

UNIT-VI: Cash flow statement 13Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Introduction- Concept of Cash- Sources of cash flow Cash from operation- cash from Financing and
cash from investment- Inflow and outflow of cash- Preparation of cash flow statements with
adjustments

UNIT VII: Management Reports 4 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Management Reporting – Meaning and Definitions of reports- Objectives and purpose-Reports to top
level management – Reports to lover level management- Sample Reports

Essential Reading:

1. Arora,M.N (2019).Cost and Management Accounting, New Delhi: Himalaya Publishing

House.
Recommended Reading:
 Bachelor of Business Administration

1. Jain, S.P., & Narang, K.L. (2018). Cost Accounting. New Delhi: Kalyani Publishers.
2. Kishor, R.M. (2013). Cost and Manegement Accounting. New Delhi: Taxman Allied Services.
3. Pillai, R.N.S. (2013). Cost Accounting. New Delhi: Sultan Chand.
4. Arora,M.N (2018). Management Accounting, New Delhi: Himalaya Publishering House
5. Lal, J. (2013). Cost Accounting. New Delhi: Tata Mcgraw Hill Education
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Entrepreneurship Development Course Code: BBA432

Total number of hours: 60 Hrs. Credits: 4

Course Description:
From the perspective of a country's economic development, entrepreneurship is a necessary ingredient
for stimulating economic growth and employment opportunities. In the developing world, successful
small businesses are the primary engines of job creation & income growth. In this direction, this course
on entrepreneurship development, educates an individual about the efforts taken by the government
broadly to encourage entrepreneurship. From the perspective of development of an individual’s
entrepreneurial ability, entrepreneurship education becomes critical as the goal of the course is to help
the youth start to think about what dreams or ideas they have and how they can develop and fulfil them.
It is also a way to learn how to interact and cooperate with other people, be creative and find tools for
how to develop themselves and their ideas. The course aims to motivate an individual to take up an
entrepreneurship to attain self-reliance and growth.
Course Objectives:
 To demonstrate an understanding of the need for entrepreneurship development.
 To identify critical success factors for taking up entrepreneurship
 To evaluate factors influencing the entrepreneurial activities in different contexts.
 To analyze functional strategies required for entrepreneurial success
 To develop business plans for entrepreneurial opportunities

Course Learning Outcomes:

CLO1. Demonstrate an understanding of the need entrepreneurship development
CLO2. Identify Critical success for taking up entrepreneurship
CLO3. Evaluate factors influencing the entrepreneurial activities in different contexts
CLO.4 Analyze functional strategies required for entrepreneurial success
CLO5. Develop business plans for entrepreneurial opportunities

Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like case study discussions, interactive lecture,
presentations, review of research article, in class group exercises and activities.

UNIT I –Introduction to Entrepreneurship 10 Hrs.

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Evolution of the Concept of Entrepreneurship; Theories of Entrepreneurship- Innovation Theory,
Harvard School Theory, Theory of High Achievement, Theory of Profits, Theory of Adjustment of
Price- Entrepreneurship Today; Types of Entrepreneurs; Intrapreneurship; Difference Between a
Manager and an Entrepreneur; Entrepreneurial Competencies; Capacity Building for Entrepreneurs;
Women’s Entrepreneurship, Challenges Faced by Women Entrepreneurs; Characteristics of a Family-
owned Business in India; Various Types of Family Businesses; Challenges Faced by Family-owned
Businesses.

UNIT II – Entrepreneurship Development in India 10 Hrs.

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Entrepreneurial Environment; Global Entrepreneurship Environment; Business Climate in India;
Environmental Factors Affecting Entrepreneurial Growth; Creating a Favorable Environment for
Entrepreneurship; Models of Entrepreneurial Development; The Process of Entrepreneurial
Development; Role and Importance of Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises; Concepts and
Definitions of MSME; The MSMED Act, 2006; Government Policy Initiatives; Current Schemes for
 Bachelor of Business Administration

MSME; Problem Faced by MSME Sector; Role of Clusters in Promoting MSME.

UNIT III – Creativity & Innovation 10 Hrs.

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
The creative process, Search for Business ideas, Selection of Product/Service, Product innovation;
Services Industries-Human side of an enterprise; Identification of Business Opportunities; Mobility of
Entrepreneurs; Geographical Mobility of Entrepreneurs; Occupational Mobility; Business
Opportunities in India; Models for Opportunity Evaluation; The RAMP Model ; Mullins's Seven-
domain Framework

UNIT IV– Business Plans 10 Hrs.

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Purpose of a Business Plan; Contents of a Business Plan- Management Summary; Marketing Plan;
Operations Plan; Financial Plan; Procedure for Setting Up an Enterprise; Selection of a Project; Decide
on the Constitution Obtain Registration; Obtain Clearances from Departments as Applicable; Arrange
for Land/Shed; Arrange for Plant and Machinery; Arrange for Infrastructure; Prepare Project Report;
Apply for and Obtain Finance; Implement the Project and Obtain Final Clearances.

UNIT V–Institutional Support to entrepreneurs 10 Hrs.

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Institutions Supporting Business Enterprises; Central-level Institutions; National Board for Micro,
Small, and Medium Enterprises (NBMSME) The Khadi and Village Industries Commission (KVIC)
The Coir Board MSME-DO; National Small Industries Corporation (NSIC); National Science and
Technology Entrepreneurship Development Board (NSTEDB) National Productivity Council (NPC)
Entrepreneurship Development Institute of India (EDI) National Research Development Corporation of
India (NRDCI) National Entrepreneurship Development Institutes; State-level Institutions ; State
Directorate of Industries and Commerce ; District Industries Centers (DIC) ; State Financial
Corporation (SFC); State Industrial Development Corporation (SIDC) State Industrial Area
Development Board (SIADB); Other Institutions National Bank for Agriculture and Rural
Development (NABARD) Housing and Urban Development Corporation (HUDCO); Technical
Consultancy Organization (TCO); Small Industries Development Bank of India (SIDBI) ; Export
Promotion Councils (EPCs) Industry Associations Non-Governmental Organization (NGOs)
Business Incubators.

UNIT VI – Project Management & Financing 10 Hrs.

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Introduction, Project Manager ; Project Life Cycle , Project Scheduling -Gantt Charts, Network
Techniques ; Project Management Software; Capital Budgeting; Generating an Investment Project
Proposal; Project Analysis; Market Analysis, Technical Analysis, Financial Analysis, Economic
Analysis, Project Evaluation and Selection ; The Payback Period; Accounting Rate of Return (ARR)
Net Present Value (NPV) Internal Rate of Return (IRR) ; Benefit-Cost Ratio (BCR) Project Financing
Equity Financing; Angel Investing ; Debt Financing ; Miscellaneous Sources; Project Implementation
Phase; Capital Structure and Cost of Capital; Detailed Project Report; Ecological Analysis.

Essential Reading:
1. Poornima M Charanthimath (2020) “Entrepreneurship Development and Small Business
Enterprises”, 3rd Edition, Pearson Publication.
Recommended Reading :
 Bachelor of Business Administration

2. David, H. (2013). “Entrepreneurial Development” (5th edition), Prentice Hall

3. Desai, V. (2014).The Dynamics of Entrepreneurial Development and Management
(6thedition).Himalaya Publishing House.
4. Gupta, C.B., &Srinivasan, N.D. (2012) Entrepreneurship Development. New Delhi
Sultan Chand & Sons.
5. Robert D Hisrich, Mathew J. Manimala, Michael Peter, Dean A Shepherd. (2013)
“Entrepreneurship” (8th edition). Tata McGraw Hill
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Research Methodology Course Code: BBA433

Total number of hours: 60 Hrs Credit : 4

Course Description: Research in common parlance refers to a search for knowledge in any stream
or a discipline finding solutions or inputs for questions raised. Students will be provided with basic
concepts of research and its process. Course focuses on inculcating research culture among students
through hands on learning experience. This course will equip the students with required skill sets
for identification, analysis and interpretation of business problems. This process will helps in
informed business decision making. The course is designed to provide experiential learning in all
the modules.
Course Objectives:

 To understand the concepts, tools and terminologies used in research world;

 To identify the methods best suited for investigating different types of problems and
questions;
 To demonstrate hands on experience on different tools used in a research;
 To construct research questions that are based on and build upon a critical appraisal of
existing research;
 To develop a research design and analysis the results to provide suggestions based on
research findings.
Course Learning Outcomes: Students should be able to:

CLO1 - Demonstrate ability to understand different research terminologies.

CLO2 - Identify research problems and questions
CLO3 - Develop methodology for research problems
CLO4 - Analyse data required for business decision-making.
CLO5 - Propose suggestions based on the findings from the research.
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like in classroom activities, interactive lecture,
students discussions & presentations, article analysis, participation in industrial discussion forums ,
guest lectures from researchers.

Unit I Introduction to Business Research 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Meaning, Objectives, purpose, types, scope and significance of research in business and industry.
Criteria for Good research, Ethics in research.

Unit II Research Process 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Research Process - Steps in research, identification and formulation of research problem, extensive
literature review, Research gap, statement of the problem, need for the study, Variables- meaning
and types. Theoretical framework, research questions. Deductive and inductive logic

Unit III Formulation of Research Problem and Hypotheses 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Identifying and formulating research problem, Diagnosis of symptoms and problem. Setting
 Bachelor of Business Administration

research objectives. Doing review of literature – purpose, methods. Hypothesis – Meaning,

Purpose, Sources, characteristics of hypotheses, types of hypothesis, Formulation of hypothesis.

Unit IV Measurement Scales and Sampling Techniques 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Sample design, steps in sampling process, sampling methods – probability Sampling and non-
probability sampling, sampling error, Criteria for good sample, determining sample size (infinite
and finite). Measurement – Types of Scales, Scaling techniques.

Unit V Data Collection 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Data sources - primary and secondary data, Data Collection methods- Survey, observation,
Interview, focus group technique. Data collection instruments, construction of Questionnaire,
schedule, characteristics of good instrument, and errors in measurement, Reliability and validity of
research instruments.

Unit VI Data Analysis 12 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Data processing – Editing, coding, tabulation, normality and stationary test, pictorial and graphical
presentation of Data, Parametric and non-parametric hypothesis testing, hypothesis testing using
statistical tools such as descriptive, Chi–square, t- test, ANOVA, Correlation and Regression.

Unit VII Report Writing and Presentation of Results 4 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Classification and tabulation, Research presentation, Types of report - Research proposal, research
report. Format of a report- Layout, Precautions. Citation and referencing (APA 6th edition)

Essential Readings:

1. Kothari, C. R. (2019). Research Methodology Methods & Techniques (2 ed.). New Delhi:
Vishwa Prakashan.
Recommended Readings:

1. Bryman, Alan and Bell, Emma (2011), Business Research Methods, 3/e, Oxford University
Press
2. Chawla, D., &Sondhi, N. (2011). Research Methodology: Concepts and cases. New Delhi:
Vikas Publishing House
3. Gupta, S. L and Gupta, Hitesh (2012), Business Research Methods, McGraw Hill
Education (India) Private Limited, New Delhi
4. Krishnaswamy, K.N., Sivakumar, A.I., Mathirajan, M (2007), Management Research
Methodology, Pearson, New Delhi
5. Kothari, C. R. (2009). Research Methodology Methods & Techniques (2 ed.). New Delhi:
VishwaPrakashan.
6. Krishnaswami, O., &Ranganatham, M. (2013). Methodology of Research in Social
Sciences. Mumbai: Himalaya Publishing House.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

7. Majhi, P. R., &Khatua, P. K. (2013). Research Methodology (Concepts, Methods,

Techniques and SPSS). Mumbai: Himalaya Publishing House.
8. Srivastava. T. N and RegoShailaja (2012), Business Research Methodology, Tata McGraw
Hill Education Private Limited, New Delhi.
9. Bajpal, N. (2017). Business research methods. New Delhi: Pearson.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Introduction to Business Analytics Course Code: BBA434

Total number of hours: 60 Hrs Credits: 4

Course Description: Business Analytics is the process of converting data into insights. It is “the
extensive use of data, statistical and quantitative analysis, explanatory and predictive models, and
fact-based management to drive decisions and actions.” With the increase in the availability of data,
Analytics has now become a major differentiator in both the top line and the bottom line of any
organization. It is hence not surprising that research has shown that data-driven companies perform
5%-6% better per annum. As data analytics skills are essential for all managers today, even those who
are not looking to become hard core data analysts will benefit from this course. This course is a must
for professionals looking to learn data analytics, as well as students who are looking to pursue data
science as a career.
Course Objectives:

 To understand and articulate a business problem and convert it into a viable

Analytics question
 To apply Data visualization for exploratory analysis and communicate effectively to diverse
audience
 To evaluate various analytical approaches and select the most appropriate for the
given problem
 To apply knowledge and develop solutions across a range of functional areas like Marketing
Finance, HR and Operations.
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:

CL01 Understand and articulate a business problem and convert it into a viable
Analytics question
CLO2 Apply Data visualization for exploratory analysis and communicate effectively to
diverse audience
CLO3 Evaluate various analytical approaches and select the most appropriate for the
given problem
CL04 Apply knowledge and develop solutions across a range of functional areas like
Marketing Finance, HR and Operations.
Pedagogy: In general, the teaching approach of this course is based on the notion of sustained, deep
learning by applying knowledge through programming, hands-on practices, project and assignments.

UNIT 1: INTRODUCTION TO ANALYTICS 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Data – Information – Intelligence – Knowledge Approach, Types of Analytics, Types of Digital Data,
Source of Data, Importance of Data Quality, Looking Data from many perspective, evolution of
Business Analytics and Role of DSS, EIS and Digital Dashboards, Business Analytics Tools and
Software, Role of Business Analyst in Business & Society, Business Analytics Process, Business
Analytics Architecture & Framework.

UNIT II: DATA WAREHOUSE & DATA MINING 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Introduction to OLTP and OLAP, Data Mart, Data Lake, Data Warehouse Architecture & Data
Warehouse Design, Extract Transform Load (ETL), Data Mining Concepts, Architectural aspects of
Data Mining, Data Mining Techniques - Linear Regression, Logistic Regression, Cluster Analysis,
Classification, Association, Decision Tree, Data Mining Issues & Challenges, Big Data, Data Mining
& Big Data application in Business.

UNIT III: APPLICATION OF ANALYTICS 10 Hrs

 Bachelor of Business Administration

Level of Knowledge: Application

Analytics in Business Support Functions, Analytics in Industries – Telecom, Retail, Healthcare,

Governance, Supply Chain, Marketing, Finance, Retail & Human Resource, Sports Analytics, Social
Media Analytics, Social Networking Analytics, Recommendation Systems.

Unit IV: Business Analytics Tool (TABLEAU - Practical) 5 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Data Visualization, Data importing (live vs. extract), Connecting to Real Time Database, Continuous
and discrete data, Different kinds of plots and their usage (bar chart, line chart, scatter, histogram,
dual axis), Heat Map, Filters, Parameters, Functions and calculated field, Row and aggregate
calculations, Table calculations

Unit V: Dashboard (TABLEAU / Power BI - Practical) 5 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Dashboard and interactive plots, Cross Database Joins & Data Blending, Data interpretation, finding
hidden meanings, Effective ways of presentation, Capstone and analytics of real world data

Unit VI: Business Analytics Tool (R / R Studio Programming - Practical) 15 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Introduction to R, Features of R, R – Packages, R-Data Types, R – Variables, R – Operators, R-

Decision Making, R – Graphs, R – Function, R – Looping, Correlation, Regression

Unit VII: Case Study / Use Case 5 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Case Studies on Credit Risk Analytics – Time Series Analysis, Cross – Sell or Up –Sell & Customer
Life Time Value Analytics in Marketing, Prediction of Job Attrition in HR and Talent Analytics

Essential Reading
1. R N Prasad and Seema Acharya (2018), “Fundamentals of Business Analytics”, Second
Edition, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd
2. Dinesh Kumar U (2017), "Business Analytics- The Science of Data-Driven Decision
Making", Wiley Publication

Recommended Reading
1. James Evans (2016), "Business Analytics" Pearson Publishers, 2nd Edition
2. Jiawei Han and Michelin Kamber (2015), “Data Mining: Concepts and Techniques”, Morgan
Kaufmann Publication
3. Kimball, R. and Ross, M (2006), “The Data Warehouse Toolkit: The Complete Guide to
Dimensional Modelling”, John Wiley & Sons
4. Kimball, R., and Caserta, J (2004), “The Data Warehouse ETL Toolkit: Practical Techniques
for Extracting, Cleaning, Conforming, and Delivering Data”, John Wiley & Sons
5. Turban E, Armson, JE, Liang, TP & Sharda (2007), “Decision support and Business
Intelligence Systems”, 8th Edition, John Wiley & Sons
6. Michael J. A. Berry and Gordon S. Linoff (2004), “Data Mining Techniques for marketing,
Sales and CRM”, John Wiley & Sons
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Corporate Law & Governance Course Code: BBA435

Total number of hours: 60 Hrs. Credits: 4

Course Description: This course is designed to provide a basic understanding of Corporate Law
regulations and Corporate Governance Framework in India. The importance of corporate law is the
establishment of laws that govern how corporations are formed and operated. Good corporate
governance incorporates a set of rules that define the relationship between stakeholders, management
and the board of directors of a company and influence how the company is operating. Corporate law
dictates the formation and the activities of corporations, while corporate governance regulates the
balancing of interests among a business’s different stakeholders. Corporate law and governance
therefore directly shape what businesses do and how they do it. This course is a blend of key
provisions of prevailing corporate law and measures to ensure improved corporate governance in
India.
Course Objectives:
 To outline the framework of Corporate Law and Corporate Governance in India
 To explain the provisions relating to incorporation and management of companies in India
 To identify causes of the problem faced by companies relating to the legal aspects of running
companies
 To propose possible solutions to the problems relating to the legal aspects of running
companies
 To analyze the compliance requirements of corporate Governance norms
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:
CLO.1: Outline the framework of Corporate Law and Corporate Governance in India
CLO.2: Explain the provisions relating to incorporation and management of companies
CLO.3: Identify causes of the problem faced by companies relating to the legal aspects of
running companies
CLO.4: propose possible solutions to the problems relating to the legal aspects of running
companies
CLO.5: Analyze the compliance requirements of corporate Governance provisions
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, student discussions and
PPTs and research article
Unit-I Introduction to Company Law: 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Meaning, Nature, Features of a company; Judicial acceptance of the company as a separate legal
entity; Concept of Corporate Veil, Applicability of Companies Act; Definitions and Key Concepts.

Unit-II Members and Shareholders: 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Becoming a member of company; Register of Members; Declaration of Beneficial Interest;

Rectification of Register of Members; Rights of Members; Variation of Shareholders’ rights;
Shareholders Democracy; Shareholder agreement, Subscription Agreements, Veto powers.
Distribution of Profits: Declaration and Payment of Dividend; Unpaid Dividend Account; Investor
Education and Protection Fund; Right to dividend; rights shares and bonus shares to be held in
abeyance.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Unit-III Accounts, Audit and Auditors : 5 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Financial Statements; National Financial Reporting Authority; Auditors-Appointment, Resignation

and Procedure relating to Removal, Qualification and Disqualification; Rights, Duties and Liabilities;
Audit and Auditor's Report; Cost Audit; Secretarial Audit; Special Audit; Internal Audit.
Transparency and Disclosures: Board’s Report; Annual Return; Annual Report; Website disclosures;
Policies.

Unit-IV Company Meetings : 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

General Meetings and Meetings of Board and its Committees: Frequency, Convening and Proceedings
of Board and Committee meetings; Agenda Management; Management Information System; Meeting
Management; Resolution by Circulation; Types of Resolutions; Secretarial Standard – 1; Duties of
Company Secretaries before, during and after Board/ Committee Meeting. Annual General Meeting;
Extraordinary general Meetings; Other General Meetings; Types of Resolutions; Notice, Quorum,
Poll, Chairman, Proxy; Meeting and Agenda; Process of conducting meeting; Voting and its types-
vote on show of hands, Poll, E-Voting, Postal ballot; Circulation of Members' Resolutions etc.;
Signing and Inspection of Minutes; Secretarial Standard – 2; Duties of Company Secretaries before,
during and after General Meeting.

Unit-V Conceptual Framework of Corporate Governance: 7 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Introduction, Need and Scope of Corporate Governance; Evolution of Corporate Governance;

Developments in India; Developments in Corporate Governance – A Global Perspective; Elements of
Good Corporate Governance. SEBI Guidelines and Listing Agreement.

Unit-VI Corporate Governance & Board Effectiveness. 12 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Board Constitution and its Powers; Board composition; Restriction and Powers of Board; Board
Committees- Audit Committee, Nomination and Remuneration Committee, Stakeholder relationship
Committee and other Committees. DIN requirement for Directors, Types of Directors; Appointment/
Reappointment, Disqualifications, Vacation of Office, Retirement, Resignation and Removal, and
Duties of Directors; Rights of Directors; Loans to Directors; Disclosure of Interest. Key Managerial
Personnel (KMP’s) and their Remuneration: Appointment of Key Managerial Personnel; Managing
and Whole-Time Directors, Manager, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer; Company
Secretary – Appointment, Role and Responsibilities, Company Secretary as a Key Managerial
Personnel; Functions of Company Secretary; Officer who is in default; Remuneration of Managerial
Personnel.

Unit-VII Corporate Governance &stakeholders: 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Rights of Shareholders; Challenges in Exercising Shareholders Rights; Corporate Governance issues

with regard to Related Party Transactions ; Role of Investor Associations in Securing Shareholders
Rights ; Role of Institutional Investors in Corporate Governance. Stakeholders: Investors, Employees,
Customers, Lenders, Vendors, Government & Society.

Recommended Book:
 Bachelor of Business Administration

1. Dr. Avtar Singh (2017) : Company Law; Eastern Book Company, 34, Lalbagh, Lucknow –
226 001
Reference Books:
2. C.R. Datta (2015) : Datta on the Company Law; Lexis Nexis, Butterworths Wadhwa, Nagpur
A. Ramaiya (2017) : Guide to the Companies Act; Lexis Nexis, Butterworths Wadhwa,
Nagpur
3. K.C. Garg, R.C. Chawla, Vijay Gupta(2018) : Company Law; Kalyani Publishers, 1/1,
Rajinder Nagar, Civil Lines, Ludhiana – 141 001.
4. A.K. Majumdar(2015), Dr. G.K. Kapoor, Sanjay Dhamija : Company Law and Practice;
Taxmann, 59/32, New Rohtak Road, New Delhi-110 005
5. D.K. Jain(2016) : Company Law Ready Reckoner; Bharat Law House Pvt. Ltd.; T1/95,
Mangolpuri Industrial Area, Delhi-110083.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Insurance and Risk Management Course Code: BBA461

Total number of hours: 45 Hrs Credits: 3
Course Description: This is a generic elective course offered in the fourth semester to students across
all specializations. In this course Students better understand & analyse products and processes with an
insurance component. This course intends to provide a basic understanding of the insurance
mechanism and understanding of risk and methods of handling risk, risk identification and
measurement.
Course objectives: This course aims
 To analyse the risk identification and risk measurement process in Insurance companies.
 To understand the importance and the basic concepts of insurance.
 To examine the basics of life insurance contract, issuance and settlement of an insurance
contract
 To examine the various aspects of General Insurance contract, issuance and settlement of a
general insurance contract.
 To examine the latest trends in insurance sector

Course Learning Outcomes: Upon completion of the course, the students shall be able to:

CLO1: Analyse the identification, measurement and risk management procedures in

companies.
CLO2: Understand and get familiarized with the insurance sector and the basic concepts
related to insurance
CLO3: Familiarize with basics of life insurance contract and its issuance and settlement
CLO4: Familiarize with various aspects of General Insurance contract and its issuance and
settlement
CLO5: Examine the latest trends, challenges and opportunities in the sector.

Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, students discussions &
presentations, case and article analysis, video and documentary presentations etc.

UNIT – 1: Introduction to risk management 09 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Risk and Uncertainty -Types of Risk -Sources of Risk-Methods of handling Risk-Degree of Risk-Risk
Identification-Business Risk Exposures-Individual Exposures -Exposures of Financial Assets -
Exposures of Human Assets -Exposures to Legal Liability - Exposure to Work-Related Injury-Basic
concepts form probability and Statistics. Evaluating the Frequency and Severity of Losses

UNIT-II: Risk identification and measurement 12 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Management of Risk- Risk Management Process- Risk Management by Individuals and Corporations-
Understanding the cost of Risk-Risk Management and Societal Welfare.
Risk Control -Risk Financing Techniques-Advanced Issues in Risk Management: The Changing
Scope of Risk Management- Insurance Market Dynamics-Loss Forecasting

UNIT III: Introduction to Insurance 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Meaning, Nature and Scope of Insurance, Classification of Insurance Business- Life Insurance and
General Insurance- Reinsurance- Fundamental principles of insurance- Essentials of Insurance
Contracts. Indian Insurance Industry- Insurance sector Reforms in India-Regulation of Insurance-
IRDA-Insurance ombudsman
 Bachelor of Business Administration

UNIT- IV: Life insurance 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Regulations relating to Life Insurance-General principles of life insurance contract proposals and
policy; assignment and nomination; title and claims; -Life Insurance Documents-. Classification -
Money Back Policies-Unit Linked Plans. Annuities -Classification of Annuities

UNIT – V: General insurance 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

General Insurance: Fire Insurance -Essentials of Fire Insurance Contracts, Types of Fire Insurance
Policies. Marine Insurance-Types– Marine Insurance Principles Important Clauses in Marine
Insurance-Clauses in Marine Policy. Motor Vehicles Insurance-, Types, -Factors to be considered for
Premium Fixing- Health Insurance –Medi-claim Policy, Group Medi-claim Policy, Features of Group
Health Insurance, Personal Accident Policy

Essential references:
1. Gupta P.K., (2016). Insurance and Risk Management. Bengaluru, Himalayan Publication.

Recommended references:
1. Dr Neelam C Gulati (2011).Principles of Risk Management and Insurance. New Delhi Excel
Publishing
2. Dr G Syamala Rao (2011).Growth and Performance of Insurance Sector with Special
Reference to LIC of India. New Delhi Excel Publishing
3. Panda G.S., (2012). Principle and practice of insurance. Bengaluru, Kalyani publishers.
4. Scott E. Harrington, Gregory R Niehaus. (2016). Risk Management and Insurance. Tata
McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi.
5. C. Arthur Williams, Jr. Peter Young, Michael Smith. (2015). Risk Management and
Insurance. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course‌ ‌Name:‌ ‌Supply‌ ‌Chain‌ ‌Management‌ ‌ Course‌ ‌Code:‌ ‌BBA462‌ ‌

Total‌ ‌number‌ ‌of‌ ‌hours:‌ ‌45‌ ‌Hrs.‌ ‌ Credits:‌ ‌3‌ ‌
C
‌ ourse‌ ‌Description‌:‌ ‌This‌ ‌course‌ ‌is‌ ‌designed‌ ‌to‌ ‌help‌ ‌students‌ ‌learn‌ ‌about‌ ‌the‌ ‌fundamentals‌ ‌and‌ ‌also‌
‌the‌ ‌robust‌ ‌approach‌ ‌to‌ ‌decision‌ ‌making‌ ‌in‌ ‌supply‌ ‌chains.‌ ‌State-of-the-art‌ ‌analytical‌ ‌models‌ ‌are‌
‌combined‌ ‌with‌ ‌intuitive‌ ‌arguments‌ ‌in‌ ‌the‌ ‌classroom‌ ‌to‌ ‌improve‌ ‌the‌ ‌supply‌ ‌chain‌ ‌decisions.‌
‌Discussions‌ ‌on‌ ‌cross-functional‌ ‌issues‌ ‌broaden‌ ‌the‌ ‌perspective‌ ‌and‌ ‌add‌ ‌to‌ ‌the‌ ‌rigor‌ ‌of‌ ‌the‌ ‌course.‌
‌Participants‌ ‌graduating‌ ‌from‌ ‌this‌ ‌program‌ ‌are‌ ‌expected‌ ‌to‌ ‌should‌ ‌fit‌ ‌into‌ ‌the‌ ‌roles‌ ‌in‌ ‌supply‌ ‌chain‌
‌management‌ ‌in‌ ‌areas‌ ‌including‌ ‌strategic‌ ‌sourcing‌ ‌and‌ ‌procurement,‌ ‌logistics‌ ‌and‌ ‌distribution‌
‌management,‌ ‌retailing,‌ ‌e-commerce,‌ ‌product‌ ‌management,‌ ‌production‌ ‌planning,‌ ‌and‌ ‌other‌ ‌allied‌
‌areas‌ ‌of‌ ‌supply‌ ‌chain.‌
Course Objectives: The objective of the course is:

 To provide an outline about the concepts, process and models of Supply Chain Management
 To understand the importance of Supply Chain Management in developing the
organizations.
 To enable the students to apply the concepts and models of supply Chain Management in
real time scenario.
 To evaluate the various tools and techniques of Supply Chain Management
 To provide solutions to the issues pertaining to Supply Chain Management

C
‌ ourse‌ ‌Learning‌ ‌Outcomes‌:‌ ‌ ‌at the end of the course the students will be able: ‌

CLO1‌ ‌Compare ‌the‌ ‌basic‌ ‌concepts,‌ ‌process‌ ‌and‌ ‌key‌ ‌elements‌ ‌of‌ ‌Logistics and Supply‌ ‌Chain
Management
CLO2‌ Identify‌ ‌and‌ ‌learn‌ ‌the‌ ‌critical‌ ‌elements‌ ‌of‌ ‌Logistics‌ ‌and‌ ‌Supply‌ ‌Chain‌ ‌Management
‌processes‌ ‌
CLO3‌ ‌Examine‌ ‌the‌ ‌role‌ of ‌technology‌ ‌in‌ ‌Supply‌ ‌Chain‌ ‌Management.‌ ‌
CLO4‌ ‌Assess‌ ‌the‌ ‌tools‌ ‌and‌ ‌techniques‌ ‌of‌ ‌Supply‌ ‌Chain‌ ‌Management.‌ ‌
CLO5‌ Develop, ‌manage‌ ‌and‌ ‌control‌ ‌the‌ ‌best‌ ‌processes‌ ‌of‌ ‌customer‌ ‌centric‌ ‌Supply‌ ‌Chain‌
‌business‌ ‌models‌ ‌so‌ ‌that‌ ‌value-addition‌ ‌occurs‌ ‌in‌ ‌the‌ ‌most‌ ‌efficient‌ ‌ ‌and‌ ‌effective‌ ‌way.‌ ‌
P‌ edagogy:‌ T‌ his‌ ‌course‌ ‌uses‌ ‌multiple‌ ‌pedagogies‌ ‌like‌ ‌interactive‌ ‌lecture,‌ ‌students’‌ ‌discussions‌ ‌&‌
‌presentations,‌ ‌case‌ ‌studies‌ ‌and‌ ‌article‌ ‌analysis.‌

Unit‌ ‌1‌ ‌–‌ ‌Introduction‌ ‌to‌ ‌SCM ‌ ‌ 9‌ Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
‌
Basic‌ ‌concepts‌ ‌&‌ ‌philosophy‌ ‌of‌ ‌SCM,‌ ‌essential‌ ‌features,‌ ‌decision‌ ‌phases‌ ‌–‌ ‌process‌ ‌view,‌ ‌supply‌ ‌
chain‌ ‌framework,‌ ‌key‌ ‌issues‌ ‌in‌ ‌SCM‌ ‌and‌ ‌benefits.‌ ‌Designing‌ ‌the‌ ‌distribution‌ ‌network,‌ ‌role‌ ‌of‌ ‌
distribution,‌ ‌factors‌ ‌influencing‌ ‌distribution,‌ ‌design‌ ‌options,‌ ‌distribution‌ ‌networks‌ ‌in‌ ‌practice,‌ ‌
network‌ ‌design‌ ‌in‌ ‌the‌ ‌supply‌ ‌chain,‌ ‌factors,‌ ‌affecting‌ ‌the‌ ‌network‌ ‌design‌ ‌decisions.‌ ‌Designing‌ ‌and‌ ‌
Planning,‌ ‌Transportation‌ ‌Networks,‌ ‌role‌ ‌of‌ ‌transportation,‌ ‌modes,‌ ‌design‌ ‌options,‌ ‌tailored‌ ‌
transportation.‌ ‌
‌
Unit‌ ‌2‌ ‌–‌ ‌Logistics ‌9‌ Hrs
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
‌
Logistics‌ ‌of‌ ‌part‌ ‌of‌ ‌SCM,‌ ‌logistics‌ ‌costs,‌ ‌logistics‌ ‌sub-systems,‌ ‌inbound‌ ‌and‌ ‌out‌ ‌bound‌ ‌logistics‌ ‌
bullwhip‌ ‌effects‌ ‌in‌ ‌logistics,‌ ‌distribution‌ ‌and‌ ‌warehousing‌ ‌management.‌ ‌Demand‌ ‌Management‌ ‌and‌ ‌
Customer‌ ‌,‌ ‌expected‌ ‌cost‌ ‌of‌ ‌stock‌ ‌outs,‌ ‌Freight‌ ‌transportation-‌ ‌modes‌ ‌and‌ ‌their‌ ‌selection,‌ ‌impact‌ ‌on‌ ‌
inventory,‌ ‌Packaging-‌ ‌Primary,‌ ‌Secondary,‌ ‌&‌ ‌Tertiary‌ ‌levels,‌ ‌containers,‌ ‌Warehousing-‌ ‌design,‌ ‌
operations‌ ‌heuristics,‌ ‌material‌ ‌handling.‌ ‌
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Unit‌ ‌3‌ ‌–‌ ‌Designing‌ ‌and‌ ‌Managing‌ ‌Channel‌ ‌Partners‌ ‌–‌ ‌Distribution‌‌ 9‌ Hrs
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Role‌ ‌of‌ ‌Distribution‌ ‌Channels,‌ ‌Product‌ ‌Life‌ ‌Cycle‌ ‌and‌ ‌Distribution‌ ‌Challenges,‌ ‌Design‌ ‌options,‌ ‌
network‌ ‌design‌ ‌in‌ ‌supply‌ ‌chain,‌ ‌Transportation‌ ‌network‌ ‌design,‌ ‌Mode‌ ‌of‌ ‌transportation,‌ ‌Tailored‌ ‌
transportation,‌ ‌Managing‌ ‌Customer‌ ‌Relationships,‌ ‌Measuring‌ ‌Channel‌ ‌Performance,‌ ‌and‌ ‌Managing‌ ‌
Channel‌ ‌Conflicts.‌ ‌
‌
Unit‌ ‌4‌ ‌–‌ ‌Purchasing‌ ‌&‌ ‌Sourcing‌ ‌Management‌ ‌ 9‌ Hrs
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
‌
Centralized‌ ‌and‌ ‌decentralized‌ ‌purchasing,‌ ‌functions‌ ‌and‌ ‌purchase‌ ‌policies,‌ ‌Development‌ ‌of‌ ‌Supply‌ ‌
Strategies,‌ ‌Purchasing‌ ‌Performance‌ ‌Evaluation,‌ ‌Supplier‌ ‌Price‌ ‌&‌ ‌Cost‌ ‌Analysis,‌ ‌Value‌ ‌Analysis.‌
‌Just‌ ‌
in‌ ‌Time‌ ‌and‌ ‌Kanban‌ ‌system.‌ ‌
‌
Unit‌ ‌5‌ ‌–‌ ‌Global‌ ‌SCM‌ 9‌ Hrs
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
‌
Customs,‌ ‌Duties,‌ ‌Tariffs,‌ ‌INCO‌ ‌terms,‌ ‌Rules‌ ‌of‌ ‌origin,‌ ‌Letter‌ ‌of‌ ‌credit‌ ‌etc.,‌ ‌International‌ ‌
Transportation,‌ ‌landed‌ ‌cost‌ ‌analysis,‌ ‌Trading‌ ‌blocks,‌ ‌Trade‌ ‌Zone,‌ ‌Bonded‌ ‌warehouses,‌ ‌ICD.,‌ ‌
Currency‌ ‌fluctuations,‌ ‌exchange‌ ‌rate‌ ‌risks,‌ ‌Transfer‌ ‌Pricing,‌ ‌permanent‌ ‌establishment‌ ‌
‌
Essential‌ ‌references:‌ ‌ ‌
‌
1. Coyle,‌ Bardi, Longley, (2008),A‌ ‌Logistic‌ ‌approach‌ ‌to‌ ‌Supply‌ ‌Chain‌ ‌Management‌,‌(1st ed).
‌Cengage‌ ‌Learning, New Delhi.

2. Donald‌ ‌J‌ ‌Bowersox,‌ Dand‌ ‌J‌ ‌Closs,‌ ‌M‌ ‌Bixby‌ ‌Coluper (2008),‌ Supply‌ ‌Chain‌ ‌Logistics‌
‌Management,(2nd ed).‌Tata Mc Graw Hill, Noida‌.
‌
Recommended‌ ‌references:‌ ‌ ‌
‌
1. Shah,‌ ‌J.‌ ‌(2016).‌ ‌Supply‌ ‌chain‌ ‌management:‌ ‌Text‌ ‌and‌ ‌Cases‌ ‌(2nd ed).‌ ‌Pearson‌ ‌Education‌
‌India, Noida ‌
‌
2. Hugos,‌ ‌M‌ ‌H‌ ‌(2007)‌ ‌Essentials‌ ‌of‌ ‌Supply‌ ‌chain‌ ‌Management‌ ‌(3‌rd‌‌ ‌ed)‌.Wiley‌, Delhi
‌
3. Coyle‌ ‌J.J.,‌ ‌Langley‌ ‌Jr.‌ ‌C.J.,Novack‌ ‌R.A.‌ ‌and‌ ‌Gibson‌ ‌B.J.(2013).‌ ‌Managing‌ ‌supply‌ ‌chains-A‌
‌logistics‌ ‌approach‌ ‌(‌ ‌9th‌‌ ed).‌ ‌Cengage‌ ‌Learning., New Delhi.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Global Business Course Code: BBA463

Total number of hours: 45 Hrs. Credits: 3

Course Description: This course demonstrate the understanding Globalization and International
Business. Outline environmental factors for Global Business. This course analyses the relevant
theories and concepts to various practices of global business. Elaborates the financial forces like
tariffs, taxes, inflation and balance of payment affect global business.

Course Description:

 To demonstrate the understanding Globalization and International Business.

 To outline environmental factors for Global Business.
 To analyse the relevant theories and concepts to various practices of global business.
 To examine the effect of globalization on society.
 To elaborate how financial forces such tariffs, taxes, inflation and balance of payment
affect global business.
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:

CLO1 Demonstrate the understanding Globalization and International Business.

CLO2 Outline environmental factors for Global Business.
CLO3 Analyse the relevant theories and concepts to various practices of global business.
CLO4 Examine the effect of globalization on society.
CLO5 Elaborate how financial forces such tariffs, taxes, inflation and balance of payment
affect global business.
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, student’s discussions &
presentations.

Syllabus

Unit I: Globalization and International Business 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Study about Globalization, Relationship between Globalization and International Business, need for
International business, Nature of international business, the forces driving International Business and
Globalization, factors in increased globalization, the criticisms of globalization. Why companies
engage in International Business. International Business operating modes. Types of international
Organizations- WTO and Regional Economic Integration (European Trade Union, Asian Trade
Agreements Like APEC, ASEAN, African Trade Agreements, Western hemisphere trade agreements
like NAFTA, CAFTA,
MERCOSUR

Unit II: Environmental factors for Global Business 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

The cultural environment facing business, influence cultural formation and change, problems in
communication across culture, guidelines for cultural adjustment. The political and legal
environments facing business, political risk, legal issues facing international companies, economic
analysis, ethics and the environment.

Unit III: Interventionist and free trade theories 9 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Mercantilism, Neomercantilism, Theory of Absolute Advantage, Theory of Comparative Advantage,

Theory and the major effects of Factor Mobility, Product Life Cycle Theory.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Unit IV: Globalization and society 9 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Economic Impact, balance of payment effects, growth and employment effects, the foundations of
ethical behavior, ethics and environment, global warming and the Paris agreements on climate
change, EXIM Policy, Free Trade Agreements Tariffs, Non-Tariff trade Barriers. Mode of Entry

Unit V: Global Finance 7 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Trade and balance of payments, current items, capital items, disequilibrium of balance of payment and
rectification, components of International financial system, Forex market, Euro currency market.

Essential references:
1. John D. Deniels and Lee H Daniels & Radebaugh, (2018). 16th Edition, International
Business, Pearson Education Publications

Recommended references:
1. Charles W.L. Hill, Arun K Jain (2012). 10th Edition, International Business, Tata-McGraw-
Hill Publications
2. Czinkota M.R., Ronkanen, I.A. & Moffett M.H (2011). 8th Edition, International Business.
New Delhi: Wiley
3. Andrew Harrison, et al,(2000). International Business, Oxford University Press
4. John B. Cullen, K. Praveen Parboteeah (2011). 5th Edition, Multinational Management: a
strategic approach, South-Western Cengage Learning
5. K. Aswathappa (2014). International Business. Tata McGraw-Hill Publications
6. Peng M W and Srivastava D K (2019). 2nd Edition, Global Business, CENGAGE Learning
Publications
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Services Management Course Code: BBA464

Total number of hours: 45Hrs Credits: 3

Course Description: A service is a provider/client interaction that creates and captures value.
Because a successful service provider-client relationship has a critical dependency upon a well-
defined and functional relationship. This course will provide an overview of service management
from an integrated viewpoint with a focus on customer satisfaction. The material will integrate
operations, marketing, strategy, information technology and organizational issues.

Course Objectives:
 To understand the "state of the art" in service management strategies.
 To develop an awareness of how information technology can enhance service firms
competitiveness.
 To evaluate the process to deliver optimal service quality.
 To analyze the service experience.
 To develop the service blueprint

Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to

CLO1 Understand the "state of the art" in service management strategies.

CLO2Develop an awareness of how information technology can enhance service firms
competitiveness.
CLO3 Evaluate the process to deliver optimal service quality.
CLO4 Analyze the service experience.
CLO5 Develop the service blueprint

Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, student’s discussions and
PPTs, research article, a field visit, case studies and form of experiential learning.

UNIT 1:-Introduction to Services Marketing 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Understanding Services Phenomenon; Growth of Service Sector; Role of services the Economy; The
concept of Services: Characteristics of services, differences between products and services,
Classification of services.

UNIT II:-Marketing Mix in Service Industry 9 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Product in services, Price, Promotion, Place, People, Process, and Physical evidence (concepts only).
Knowledge of the Customer Involvement in Service Processes; Customer behavior in Service
Settings; Targeting Customers, Managing relationships and building Loyalty, Flower of services and
new service development.

UNIT III :- Planning and Managing Service Delivery 12 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Creating delivery systems in place, GAPS Model, Enhancing Value by Improving Quality and
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Productivity; SERVQUAL, Service Blueprint, Yield Management, Balancing Demand & Capacity
Management, customers reservations & waiting list configurations. Importance of Service employee,
Importance of Customer and Customer role in service delivery, Strategies for enhancing customer
participation, Service recovery concept.

UNIT IV :-Travel, Tourism and Hospitality Services 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Introducing to Tourism Marketing- Concept & Nature of Tourism; Significance & Impact of Tourism,
Evolution of Tourism, Tourism Market Segmentation; Tourism marketing Mix- Introduction to Travel
services, Medical tourism, Religious tourism, wellness tourism, food tourism, adventure tourism .
Role of Travel Agencies & Travel Organization, Tour Operations, Airline Service Marketing, Road &
Rail service and Travel by Sea, Introduction to Hotel Industry: Hotels; Evolution of Hotel Industry;
Development of Hotels- Facilities- The guest Cycle- Grades of hotels: Meaning of Hospitality-
Marketing Mix of Hospitality Industry

UNIT V:- Healthcare industry 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Introduction to Hospitals; classification of hospitals Development of Hospitals; Latest development in

the hospital classification and healthcare services delivery, marketing the medical transcription
services. Medical Value Travel (Medical Tourism).Innovative delivery models in healthcare &
Sustainability approaches in healthcare

Essential references:

1. Valarie A. Zeithaml, M. J. (2011). Services Marketing. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill.

2. Rao, K. R. (2010). Services Marketing. New Delhi: Pearson Education.

Recommended references:

1. Chatterjee, J. (2010). Services Management. New Delhi: Pearson Education.

2. Christopher Lovelock, J. J. (2010). Services Marketing. New Delhi: Pearson Education.

3. K. Douglas Hoffman, J. E. (2010). Services Management. New Delhi: Pearson Education.

4. Rao, K. R. (2010). Services Marketing. New Delhi: Pearson Education.

5. Steve Baron, K. H. (2010). Services Marketing. New Delhi: Pearson Education.

 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Working with Spreadsheet - 2 Course Code: BBA411A

Total number of hours: 30 Hrs Credits: Grade

Course Description: Advanced Excel is a comprehensive tutorial that provides a good insight into
the latest and advanced features available in Microsoft Excel 2013. This course was designed for the
intermediate student who has already mastered the basic skills needed to use Excel 2016 and wants to
gain more advanced skills to put to work in a business environment or for personal use. This course
goes in-depth, using step-by-step instructions to teach advanced techniques to broaden all students'
knowledge and use of the program.

Course Objectives:

 To edit and analyse complex data.

 To create outlines in Excel.
 To create and Manage scenarios.
 To create, manage and format pivot tables and pivot charts.
 To use excel data functions.
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:

CLO1 Edit and analyse complex data.

CLO2 Create outlines in Excel.
CLO3 Create and Manage scenarios.
CLO4 Create, manage and format pivot tables and pivot charts.
CLO 5 Use Excel’s data functions.
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like in classroom activities, interactive lecture,
students’ discussions & hands on experience on Excel.

Unit I: Introduction to Advance Excel 7 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Using Text to Columns, the Paste Special Function, Tracking Changes in Excel, Merging and
Compare Excel Workbooks, Data Validation, Subtotals and Grouping, Consolidating Data

Unit II: Scenario Analysis 3 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Scenario Analysis, Data Tables in Scenario Analysis, What-if Analysis, Mats and Trig Functions,
Text Functions in Excel.

Unit III: Lookup Functions 4 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Using Lookup Functions, Vlookups, HLookups, Using Statistical Functions, Database Functions,
Formula Auditing and Error Tracing, Hyperlinks in Excel, Linking Data

Unit IV: Pivot Table 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Understanding Pivot Tables, Using Pivot Charts, Workbook Properties, Protecting and Sharing
Worksheets, Understanding to Macros, Custom Number Formats in Excel, Using Custom Lists,
Working with Templates, Data Encrypting and Finalising Workbooks.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Unit 5: Data Analysis 7 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Data analysis in Excel using classic tools, such as pivot tables, pivot charts, and slicers, on data that is
already in a worksheet / grid data, Excel data model, DAX expression, Power Query add-in in Excel
2013, build an Excel data model from a single flat table, import multiple tables from a SQL database,
Create a mash-up between data from text-files and data from a SQL database.

Unit 6: Other Functions and Assessment 3 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Cube functions, Timelines, Hierarchies, Slicer and Assessment (MCQ)

REFERENCES:
1. “Microsoft Excel 2019: Data Analysis and Business Model” by L. Winston Wayne, PHI
Learning Publishers, ISBN: 978-9389347180.
2. “Excel 2019 All-in-One: Master the new features of Excel 2019/Office 365”, by Lokesh
Lalwani, ISBN: 978-9388511582.
3. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/advanced_excel/index.htm
4. https://www.reed.co.uk/courses/microsoft-excel-3-course-bundle--basic-intermediate-
advanced-courses-only-24/67735
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Developing Cognitive Skills Course Code: BBA411B

Total number of hours: 30 Hrs Credits: Grade

Course Description: This course explains and evaluates an individual ability to perform various
mental activities which are closely associated with learning and problem-solving events.
Course Objectives:

 To develop the logical and rational reasoning ability.

 To construct their memory building and long-term visualization.

Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:
CL01 Develop their logical and rational reasoning ability.
CL02 Construct their memory building and long-term visualization.

Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like in classroom activities, interactive lecture,
students’ discussions & presentations, HBR case and article analysis.

Unit 1:Analytical and Behavioural 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Understand different kinds of behaviors, differentiate them on the basis of personalities. Analyse
various behaviors and yourself

Unit 2: Business Storytelling and Conflict Resolution 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Learn what business story telling is, identify the need for business storytelling, learn the examples of
business storytelling, know the basics of and use it for an activity on business storytelling

Unit 3:Creative Thinking and Critical Thinking 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Introduction to the topics, usage of creative thinking, different activities involved in critical thinking,
learn about different styles of thinking like lateral, divergent etc. ,know the importance of paying
attention to detail while critically thinking.

Unit 4: Decision Making and Deductive Reasoning 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Defining a decision, distinguish root causes and symptoms, explain the decision making model,
outline the various ways decisions can be made, use problem solving tools for decision making,
decision making pitfalls

Unit 5: Logical Thinking and Presentation 4 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Logical analysis and the identification and construction of arguments. Understanding logical
relations, in particular the relations between premises and conclusions. Recognizing the more
common forms of formal and informal fallacies. Evaluating the relevance, validity, and strength of
arguments. Understanding the logical structure of deductive and inductive arguments. Awareness of
the abuses of language, including connotation, ambiguity, and definition.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Unit 6: Problem Solving 2 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Apply appropriate problem-solving and decision-making processes, Evaluate solutions and anticipate
likely risks, Identify common obstacles to effective problem-solving and decision-making, Use
analysis, synthesis, and positive inquiry to address organizational problems

REFERENCES:
1. https://www.academia.edu/16300674/Course_Syllabus_Logic_Critical_Thinking_Sept._2015
2. https://www.businesstrainingworks.com/onsite-courses/decision-making-training-course/
3. https://www.forbes.com/sites/mikekappel/2018/01/17/5-essential-tips-for-business-
storytelling/
4. https://www.thebalancecareers.com/bank-teller-job-description-salary-and-skills-2061707
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Green Management Course Code: BBA411C

Total number of hours: 30 Hrs. Credits: Grade
Course Description: The United Nations (UN) has constituted 2005–2014 as the decade for
educational sustainable development. The word ‘green’ is used as ‘go green’ and the word
‘sustainability’ to capture the connections and integration of an interdisciplinary curriculum. Green
Management course provides exposure to the law relating to the environment and the ecological,
socio-economic, scientific and administrative issues that inform its application. India’s economic
growth over the past few years has raised the prospect of eliminating extensive poverty within a
generation. But this growth has been clouded by a degrading physical environment and the growing
scarcity of natural resources that are essential for sustaining further growth and eliminating poverty. It
is no coincidence that the poorest areas of the country are also the most environmentally-stressed
regions, with eroded soils, polluted waterways, and degraded forests. Simultaneously, rapid growth
has unleashed greater public awareness and an unprecedented demand for the sound management of
natural resources including air, water, forests, and biodiversity. This course aims to generate an
awareness among the students.
Course Objectives:
 To demonstrate an understanding of green management & sustainability issues
 To identify causes of the green management & environment issues
 To evaluate associated Business risks and constraints in the context of green management
&sustainability norms
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:
CLO1 Demonstrate an understanding of green management & sustainability issues
CLO2 Identify causes of the green management & environment issues
CLO3 Evaluate associated Business risks and constraints in the context of green
management &sustainability norms
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like in classroom activities, interactive lecture,
students’ discussions & presentations, HBR case and article analysis
Unit 1: Introduction to Green Management & Environmental Law 10 Hrs
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Introduction to Green Management; Right To Environment – A Basic Human Right: A Constitutional
Law Perspective; Environmental Principles of Governance; Traditional, Common and Criminal Law
Remedies for Environmental Protection; Environmental Justice: Role & Policy ; Water Pollution and
Control Laws ; Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981; Law Relating to Waste
Management

Unit 2: Green Management & International Environmental Law 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application
Customary International Law and Environmental Summits; Common Heritage: Oceans and Seas;
Biodiversity and Species Conservation; Eco System and Conservation; Common Concerns: Ozone
and Climate Change ; Trade and Waste Management Regime; International Principles for
Conservation and Protection of Environment; International Legal Developments on Sharing Natural
Resources, Environmental Ability Regime and Environmental Conflict Resolution

Unit 3: Green Management and Natural Resource Management Law 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application
Common Property Resources and the Law (Including Watersheds); Environmental Safeguards
Relating to Development; Forest Management & Conservation: Law & Policy; Law Relating to
Wildlife: Strategy & Protection; Law Relating to Biodiversity and Its Interface with Intellectual
Property Rights; Land Conservation and Management; Law Relating to Forest Management in India ;
Environmental Decision Making Process in India.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

REFERENCES:
 https://www.gfdrr.org/sites/default/files/publication/Beyond%20Economic%20Growth_0.pdf
 file:///C:/Users/HP/Downloads/UNEP-and-IBA-Framework-Model-Curriculum-on-
Continuing-Legal-Education-in-Environmental-Law.pdf
 Documentary (53 minutes): Endangered Planet.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wBd2GM3TZlI&list=WL&index=7
 UNESCO (2006). United Nations decade of education for sustainable development:
Reorienting programmes. Retrieved from http://portal.unesco.org/education.
 https://www.bimkadapa.in/materials/GBM-5-UNITS-PDF.pdf
 https://www.encyclopedia.com/history/united-states-and-canada/us-history/waste-disposal

 https://blog.ipleaders.in
 http://www.mondaq.com/india/x/624836/Waste+Management/Environment+Laws+In+India


http://www.mondaq.com/india/x/695996/Waste+Management/EWaste+Management+In+Indi
a
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Emotional Intelligence Course Code: BBA411D

Total number of hours: 30 Hrs Credits: Grade

Course Description: Emotional intelligence is considered to be a pertinent skill and it influences the
way we act and react in any given situation in our lives. It helps to understand the emotion of self and
others, which paves the way for coping up with one's challenges, maintain good social relationships
and remain successful in one's own endeavors and goals.

Course Objectives:
 To identify their own challenges in maintaining positive environments and collaborative
relationships
 To analyze practical tools and skills for communicating effectively, assertively, and
collaboratively
 To conclude how to choose perceptions and behaviors that will lead to positive outcomes.
 To adapt skills for conflict management and dealing with difficult situations
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:

CL01 Students are able to identify their own challenges in maintaining positive environments
and collaborative relationships

CL02 Students are able to analyze practical tools and skills for communicating effectively,
assertively, and collaboratively

CL03 Students are able to conclude how to choose perceptions and behaviors that will lead
to positive outcomes.

CL04 Students are able to adapt skills for conflict management and dealing with difficult
situations

Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like in classroom activities, interactive lecture,
students’ discussions & presentations, HBR case and article analysis.

Unit 1: Social Emotional Well-Being for Students 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Implementing restorative justice practices that help students process, learn, and grow from
challenging encounters.

Training students in mindfulness, and incorporating social and emotional learning into classroom
curriculum

Unit 2: The Field of SEL(Social and emotional learning): Purposes and Origins 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Behavior Management and SEL(Social and emotional learning), Culture, Context of SEL, Examining
"Success": Goals, Measurement, and Outcomes in SEL, A Critical Examination of the Self
Competencies

Unit 3:SEL Program Formats and Characteristics of Effective Programs - 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Background information on SEL and its benefits, A summary of the evidence base for each of the 25
programs, Recommendations for adapting the programs for OST settings
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Unit 4: Dimensions of Emotional Intelligence and Self-regulation 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Five dimensions of emotional intelligence are self–awareness, self–regulation, motivation, empathy,

and relationship management. Physical, emotional and cognitive self-regulation.

Unit 5: Motivation and Empathy 4 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Theories of motivation, self-motivation, peer-motivation, importance of motivation, Value of

empathy, techniques for imcorporating empathetic listening, empathetic body language, tactics for
empathetic connection.

Unit 6: Social skills and Assessment 2 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Cross cultural communication, adaptive thinking, empathetic design, using social skills in our day to
day lives

References

http://softskillsmalaysia.com.my/emotional-intelligence.html

https://www.businesstrainingworks.com/search-results/?wpv_post_search=social+skills

https://www.edx.org/course/empathy-emotional-intelligence-work-uc-berkeleyx-gg203x

https://www.skillsyouneed.com/ips/social-skills.html
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Project Management Skills Course Code: BBA 411E

Total number of hours: 30 Hrs Credits: Grade
Course Description: Project management has been proven to be the most effective method of
delivering products/ services within cost, schedule, and resource constraints. This intensive and
hands-on series of courses gives you the skills to ensure your projects are completed on time and on
budget while giving the user the product they expect. You will gain a strong working knowledge of
the basics of project management and be able to immediately use that knowledge to effectively
manage work projects.
Course Objectives:
 To identify and manage the project scope and build a work breakdown structure.
 To create a project plan, budget, define and allocate resources, manage the project
development
 To design Project procurement process and Project Matrix Risk
Course Learning Outcomes:On having completed this course student should be able to:
CLO1 Identify and manage the project scope and build a work breakdown structure.
CLO2 Create a project plan, budget, define and allocate resources, manage the project
development
CLO3 Design Project procurement process and Project Matrix Risk
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like in classroom activities, interactive lecture,
students discussions & presentations, HBR case and article analysis
Unit 1: Project Integration Management 6 Hrs
Level of Knowledge: Application
Understanding Project Integration Management, Process- Initiation (Develop project charter &
Identify stakeholders), Planning (Develop project management plan and determine budget), Execution
(Develop & Manage team, Project knowledge, Acquire resources, Procurement, Risk responses,
Quality and Communication management), Monitoring and Controlling (Stakeholder engagement,
Scope & risk validation, Schedule and costs, Integrated change, resource and communication
monitoring), Closing (Procedure and Final deliverables).

Unit 2: Project Scope Management 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application
Focus on Project Scope Management as you learn the ins and outs of identifying project requirements,
creating the WBS, and establishing project metrics, Delve into the inputs, tools and techniques, and
outputs encompassed within Project Time Management. Make time your asset as you learn how to
work with a project schedule, focus on creating realistic deadlines, and observe how to effectively
distribute project resources.

Unit 3:Project Cost Management 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application
Go step-by-step through Project Cost Management as you study budget constraints, and the
relationship between quality, scope, and resources, Dig into Project Quality Management. The
practices and tools you learn here will help you to maintain the project's quality standards, while
balancing financial and time sacrifices.

Unit 4: Project Human Resources Management 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application
Study to learn more about Project Human Resources Management, It's important to have the
appropriate resources at the right time. Discover the tools and techniques needed to gain those
resources, Explore Project Communications Management. Increase team communication to ensure
project success as you gain a deeper understanding of how to plan and execute communications
internally and externally.

Unit 5: Project Risk Management 4 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Learn about Project Risk Management. There are two types of risk that you need to learn how to
respond. Find out ways to identify and analyse risk, as well as how to quantify and mitigate risk,
Concentrate on Project Procurement Management. You will study the seller-buyer relationship, and
how to acquire the products you need to complete the project deliverables.

Unit 6: Project Stakeholder Management 2 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application
Avoid stakeholder problems as you get into Project Stakeholder Management. You will learn how to
incorporate stakeholders at the appropriate time, how to work with their opinions and needs, along
with observing how to respond to them and Final Exam/ Assessment

REFERENCE:
1. https://thedigitalprojectmanager.com/project-management-skills/
2. https://www.goskills.com/Project-Management/Articles/Project-management-skills
3. https://www.pmi.org/learning/library/ore-competencies-successful-skill-manager-8426
4. https://thedigitalprojectmanager.com/project-management-skills/
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Entrepreneurship Course Code: BBA481

Development Project
Total number of hours: 25 Hours Credits: 1
Course Description: Entrepreneurship is a necessary ingredient for stimulating economic growth
and employment opportunities. In the developing world, successful small businesses are the
primary engines of job creation, income growth. This course intends to promote in-depth
knowledge source for an intending practitioner or entrepreneur in the field of entrepreneurship.
This course earnestly attempts to present the various aspects of entrepreneurship and what a
prospective business visionary must know before setting out on a modern or business wander. The
purpose of undertaking this project is to give the students a hands-on experience in
shaping their ideas and documenting it in a structured format. This is also in compliance
with partial fulfilment of the BBA programme. It is a time-bound and independent study
guided by the faculty member who teaches the subject.
Course Objectives:
 To familiarize the students with respective traits of Entrepreneurship and inculcate the
spirit of entrepreneurship in students and make them job creators instead of job seekers
 To recognize a business opportunity that fits the individual student
 To demonstrate the understanding of how to launch the individual's entrepreneurial career

Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:
CLO1 Familiarize the students with respective traits of Entrepreneurship and inculcate the
spirit of entrepreneurship in students and make them job creators instead of job seekers
CLO2 Ability to recognize a business opportunity that fits the individual student
CLO3 Demonstrate the understanding of how to launch the individual's entrepreneurial
career

Pedagogy: This course uses pedagogies like interactive sessions with the project guide, student’s
discussions and form of experiential learning.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Bank Management Course Code: BBA531

Total number of hours: 75 Hrs Credits: 4
Course Description:
The Banking Industry in India exhibits a different structure as compared to other economies and thus
caters to a different set of social, economic, political and geographic characteristics. This course
enables the students to understand the structure, regulation and management of the Indian Banking
Industry and gather knowledge about the recent trends and developments, which they can use while
they undertake their financial decisions in future.
Course Learning Objectives: This course aims to:
 Provide an understanding about the structure of the banking industry.
 Explain the regulatory and managerial practices of banks in India.
 Identify the latest trends and innovations in the Indian Banking Industry.
 Discuss the implications of this knowledge on the real life financial decisions of an
individual.
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:
CLO 1 Demonstrate an understanding of the general banking structure
CLO 2 Examine the regulatory and managerial practices of the banks in India
CLO 3 Discuss the latest trends and innovations in the Indian Banking Industry
CLO 4 Plan their real life financial decisions on the basis of this knowledge

Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lectures, discussions & presentations
and service learning activities.

Unit I: Introduction to Banking Industry

Level of knowledge: Basic 12 Hrs

Evolution of banking in India, Structure of banking Industry, Banking functions - Mid & Back Office
functions: support Functions: -The Business Offerings of a Bank-Business Divisions:Audit, Finance
& Control. Retail banking-corporate banking-investment banking-rural banking-Banker customer
relationship-Banking licenses-Payment Banks-small finance bank-bank mergers

Unit II: Banking regulation and requirement 12 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual
RBI-functions – Requirements- licensing and supervision, capital reserve, corporate governance,
financial reporting and disclosures, Capital adequacy-Banking ombudsman scheme-Basel norms.

Unit III: Bank Deposits and lending

Level of knowledge: Conceptual 12 Hrs

Deposits: Importance and types. Loans: Types of loans – home loans, personal loans, business loans:
Term loans, bank overdraft limit, bills discounting, cash credit, Education loan, gold loan,, vehicle
loan, Consortium advances, loan syndication, loans against securities - Sound lending policy - Credit
management – Non-performing assets- credit rating-The insolvency and bankruptcy code 2016-
MCLR-securitisation

Unit IV: Management in Banks

Level of knowledge: Analytical 12Hrs
Marketing of banking services-customer services in banks-Public relations system in banks-Human
resource management in banks-Management information system. Risk Management: types of risks;
interest rate risk, credit risk, liquidity risk, operational risk, market risk. Risk Management: Gap
Analysis, Duration analysis, Asset/Liability Management, credit risk modelling(Altman’s Z-Score
model), off balance sheet activities.

Unit V:Banking compliance

 Bachelor of Business Administration

Level of knowledge: Analytical 12 Hrs

Anti-money laundering: Prevention of money laundering act (PMLA)-Customer due diligence-Know
your customer norms- International sanctioning-Financial Intelligence unit-fraud detection and
management in banks-International banking scenario-Documentary letter of credit-Correspondent
banking and NRI accounts-bad banks

Unit VI: Banking Development and Innovation

Level of knowledge: Conceptual 15 Hrs
Electronic fund transfers system: National payment corporation of India-NEFT, RTGSSWIFT -
Mobile banking – Interbank mobile payment systems, Unified payment Interface. Negotiated Dealing
Systems & Securities Settlement Systems – Electronic Money – E Cheque. Financial Inclusion-
Business correspondents–PMJDY-– Fin tech revolution in Banking - wearable apps, Internet of
things. Core banking solutions, Interface with Payment system Network – Structured Financial
Messaging system.

Essential references:

1. Suresh P. & Paul J. (2017). Management of Banking and Financial Services, Uttar Pradesh,
Pearson India Education Services Pvt. Ltd.
2. Desai, V. (n.d.). Bank Management (2013 ed.). Himalaya publishing house.

Recommended references:
1. Bank financial management (2018 ed.). (n.d.). Indian Institute of Banking and Finance-
Macmillan education
2. Advanced Bank financial management (2018 ed.). (n.d.). Indian Institute of Banking and
Finance-Macmillan education
3. OP, Agarwal. (n.d.). Modern Banking of India (2016 ed.). Himalaya publishers.
4. Gupta, S.N. (n.d.). Banking Law in Theory & Practice (5th ed.). Universal Law publishers
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Taxation Management Course Code: BBA532

Total number of hours: 75 Hours Credits: 4
Course Description: India has a well-developed tax structure with a three-tier federal structure,
comprising the Union Government, the State Governments and the Urban/Rural Local Bodies. The
power to levy taxes and duties is distributed among the three tiers of Governments, in accordance
with the provisions of the Indian Constitution. The study of tax laws is of a great importance for
Management students as it exposes students to the tax environment in India. This course is
introduced as part of BBA program to give an overall idea about the theoretical and practical
aspects of direct and indirect taxes in India. The content of the course is arranged in such a manner
that it gives an outline of the Income tax law and GST Law in an analytical and simple manner.
Course Objectives:
 To demonstrate the concepts of Direct Taxation, Tax regime, Law and Practice in India.
 To outline the basic concepts and Practice of Goods and Service Tax in India.
 To apply the knowledge in computing Taxable Income.
 To exhibit tax planning skills to minimise tax liability by adhering to the provisions of
legal enactments governing Taxes in India.
 To explain the Law and Practice of Customs Act in India

Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course students are expected to :-

CLO 1: Demonstrate the understanding of basic concepts of Direct Taxation especially Income
Tax Law and Practice in India.
CLO 2: Application of the knowledge in computing Taxable Income
CLO 3: Assess various tax planning measures to minimise tax liability
CLO 4: Apply the basic concepts and Practice of Goods and Service Tax in India.
CLO 5: Explain the Law and Practice of Customs Act in India.
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, practical problem solving,
case study, discussions, presentations and written assignments
Syllabus
Unit I: Introduction to Income Tax 7 Hrs
Level of knowledge: Conceptual
Meaning and types of Taxes, Difference between direct and indirect taxes. Legal enactments
governing Income Tax in India, Basic Concepts in Taxation - Assessee, Person, Assessment Year,
Previous Year, Agricultural Income, Income, GTI, Total Income, Determination of residential
status, Kinds of income, incidence of tax. Practical problems. Tax free incomes or Exempted
incomes. Capital and Revenue Expenditure. Comparison between Income Tax structure in India
and other countries.

Unit II: Income from Salary 12 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Application
Salary meaning, chargeability, Treatment of Various Allowances, Perquisites and their Valuation,
Treatment of Provident Funds, Leave salary and Pension, Deductions from Gross Salary
Computation of Taxable salary.

Unit III: Income from House property 8 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Application
Annual value and NAV, Deductions from NAV under u/s 24, Practical problems

Unit IV: Profits and Gains from Business and Profession 12 Hrs
Level of knowledge: Application
Meaning of Business and Profession, Incomes Chargeable under this head, Allowed and disallowed
expenses, Expenditure on scientific Research, Computation of Taxable Income from business and
profession.
Unit V: Capital Gains and Income from Other source 12 Hrs
Level of knowledge: Application
Meaning of Short term and Long term capital gain, Transfer of assets, cost of acquisition of capital
assets, Computation of capital gains, Exemptions from LTCG- only deductions u/s 54, 54B, 54EC
and 54F. Incomes taxable under the head Income from other sources, Various incomes taxable as
Income from Other source.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Unit VI: Gross Total Income, Deductions from GTI, Total income and Tax liability 12 Hrs
Level of knowledge: Application
Computation of GTI, Deductions from GTI, Section 80C to 80U (only deductions applicable to
individuals 80 C and CCC, D, DD, DDB, G, 80TTA, 80TTB, 80E, 80EEA, 80GGB and U),
Taxable Income, Computation of tax for individual assessees, Procedure for e-returns filing.

Unit VII: Overview on GST and Customs Law 12 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Application
Meaning of Goods and Service Tax, Persons liable for GST registration/ Procedure of Registration,
Liability to pay GST, Taxable event for GST, Tax invoice, GST Council of India, Rates of GST,
Services exempted from GST, Non- resident taxable person, TDS under GST
Customs Law, Basic concepts, Types of Customs duty, taxable event for the levy of Customs duty.

Core Text:
 Gaur, V.P. & Narang, B.K. (2020), Income Tax Law and practice. Kalyani Publishers,
New Delhi,
Reference Books:
1. Singhania,(2020) Income tax law and practice , Taxman publishers, NewDelhi
2. Income tax law and Practice (2020), Dr. Mehrotra and Goyal, Sahitya bhavan Publications
3. 3. Datey V S (2020), GST Laws and Practice with Customs and Foreign Tax Practice,
Taxman Publications, New Delhi
4. Singhania,(2020) Income tax law and practice , Taxman publishers, NewDelhi
5. Income tax law and Practice (2020), Dr. Mehrotra and Goyal, Sahitya bhavan Publications
6. Datey V S (2020), GST Laws and Practice with Customs and Foreign Tax Practice,
Taxman Publications, New Delhi.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Strategic Management Course Code: BBA533

Total number of hours: 60 Hours Credits: 4
Course Description: An Organization consists of different departments and processes. Managers
at all level must understand how a company’s departments and processes “fit” together to achieve
its goal. It focuses on all the functional areas of business and presents a cohesive strategic
management model from a strategic perspective. The subject provides an insight on the strategy
adopted by the companies in response to environmental change. The course provides a
comprehensive and integrated presentation of current strategic management thinking in a clear and
succinct format.
Course Objectives:
 To identify the model of the origin and the process of crafting and implementing effective
strategies in a competitive market.
 To examine how to create and sustain growth by aligning their strategy and organization to
their environment.
 To elaborate on how to conceptualize, design, and execute effective strategies.
 To critically evaluate the strategic plan and performance.
 To design effective strategic control.

Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:
CLO1: Identify the model of the origin and the process of crafting and implementing
effective strategies in a competitive market
CLO2: Examine how to create and sustain growth by aligning their strategy
and organization to their environment.
CLO3: Elaborate on how to conceptualize, design, and execute effective strategies.
CLO4: Critically evaluate the strategic plan and performance.
CLO5: Design effective strategic control.
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like case study discussions, interactive lecture,
presentations, review of research article, in class group exercises and activities.
Syllabus

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT 10 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual

Meaning and Definition of Strategic management, Key terms, stages, strategic management model,
comparing business and military strategies, Strategy-definition, strategy v/s tactics, Levels of
strategy, Henry Mintzberg’s model of strategy development, Strategic Intent - vision and mission
analysis, process of developing vision and mission statement, characteristics and components,
evaluating and writing mission statements, objectives – strategic v/s financial objectives, Abell’s
model of Business definition – Business Model, Critical Success Factor (CSF).

UNIT II ENVIRONMENTAL APPRAISAL 8 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual

Purpose and Nature of External analysis, Concept and characteristics of environment, PESTEL,
Porter’s five forces analysis, sources of external information, forecasting tools and techniques,
external factor evaluation matrix and the competitive evaluation matrix.

UNIT III ORGANISATIONAL APPRAISAL 8 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual

Nature of Internal audit, integrating strategy and culture, Management, marketing, finance and
accounting, production/operation, research and development, MIS, Value chain analysis,
benchmarking, Internal factor evaluation matrix

UNIT IV LEVELS AND TYPES OF STRATEGIES 9 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual

 Bachelor of Business Administration

Grand strategy- Stability, growth, retrenchment & combined strategies- Generic strategies – Cost
leadership and differentiation, Functional strategies, internalization strategies. Red Ocean strategy
v/s Blue ocean strategy.

UNIT V STRATEGY GENERATION AND SELECTION 9 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual

The strategy analysis and choice process, strategy formulation analytical framework, SWOT and
SPACE, BCG, Internal-External matrix, grand strategy matrix, QSPM, culture and politics of
strategy analysis and choice. Strategic plan and its content.

UNIT VI STRATEGY EXECUTION 8 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual

Transitioning from formulating to implementing strategies, need for clear annual objectives,
policies, allocation of resources and conflict management, matching structure and strategy, types of
organizational structure, Do’s and Don’ts in developing organizational charts, strategic production
and operation issues, strategic human resource issues. Behavioral and operational implementation.

UNIT VII STRATEGIC EVALUATION AND CONTROL 8 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual

The strategy evaluation process, criteria and methods, three strategy evaluation activities, balanced
scorecard, characteristics of an effective strategy evaluation system, contingency planning,
auditing, Contemporary challenges in strategic management, guidelines for effective strategic
management. Strategic Control – Types of Strategic Control.

Core Text:

1. Fred R David and Forest R David, Strategic Management- Concept and cases, Pearson,
Sixteenth Edition
Reference Books:

1. Charles Hill and Gareth.R.Jones, Strategic Management: an integrated approach, biztantra,

sixth edition
2. Alex miller, strategic management, Irwin Mc graw hill, third edition
3. Lawrence R.Jauch, William F Glueck, Business Policy and strategic management, Mc
Graw Hill international editions, Fifth edition
Bachelor of Business Administration
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Security Analysis and Portfolio Management Course Code: BBA541F
Total number of hours: 60 Hrs Credits: 4
Course Description: This course provides a comprehensive coverage of theory, tools and techniques
relating to investments, focusing mainly on stock market instruments. It also explains the regulatory
framework, theoretical expositions and practical applications of investment tools and techniques.

Course Learning Objectives: This course aims:

 To illustrate various investment avenues available for investors
 To apply fundamental analysis/ technical analysis on listed companies in India
 To evaluate Equity share/ bond based on valuation techniques
 To appraise various types of derivatives available for hedging.
 To construct and revise portfolios by analysis and evaluation of risk – return trade-off.

Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:
CLO1 To classify investment options for different classes of investors
CLO2 To examine the fundamental and technical analysis results for buy/sell/hold decisions
CLO3 To evaluate a given stock or bond based on its valuation
CLO4 To appraise the effectiveness of derivatives as hedging tool for investors
CLO5 To construct and revise portfolios based on risk – return analysis
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lectures, discussions & presentations
and live sessions of security analysis.

UNIT I: Introduction to Investments 07 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Financial Meaning of investment - significance of savings and investment - understanding of security,
portfolio, speculation, gambling, and arbitrage mechanisms - Risk- systematic risk and unsystematic
risk-Interest rate risk, inflation risk etc.-financial and business risk Legal framework of securities
market, Comparison between investment and speculation and its significance in Indian financial
system, Profile of Indian investors and factors influencing investment decisions. Financial positions,
tax positions, risk perception and attitude - Risk-Return relationship.

UNIT- II: Investment avenues & attributes 07 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Investments options in India and foreign markets - characteristics features of financial instruments -
company shares, debentures, bonds, convertible securities, hybrid securities, fixed deposits, gilt-
edged securities, post office schemes, company and public provident funds, Other investment schemes
and its features real estate, and insurance schemes. Investment attributes - risk, return, security,
marketability, liquidity and convenience.

UNIT III: Security analysis: Fundamental and Technical 12 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual/Analytical
Fundamental analysis – company, industry and economy analysis - Tools for economic analysis-
analysis of GDP-Monetary policy, Inflation Interest rates International influences- links between
economy and industry sectors-prediction about market behavior-tools Technical Analysis Of stock -
points and figures chart, bar chart, contrary opinions theory, confidence index RSA, RSI, Moving
average analysis, Japanese Candlesticks – Bond valuation (Basic Models).

UNIT IV: Security Pricing and Valuation 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual/Analytical
Factors influencing valuation - methods of equity valuation - Earning Valuation modal - use of P/E
ratio, Dividend modal - Zero and constant growth modals. Intrinsic value method, Calculation of
present and forecasted price of the stock. Valuation of fixed income instruments – present and future
 Bachelor of Business Administration

value - Calculation of simple, holding period and maturity yield, annuities. Calculation of portfolio
net-worth.

UNIT V: Derivatives Market 06 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual/ Analytical
Introduction to derivatives – Features – Types – Commodity derivatives and Financial derivatives –
Kinds of commodity derivatives – Commodity derivative market in India - Kinds of financial
derivatives – financial derivative market in India. Futures – meaning, index futures, valuation of index
future. Arbitrage, hedging, pricing index futures, advantages of index futures.
Options – meaning and salient features, call and put options, options price, price changes, risks,
market structure, futures v/s options. Option trading strategies.

UNIT VI: Portfolio Theory, Models and Analysis 12 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual/ Analytical
Meaning, return on portfolio, risk on portfolio, portfolio managers, SEBI guidelines for portfolio
managers, portfolio management services. Efficient Market Hypothesis,Portfolio theory - contribution
of William Sharpe and Harry Markowitz,- Single index model, capital asset pricing modal and
arbitrage pricing theory.

UNIT VII: Portfolio Evaluation 06 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual/ Analytical
Portfolio evaluation: Sharpe ratio, Treynor ratio, Jensen ratio. International Portfolio Investment and
management – Risk and return in international diversification. Trends in portfolio
management, strategies: active and passive strategies, fees.

Essential references:

1. Chandra P.(2017) Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management Mcgraw Hill India
Recommended references:
1. Kevin S. (2015) Security Analysis and Portfolio Management PHI learning Pvt Ltd
2. Madhumati, R.M. (2008). Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management. New Delhi:
Pearson Education
3. Fischer D.E. (2009). Security Analysis and Portfolio Management. Pearson EducationBhalla,
V.K. (2008). Investment Management. New Delhi: S. Chand.
4. Avadhani, V.A. (2008). Security Analysis and Portfolio Management. New Delhi: Himalaya
publications
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Global Business Finance Course Code: BBA542F

Total number of hours: 60 Hrs Credits: 4

Course Description: Firms become increasingly involved in the global economy, issues in global
financial management become more important. Events taking place on the global financial
management from trade disputes to currency crises – make the issues of international transactions and
exposure more challenging. Students need to acquire knowledge on the functioning of trade globally
and its financial implications. Knowledge of foreign exchange activities and the hedging of foreign
exchange exposures and other related aspects of risk coverage while doing international business shall
be imparted. The objective is to blend sound theoretical knowledge of foreign exchange economics
with practical and procedural aspects of risk management strategies and project appraisal from global
investment perspective.

Pedagogy: Lectures, Interactive Session with active participation of students, Case Analysis and
Discussion on Contemporary Issues and developments in the International forums.

Course Objectives:
 To equip the students, understand the global financial markets and its significance from
global business context
 To analyse the implications of Balance of Payments on international transactions and
economic exposure of business undertakings
 To devise strategies and appraise the finance implications of strategies on international
transactions
 To justify the international project investment decisions based on value created by specific
project investments
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:
CLO1 Understand the International Financial Markets and its environment
CLO2 Analyse the implications of Balance of Payments in Translation, Transaction and
Economic exposure
CLO3 Assimilate the impact risk management strategies on the foreign exchange risk
exposure.
CLO4 Evaluate the projects from Multinational Investment Perspective and its value creation
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, students’ discussions &
presentations, HBR case and article analysis, and a field visit in the form of experiential learning.

Unit I: International Financial Markets 7 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Introduction, Motives for investing & borrowing in Foreign markets, International business methods,
how financial markets affect an MNC’s value. Evolution of the International Monetary system,
Bimetallism, Classical Gold standard, Interwar period, Bretton woods system, Flexible Exchange rate
regime. The current exchange rate agreements, European monetary system, Mexican peso crisis,
Fixed Versus Flexible Exchange rate regime

Unit II: Balance Of Payments 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Concept of Balance of payments, Concept and Principles behind compilation of BoP account,
Components of BoP and factors affecting them, Importance and Limitations of BoP statistics,
Relationship of BoP with other Economic Variables. (Practical Problems on BoP)
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Unit III: Foreign Exchange Markets 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
The structure of the FOREX markets, Functions of Foreign exchange markets, The foreign exchange
rates, Arbitrage, The spot market, Cross rates of exchange, Bid-ask spreads, The forward market, The
regulations. Derivatives, Foreign currency futures, foreign currency options

Unit IV: Exchange Rate Determination and Forecasting 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Interest rate parity, purchasing power parity, The Fisher effects, Forecasting exchange rates –
Efficient market approach, Fundamental approach, Technical approach, Performance of forecasters

Unit V: Managing Foreign Exchange Exposure 7 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Management of foreign exchange risk, Management of translation Exposure - Management of
transaction Exposure - Management of Economic Exposure

Unit VI : Foreign Exchange Risk Management Strategy 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Foreign Exchange Risk and Risk Management in the short-run- Intermediate Run and Long run -
Hedging against foreign exchange exposure – Forward Market- Futures Market- Options Market-
Currency Swaps-Interest Rate Swap-Hedging through currency of invoicing- Hedging through mixed
currency invoicing –Country risk analysis.

Unit VII: International Project Appraisal: 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Project Appraisal in the International Context- Diversification of Projects Exchange Rate Risk and
Cost of Capital- Methods of International Capital Budgeting-Financing the Multinational Corporation

Essential references:
1. Jeevanandam. C. (2020). Foreign Exchange and Risk Management. New Delhi: Sultan
Chand & sons.

Recommended references:
1. Shapiro, A. C. (2016). Multinational Financial Management. USA: John Wiley & Sons.
2. Apte, P. G. (2020). International Financial Management. New Delhi: McGraw-Hill
Publication.
3. Jeff Madura (2018). International Financial Management. New Delhi: Cengage Publishers.
4. Cheol Eun, Bruce Resnick (2018), International Financial Management, New Delhi,
McGraw-Hill
5. Reid W. Click., Joshua D.Coval (2011). International Financial Management. New Delhi:
Himalya Publications.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Strategic Financial Course Code: BBA543F

Management
Total number of hours: 60 Hours Credits: 4
Course Description:
Strategic Financial Management emphasizes on the application of financial management
techniques strategically to achieve the objectives of the organization. The course emphasizes how
strategic financial decisions should be taken by the managers/budding entrepreneurs/businessmen
with reference to classical theory and contemporary research. The course intends to apply various
strategies involved in financial decision-making process and update the students on the availability
of various sources of financing, choosing appropriate sources of financing to have optimum capital
structure. It also covers various techniques in managing an organization’s financial resources
through better investment decisions (techniques), achieve its business objectives and maximize its
value which will help the students take effective strategic financial decisions.
Course Objectives:
 To extend finance skill of the students pertaining to different techniques of financial
management strategically to achieve the objectives of the organization.
 To equip students to identify, evaluate and develop strategies relating to financing
decisions.
 To compare leasing, buying and hire purchase decisions to choose the most feasible
financing decision.
 To develop the students’ expertise with regard to alternative sources of finance for long
term and short term investment.
 To appraise the techniques of working capital management.

Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:

CLO1 Understand the process of strategic planning and its impact on the financial
performance of the companies
CLO2 Identify and apply investing, financing and dividend strategies in financial decision-
making process.
CLO3 Compare lease, buying and hire purchase decisions to choose the most effective
financing decision.
CLO4 Explore alternate sources of finance to choose the best source of financing for the
long term and short-term investment to achieve the objectives of the organization
CLO5 Evaluate the techniques of working capital management

Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, students’ discussions and
problem solving.
Syllabus

Unit I Financial Planning and Risk Analysis: 14 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Formulation of Strategies & policies, objectives & goals - Components of financial strategy-
Strategic planning process, Interface between corporate strategy and financing strategy, Strategic
decisions, Characteristics of Financial Planning - Estimating between Strategic Planning &
Financial Planning - Meaning of Financial Requirements, Financial Linkage. Statistical techniques
for Risk Analysis – Probability defined –- Standard Deviation – Co efficient of Variation–Risk
adjusted discount rate – Certainty Equivalent Sensitivity analysis – Decision Tree analysis

Unit II Capital Structure theories and planning 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Concept and its importance, process of capital structure decisions. Theories of Capital Structure -
Net Income, Net Operating Income, Traditional and MM Theories. Capital Structure and Value of
the firm. Agency cost and its effect on value. Capital Structure policies in practice.

Unit III Dividend Theory and policy 8

Hrs
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course
Level ofName : Business
Knowledge: Valuation
Application Course Code : 544F
Total number of hours: 60 Hours Credits : 4
Concept and importance. Models to maximize the market value of equity shares – Walter, Gordon
Course Description: Today no-room-for-error business environment, the ability to accurately
and MM Models, Stability of dividend indicators, Analysis of dividend policy in practice.
value a company's assets—both tangible and intangible—is essential for a wide variety of
professionals, whether they are inside or outside that company. This course takes you through
Unit IV Working Capital Finance 8
valuation from the viewpoint of both the internal corporate strategist and the external portfolio
Hrs
manager, addressing issues related to models and techniques for valuing a business and, just as
Level of Knowledge: Application
important, explaining their application in either the operation or acquisition of that business.
Business valuation is a complex and imperative corporate task under different situations. There is a
Financing of Working Capital, sources of working capital finance, determination of optimum cash
growing need for having knowledge and skills on business valuation to facilitate corporates
balance, practical problems on receivables management, determination of optimum stock levels,
effective internal decisions, Mergers and Acquisitions. This covers concepts of business valuation
Integrating Working Capital and Capital Investment Process
especially corporate valuation, its purpose, features and standard valuation techniques. Further, this
course focuses on development of analytical and business valuation skills among the students
which
Unit Vwill help
Asset in formulating
Based Financingbusiness and competitive strategies. 14 Hrs
Level of Knowledge: Application
Course Objectives:
 To
Leasing understandImportance,
– Meaning, the purpose Types,
and process
Tax of
& business valuation
Accounting considerations. Evaluation of lease
from the point of Lessor & Lessee. Lease vs. Buy Decision. Hire-Purchase (HP) – Meaning –
Features – Difference between HP & Credit sale Differences between Leasing & HP Differences
between Leasing & Installment system RBI guidelines for HP & Problems of HP in India - Project
Financing – Characteristics - & Financing arrangements for Infrastructure Projects.

Unit VI Venture Capital/ Private Equity and Alternative Sources of Finance 8 Hrs
Level of Knowledge: Application

Concept, Characteristics, Growth, Differences between VC financing & Conventional Financing -

Stages of VC Financing Schemes - Legal aspects in VC financing. Working of venture capital
funding agencies in India, Alternative sources of finance – Crowdfunding, Angel Investors.

Recommended Text:
1. Pandey I.M (2016). Financial Management- 11thEdition, Vikas Publishing House

Books for reference:

1. MY Khan and PK Jain (2017). Financial Management, 8th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill
2. Rajni et al. (2011). Strategic Financial Management, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall of India
3. Ruth Bender. (2013). Corporate Financial Strategy, Routledge, Taylor and Francis
4. Weaver and Weston (2007). Strategic Financial Management: Application of Corporate
Finance, 6th Edition, Cengage Learning.
5. Kohn Meir, (2000). Financial Institutions and markets, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
6. Prasanna Chandra (2007). Financial Management, Tata Mc Graw Hill
 Bachelor of Business Administration

 To apply the standard techniques of business valuation in practice

 To develop analytical abilities and communication strategies for business valuation.
 To assess a firm’s business and competitive strategy and to assess whether business creates
value for shareholders

Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:
CLO1 Understand the basics of business valuation and its methods
CLO2 Application of the standard techniques of business valuation in practice
CLO3 Develop analytical skills in business valuation
CLO4 Assess a business and its competitive strategy finding whether it is creating synergy
and value for its shareholders.

Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, students’ discussions and
problem solving.
Syllabus

Unit 1: Introduction to Business valuation 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Business valuation-an Overview-Context of Valuation-Approaches to Valuation-Features of the

valuation process: Book value approach, Stock and debt approach, discounted cash flow approach,
Relative valuation approach, other approaches: Contingent Claim Valuation option valuation
Approach-Features of the valuation Process-Price of Recent Investment, Venture Capitalist Method
(Start Up), • First Chicago Method (Start Up), Rule of Thumb (Industry wise), Corporate valuation
in practice. SEBI guidelines on Valuation, Regulatory Valuations in India & Emerging
Opportunities.

Unit 2: Discounted Cash Flow methods 12 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Enterprise Discounted Cash Flow (DCF) Model - Analyzing Historical Performance-Estimating the
cost of Capital- Forecasting Performance-Estimating the continuing Value-Calculating and
interpreting the Results-Other DCF models: Equity DCF Model: Dividend discount model, free
cash flow to Equity (FCFE) model-Adjusted present value model-Economic profit model-
Applicability and Limitations of DCF analysis.

Unit 3: Relative Valuation 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Relative Valuation-Steps involved in Relative Valuation-Equity Valuation Multiples-Enterprise

valuation Multiples-Choice of Multiple-Best practices using Multiples-Assessment of relative
valuation. Value Multiples;

Unit 4: Non-Discounted Cash Flow Method 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Other Non DCF Approaches-Book Value Approach-Stock and Debt Approach-Strategic approach
to Valuation-Guidelines for corporate valuation

Unit 5: Advanced Concepts in Valuation 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Advanced issues in Valuation-Valuation of companies of different kinds-valuation in different

Contexts-Loose ends of Valuation-Valuation of intangible assets: Patents, trademarks, copyrights
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name:
and licenses; FinancialBrands,
Franchises; Econometrics Course
Regulatory Valuations Code: BBA555F
in India
Unit
Total6:number
Value Based Management
of hours: 60 Hours Credits: 4 8 Hrs
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual & Application
Course Description: Financial econometrics is the intersection of statistical techniques and
financial economics. Financial econometrics provides a set of tools that are useful for modeling
Value Based Management- Methods and Key premises of VBM - Marakon approach - Alcar
financial data and testing beliefs about how markets work and prices are formed. This course is to
approach - Mckinsey Approach-Stern Stewart approach-BCG Approach-Lessons from the
provide a comprehensive and systematic account of financial econometric models and their
experiences of VBM adopters – Implications of Corporate Valuation strategies
applications to modeling and financial time series data including the return forecasting, volatility.
While econometric theory is briefly touched on, most of the emphasis is on applied time series
Unit 7: Case Studies in Valuation 8 Hrs
modeling and forecasting. Students at the end of the course will have a working knowledge of
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
financial time series data and gain expertise in the software to conduct the analyses.
Case studies in valuation - Bharat Hotels company - Bharat Heavy Electricals Limited - Bhoruka
Course Objectives:
Power Corporation Limited - Valuation in the Merger of ICICI with ICICI Bank - Sasken
 To understand
Communication the basics
Technologies of econometrics
- Valuation andBrand
of Infosys econometric techniques.
and other selected brands.
 To develop simple and multiple regression models and validate the efficiency of the
estimated
Essential Readings:regression models.
1. Forecast
Prasanna Chandra.data
financial usingCorporate
(2020). econometric techniques
Valuation: (ARIMA)
Text and2e
and Cases. measure their McGraw
Paperback.
effectiveness.
Hill.
 Find out the Long term and short term association among the variables
 Estimate
Reference Books:volatility of Financial time series variables

Course Learning Outcomes:

1. Damodaran. On having
(2014). Valuation. completed
John thissons.
Wiley and course student should be able to:
2. Philip R Daves, Michael C. Ehrhardt, and Ron E. Shrieves. (2003). Corporate Valuation: A
Guide for Managers and Investors. Cengage Learning.
3. David Frykman, Jakob Tolleryd. (2003). Corporate Valuation. Prentice Hall.
4. Rawley Thomas, Benton E. Gup. (2010). The Valuation Handbook: Valuation Techniques
from Today's Top Practitioners. John Wiley & Sons.
5. Prasanna Chandra. (2020). Corporate Valuation: Text and Cases. 2e Paperback. McGraw
Hill.
6. Chandra, P. (2011). Corporate Valuation and Value Creation, (1st Ed). TMH
7. Weston, Chung, Hoag, Mergers, Restructuring and Corporate Control, Prentice Hall of
India
8. Tim Koller, Marc Goedhart & David Wessels (2010). Valuation: Measuring and Managing
the Value of Companies, University Edition (Wiley Finance) Paperback. McKinsey &
Company Inc. John Wiley & Sons; 5e
 Bachelor of Business Administration

CLO1 Understand the basics of econometrics and econometric techniques.

CLO2 Develop simple and multiple regression models and validate the efficiency of the
estimated regression models.
CLO3 Forecast financial data using econometric techniques (ARIMA) and measure their
effectiveness.
CLO4 Find out the Long term and short term association among the variables
CLO5 Estimate volatility of Financial time series variables

Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lectures, discussions &
presentations, problem solving of time series data using various econometric models and Eviews
Software
Syllabus

Unit - I Basics of Econometrics 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Nature and Scope of Econometrics - Introduction to what is econometrics and steps taken by an
econometrician in carrying out an empirical study. Different data types – cross section, time series
and panel data and problems associated with them – examples from Indian context, Properties of
financial data Statistical Concepts - Normal distribution; chi-sq, t- and F-distributions; estimation
of parameters; properties of estimators; testing of hypotheses.

Unit – II Stationarity and Non Stationarity Time Series Models 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Introduction to Stationary financial Time Series Definition and examples of financial Time Series
Models- Stochastic processes - Properties of stochastic process. Lag operator- Data transformations
- Methods of estimation –Trend, Seasonal and exponential. Univariate Nonstationary processes,
deterministic and stochastic trends, integrated process and random walk, random walk with drift,
Unit root process-, test for unit root- Dicky Fuller tests.

Unit - III Linear Regression Model 12 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Estimation of model by method of ordinary least squares; properties of estimators; goodness of fit;
tests of hypotheses; scaling and units of measurement; confidence intervals- Multiple Linear
Regression Model: Estimation of parameters; properties of OLS estimators; goodness of fit - R2
and adjusted R2; partial regression coefficients; testing hypotheses – individual and joint, BLUE
property; Violations of CLRM Assumptions: Consequences, Detection and Remedies -
Multicollinearity; heteroscedasticity (WLS, MLE) and serial correlation (GLS). Specification error
(omitted variable, inclusion of irrelevant variables).

UNIT – IV Univariate Time Series Model 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Univariate Autoregressive Models - Univariate Moving Average Models - Autoregressive-Moving
Average Models. – Forecasting Univariate financial Time Series Models- ARIMA Model- Box-
Jenkins approach - Forecasting Evaluation Statistics.

UNIT - V - Conditional Variance Models 12 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Volatility Clustering- Meaning and measurement - Leverage Effects- Econometric models of
volatility - Auto Regressive Conditional Heteroscedasticity (ARCH) Model- Generalized Auto
Regressive Conditional Heteroscedasticity (GARCH) Model - Extensions to GARCH-Exponential
GARCH and Threshold GARCH models.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course
UNIT - Name: ConsumerStationary
VI- Multivariate Behavior and Non-StationaryCourse Code:
Models BBA541M 10 Hrs
Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Total number of hours: 60 Hours Credits: 4
Dynamic simultaneous equations models- Granger causality test - Vector Auto Regressive (VAR)
Course Description: Understanding consumer behavior is one of the fundamental requirements for
models- Diagnostic Checking. Introduction to cointegration, testing for cointegration: Single-
any marketer. With the introduction to the study of consumer behavior, it covers the underlying
equation approaches: Engle Granger method, Johansen test for cointegration, Vector error
concepts, principles and theories of the subject and gives clear explanation on the consumer
correction model
psychographics and demographics affecting his behavior in both individual and group buying
situations.
Recommended Books:
Course Objectives:
1. D. N. Gujarati and D.C. Porter, Essentials of Econometrics, McGraw Hill, 5th edition,
International
To provideEdition.
good insight on consumer behavior through individual determinants of
consumers.
2. Chris
ToBrooks,
understand the behavior
Introductory pattern in Business
Econometrics to-Business
to Finance Cambridgesituation.
University Press, 2002
3. Christopher
To provide introduction
Dougherty, to consumerism
Introduction and benefits Oxford
to Econometrics, of consumerism.
University Press, 3rd edition,
Indian Edition,
To asses and2007.
structure better decision in the field of marketing management as well as to
4. Jan become
Kmenta,better
Elements of Econometrics,
customers themselves. Indian Reprint, Khosla Publishing House,2nd edition,
2008.
To examine the reasons for the success or/and failure of business strategies
5. Stan Hurn, Vance Martin, Peter Phillips and Jun Yu, Financial Econometric Modeling
6. Hamilton,
Course LearningJ. D., Time Series
Outcomes: OnAnalysis, Princetonthis
having completed University Press, 1994
course student should be able to:
7. Peijewang “Financial Econometrics: Methods and Models”
CLO1 Learn the basics of consumer behavior and understand Routtheledge – Taylor
relevance & Francis
of the subject
Gorup – Vikas Publishing House, Pvt Ltd.
in the realm of contemporary business and marketing.
8. KerryCLO2Patterson, An Introduction
Demonstrate to Applied
the buying patternsEconometrics:
in both the A Time Series
consumer and Approach. Palgrave
the organizational
Macmillan,
markets and2000.
analyze their applicability in the diverse real world buying situations.
9. Walter
CLO3 Enders, Applied
Interpret the Econometric Time Series.
relevant theories New York:
and concepts John Wiley
to various & Sons,
practices of Inc., 1995.
Consumer
Behavior.
CLO4 Asses and structure better decision in the field of marketing management as well as
to become better customers themselves.
CLO5 Examine the reasons for the success or/and failure of business strategies.

Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, students’ discussions and
PPTs, case studies, role plays, and form of experiential learning.
Syllabus
 Bachelor of Business Administration

UNIT I Introduction to Consumer Behavior 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Meaning, Types of consumers, Interdisciplinary nature of CB, Scope and Application of CB,
Market segmentation and CB, Consumer Research.

UNIT II Consumer Decision making Process 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Problem recognition, Pre purchase search, purchasing process, Post purchase behaviour, Models
of Consumer decision making. Model of Consumer Decision making-Black Box Model, Howard-
Sheth Model, Consumer Decision making process

UNIT III Individual determinants of Consumer behaviour 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Personality, Motivation, Perception, Learning, Attitudes – concepts only

UNIT IV External Determinants of CB: Family, Age and Gender 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Functions, FLC stages, Family decision making, Dynamics of husband wife decision making. Role
of child in decision making, women’s buying behaviour

UNIT V Influence of Social Class 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Categories, Measurement of social class, Life style profiles, VALS, AIOS, Social class mobility

UNIT VI Influence of Culture and Subculture on Consumer Behaviour 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Characteristics, Measurement of Culture – Content analysis, Consumer Fieldwork, Subculture –

religious, regional, racial, age and gender

UNIT VII Diffusion of Innovation 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Innovation, Diffusion process, Channels of communication, Social system and time, Stages -
adoption process. Information sources

Essential references:
1. Schiffman, L.G., Kanuk.L.L, &Kumar.S.R (2010).Consumer Behaviour (10thed). Prentice
Hall.
Recommended references:
2. Blyth, J. (2008).Consumer Behavior. London:Thomson Learning.
3. Lantos, G.P. (2010). Consumer Behaviour in Action- Real Life Applications for Marketing
Managers. New York: M.E Sharpe.
4. Nair.S.R (2010). Consumer Behaviour in Indian Perceptive. Mumbai: Hymalya Publishing
House.
5. Engel.J.F,Kollat.D.T,&Minar.P.W (2008).Consumer Behaviour Hinsdale IL Dryden Press.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Brand Management Course Code: BBA542M

Total number of hours: 60 Hrs Credits: 4

Course Description: The course explores the significance of branding with the emerging managerial,
relational and social perspectives. The course provides an understanding of different brand
positioning strategies and how it influence consumer brand image. Further, the course also provides a
detailed methodology of identifying varies reasons for brand failure and suggest methods to overcome
it.

Course Objectives:

 To identify the various concepts of brand management

 To demonstrate an understanding of the major paradigms of brand building
 To interpret the relevant theories and concepts to various practices of brand building.
 To examine the reasons for the success or/and failure of major brands.
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:

CLO1 Identify the various concepts of brand management

CLO2 Demonstrate an understanding of the major paradigms of brand building
CLO3 Interpret the relevant theories and concepts to various practices of brand building.
CLO4 Examine the reasons for the success or/and failure of major brands.
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, students’ discussions and
PPTs, research articles, a field visit, and different forms of experiential learning.

UNIT 1-Introduction 12 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Concept of ‘Brand’: Brand VS Product, Why Brand? Can everything be branded? Identification of
branding challenges and opportunities; Strategic brand Management Process, Customer based
brand equity; sources of brand equity, CRM, brand resonance model, Brand equity VS Customer
equity

UNIT II-Brand Positioning 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Points of parity & points of difference, positioning guidelines, brand value chain model,
brand mantras, internal branding.

UNIT III-Brand Elements 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Brand elements- criteria for choosing it, integrated marketing communication.

UNIT IV-Secondary Brand Associations 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Leveraging Secondary Brand Associations - co-branding, licensing, celebrity endorsement, event
sponsoring.

UNIT V-Managing Brand Equity 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

What it means: how to build it; Understanding and measuring brand equity using Inter-brand
methodologies, Monitoring brands, Sources of brand equity (Brand Awareness, Brand personality,
Brand loyalty,and Brand audit-Brand inventory, and brand exploratory, Qualitative & Quantitative
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Research techniques.

UNIT VI-Managing Brand Extensions 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Brand hierarchy, design of a brand strategy-Brand Extension: Types of Brand Extension, Line and
Category Extension, Pros and Cons of Brand Extension-Need for extension, Multi-Brand Strategy,
Geographical Expansion.

UNIT VII-Contemporary Perspectives in Branding 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Managing brands Over Time- Brand Architecture: Handling a Large Portfolio, Multi-Brand Portfolio.
Brand Hierarchy, Revitalizing brands: Re-launch, Rejuvenation, when brand is dying or stagnating, or
when the market is dying or stagnating. Special branding categories: Service brands, Private labels,
Industrial brands, Luxury brands, Heritage brands, Internet brands, TOM (Top of mind recall) brands.
Brand building in Indian context, Managing Premium brands.

Essential references:

1. Keller, K.L. (2013). Strategic Brand Management(3rd edi). Prentice Hall of India.

Recommended references:

1. Aaker, D.A. (2011). Brand Relevance: Making CompetitorsIrrelevant, Jossey-Bass.

2. Aaker, D.A. (1991). Managing Brand Equity. New York: Free Press.
3. Aaker, D.A. (1996). Building Strong Brands .New York: Free Press.
4. Aaker, D.A., &Joachimsthaler. E. (2000). Brand Leadership. New York: Free Press.
5. Kapferer, Jean- Noel. (1997). Strategic Brand Management. Dover, NH Kogan Page.
6. Holt, D.B. (nd). How Brands Become Icons. The Principles of Cultural Branding, Harvard
Business School Press.
7. Deming, S. (2007).The Brand who Cried Wolf. Wiley Publishers.
8. Ries, A.I., & Trout, J. (nd). Positioning: The Battle of Minds.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Retail Management Course Code: BBA543M

Total number of hours: 60 Hours Credits: 4
Course Description: This course introduces students to the new features in retail management, a
real -world approach focusing on both small and large retailers. Students will examine the
dynamics of business decision making and demonstrate the ability to identify, describe and apply
the essential business concepts, theories and practices with respect to the subject retail marketing
Course Objectives:
 To demonstrate retail concepts and practices
 To construct growth strategies of different retail formats
 To analyze the factors affecting the demand of a region and location theories for trade area
analysis
 To interpret issues in supply chain management and customer relationship management
and product management
 To recommend a retail communication and merchandise presentation for a particular retail
store
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:
CLO1 Demonstrate retail concepts and practices
CLO2 Construct growth strategies of different retail formats
CLO3 Analyze the factors affecting the demand of a region and location theories for trade
area analysis
CLO4 Interpret issues in supply chain management and customer relationship management
and product management
CLO5 Recommend a retail communication and merchandise presentation for a particular
retail store

Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, students’ discussions and
PPTs, case studies, role plays, and form of experiential learning.
Syllabus

Unit I – Introduction to retailing 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Reasons for studying retailing, economic significance & opportunities in retailing, types of retailers
– food retailers, general merchandise retailer, non-store retail format, service retailing, single store
establishment, corporate retail chain, multi-channel retailing, Benefits offered by electronic
channel. Retailing in emerging world, Multinational Brand and retailing in third world. India’s
profile against the global retail market and career opportunities in retail.

Unit II – Retail market strategy 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Target market retail format, building a sustainable competitive advantage, for growth strategies,
steps in strategic and retail planning and operation management, Evaluating competition in
retailing, Retail market information system

Unit III – Retail locations 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Site location –Location theory, theory of central placement, Trading area analysis, characteristics
of trading area, factors affecting the demand for a region & attractiveness of a site

Unit IV – Supply chain management 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Advantages through supply chain management flow of information, logistics – distribution centre,
quick response delivery systems, e-retailing, outsourcing

Unit V – CRM 8 Hrs

 Bachelor of Business Administration

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Overview, collecting customer database, identifying target customers, developing & implementing
CRM programs
.
Unit VI – Merchandise management and product management 8 Hrs
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Objectives for merchandise plan, assortment planning process; Establishing and maintaining
relationships with vendors, pricing strategies – cost oriented, demand oriented, competition
oriented & use of breakeven analysis. Price adjustments to stimulate retail sales.

Unit VII – Retail communication mix and Store management 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Communication programs to develop brands & build customer loyalty, methods of communicating
with customers, planning retail communication process. Retail Branding. Store layout, types &
features, store design – merchandise presentation techniques, atmospherics, customer service
GAPS model for improving retail service quality.

Essential references:
1. Levy, M., &Weitz, B. (2017). Retail Management (Latest edi). Irwin/McGraw Hill.

Recommended references:
2. Gilbert, D. (2010). Retail Marketing Management (2ndedi), Pearson Education.
3. Pradhan, S. (2009).Retail Management Text & Cases (2ndedi), McGraw Hill Co.
4. Nair, S. (2011).Retail Management (4thedi), Himalaya Publishing House.
5. Dion, J., &Topping, T. (2009).Start & Run a Retail Business, Jaico Publishers.
6. Vedamani, G.G. (2013). Retail Management, Jaico Publishing House.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Customer Relationship Course Code: BBA544M

Management
Total number of hours: 60 Hours Credits: 4
Course Description: This course examines customer relationship management (CRM) and its
application in marketing, sales, and service. Effective CRM strategies help companies align
business process with customer centric strategies using people, technology, and knowledge.
Emphasis is given on both conceptual knowledge and hands-on learning using leading CRM
software.

Course Objectives:
 To define relationship theory from the point of view of the customer and the organization
 To critically analyse an organisation's relational strategies with stakeholder groups that
affect how well it meets customer needs
 To evaluate CRM implementation strategies
 To formulate and assess strategic, operational and tactical CRM decisions.
 To plan and conduct an investigation on an aspect of CRM, and communicate findings in
an appropriate format.

Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:
CLO1 Defining relationship theory from the point of view of the customer and the
organization
CLO2 Critically analyse an organisation's relational strategies with stakeholder groups that
affect how well it meets customer needs
CLO3 Evaluate CRM implementation strategies
CLO4 Formulate and assess strategic, operational and tactical CRM decisions.
CLO5 Plan and conduct an investigation on an aspect of CRM, and communicate findings
in an appropriate format.

Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, student discussions
&presentations, case studies and article analysis, and a field visit in the form of experiential
learning.
Syllabus

UNIT I - Emerging Concepts in Customer Relationship Management: 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

CRM Definition, Need and Importance : Conceptual Framework of Customer Relationship

Management ; The Value Pyramid , Customer Interaction Cycle , Customer Profiling and Total
Customer Experience, Goals of a CRM Strategy and Obstacles, CRM Solutions Map, Discussing
People, Processes and Technology, CRM myths.

UNIT II – Data, Information & Technology 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

CRM Technology and Data Platforms, Database and Data Management, and the role of Business
Intelligence (BI) in CRM, Database and customer data development.

UNIT III - Relationship marketing and the Concept of Customer Value 8 Hrs
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Overview, the link between CRM and database marketing, importance of customer value,
Retention-satisfaction-loyalty-profit chain.

UNIT IV– Strategic CRM 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Business-to-Business CRM, Impact of Customer Relationship management on Sales & Marketing

Strategy, Customer Management organisation, Information Capture and alignment of technology,
Steps in Developing CRM strategy.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

UNIT V - Implementing the CRM strategy 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Elements of CRM System, CRM implementation process objectives, stages of Implementation.

UNIT VI – CRM Evaluation 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Categories of measurement of CRM effectiveness, CRM’s impact on company efficiency,

effectiveness, and employee behavior.

UNIT VII – Privacy, Ethics and Future of CRM 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Consumer privacy concerns, privacy and ethical compliance, Social Networking and CRM, CRM
trends, Challenges and Opportunities.

Essential references:
1. Francis Buttle, S. M. (2015). Customer Relationship Management (3rd edition).Routled

Recommended references:
1. Don Peppers, M. R. (2011). Managing Customer Relationships: A Strategic Framework.
John Wiley & Sons.
2. Francis Buttle, S. M. (2015). Customer Relationship Management (3rd edition). Routledge.
3. RAI, A. K. (2013). Customer relationship management: concepts and cases. PHI Learning
Pvt Ltd.
4. Roger J. Baran, R. J. (2017). Customer Relationship Management: The Foundation of
Contemporary Marketing. New York and London: Routledge.
5. V. Kumar, W. R. (2012). Customer Relationship Management: Concept, Strategy, and
Tools (2nd edition). Springer.99
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: International Marketing Course Code: BBA545M

Total number of hours: 60 Hours Credits: 4
Course Description: The course focuses on the conceptual framework for international marketing
and the business environment (economic, socio-cultural, political, legal and regulatory) in which
global companies must operate. It provides the student with the knowledge and tools for assessing
and analyzing international market opportunities and threats, as well as the ability to formulate
marketing strategies and programs with a global perspective. It presents the interplay of dynamic
driving forces in the global business environment, the rapid economic integration of the world, and
how these factors impact on the formulation and implementation of international marketing
strategies.
Course Objectives:
 To understand the manifestations of international markets
 To analyze the various aspects in international marketing
 To apply the management functions of international marketing
 To construct and compare the strategy issues and choices available for managers in
international marketing
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:
CLO1 Understand the manifestations of international markets
CLO2 Analyze the various aspects in international marketing
CLO3 Apply the management functions of international marketing
CLO4 Construct and compare the strategy issues and choices available for managers in
international marketing
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture,student’s discussions and
PPTs, research article, a field visit, and form of experiential learning. .
Syllabus

Unit 1: Introduction to International Marketing 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Definition ,Objectives, Scope, Importance, Challenges, International Organization – WTO,

IDA, IFC, IBRD, ICSID, IMF, UNCTAD, UNIDO, Driving and Restraining forces

Unit 2: Global Marketing Environment 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Global Economic Environment, Global trade environment, Socio Environment, Cultural

environment, Cultural Dynamics in Global markets, Political environment, International legal rules
and regulatory environments.

Unit 3: Approaching Global Markets: 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Analyzing and Targeting Global Market Opportunities, Global Customers, Global Marketing
Environment, Global Marketing information systems and Market research, segmentation, targeting
and positioning, importing, exporting and sourcing,

Unit 4: Global market entry strategies 05 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Licensing, investment and strategic alliances. Global Marketing Strategy-Global entry and
Expansion Strategies, Competitive analysis and strategy.

Unit 5:Global Marketing Mix 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Brand and product decisions in global marketing, Pricing decisions, global marketing channels and
physical distributions, Global marketing Communication decisions, global marketing and the
digital revolution.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Unit 6: Strategy and leadership in the twenty first century 7 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Strategic elements of competitive advantage, leadership, organization and corporate social

responsibility

Unit 7: Legal and Ethical in International Marketing 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Introduction, Nature of International Business Disputes and Proposed Action, Legal concepts,
International Dispute settlement Machinery, Ethical Consideration in Marketing Communication
.
Essential references:
1. Keegan, Warren J., & Green, Mark C. (2017) Global Marketing , Pearson Education Inc.
publishing as Prentice Hall International
Recommended references:
2. Donald L. Brady (2015) Essentials of International marketing, Routledge,Cengage
Learning
3. Daniel W Baack, Eric G. Harris, Donald Baack (2012), International Marketing, SAGE
Publications
4. Mathur U C (2008) International Marketing Management, SAGE Publications.
5. Pervez N. Ghauri, Philip R.Cateora,(2006) International Marketing, McGrawhill
Education
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Industrial Relations Law Course Code: BBA541H

Total number of hours: 60 Hours Credits: 4
Course Description:
The course offers an overview of the employment relations involving employees, association of
employees, employers and government in the Indian context. The course intends to impart working
knowledge of laws governing the employment relationship in India as formulated by state and
central government. It also sheds light on the causes of industrial conflicts, its consequences and
machinery to resolve industrial conflicts.

Course Objectives:
 To provide and understanding of the scenario of the Industrial Relations in India and the
evolution in role of participants over a period of time
 To identify the characteristics of Indian workforce and the role of trade unions.
 To list the various laws related to different categories of employees, trade unions, working
conditions, social and economic security during employment and unemployment.
 To examine the sources of industrial conflict and its implication on the industry and
economic growth of the country.
 To outline the appropriate the machinery to resolve the conflicts between employer and
employee.

Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:
CLO1 Demonstrate the understanding of the factors that shape the environment of
industrial relations and the characteristics of workforce in India.
CLO 2 Identify the role played by various stakeholders in industrial relations and its
implication on social and economic scenario in India.
CLO 3 Examine the various laws and regulation governing the terms of employment and
working conditions in the industrial establishments.
CLO 4 Discuss government machinery to settle industrial disputes.
CLO 5 Propose measures to promote harmonious employment relations.

Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, classroom discussions &
presentations, industrial relations cases specific to Indian context, new paper article analysis, and a
field visit/guest interaction.

Syllabus

Unit 1: Industrial Relation: Evolution and Growth 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Evolution of Industrial Relations – Definition and Scope of Industrial Relations – Objectives and
Essential Features of Industrial Relations – Participants and Dynamics of their participation in
Industrial Relations – Industrial Relation Perspective and Approach; Role of State- The Labour
Policy – International Labour Organization - Impact of ILO on Indian Labour Relations -Trends in
Industrial Relations Management - Changing Characteristics of Industrial Workforce – Demand
for Labour – The Challenges to IR.

Unit 2: Trade Unionism and Trade Unions 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

The concept of Trade Unionism – Politics and Trade Unions – Rights of Trade Unions – Roles,
Functions and Objectives of Trade Unions – Classification of Trade Union – Trade Unions in India
– Structure of Trade Unions in India – Union Security – Political Affiliation of Trade Unions –
Problems of Trade Unions in India – Recognition of Unions – Rights of Recognized Unions –
Trade Union Act 1926; Scope and Coverage, Objectives, Provisions.

Unit 3: Social Security Legislations 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Major legislation with Scope, Applicability, Coverage and Main Provisions of following acts -
Employee State Insurance Act 1948, Maternity Benefit Act 1961, Workmen’s Compensation Act,
1923, Payment of Gratuity Act 1972, Employee Provident Fund and Miscellaneous Provisions Act,
1952.

Unit 4: Laws governing working conditions 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

The Factories Act 1948 - objectives, scope and coverage, applicability; The Shops and
Establishment Act 1953; Objectives, Scope and Coverage, Main Provisions – The Contract Labour
Act 1970; Objectives, Scope and Coverage, Definitions- Registration and Licensing- Duties of
Controlling Authorities, Duties of Contractors, Duties of Principal Employer – The Engagement of
Contract Labour – The Prohibition of Employment of Contract Labour. The Industrial Employment
Act 1948; Objectives, Scope and Coverage, Main Provisions.

Unit 5: Industrial Conflicts 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Industrial Dispute; Concept – Forms of Industrial Action- Types of Disputes- Causes of Industrial
Disputes- Causes of Industrial Conflicts.

Unit 6: Industrial Dispute Act 1947 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Objectives – Definitions- Different forms of strike and lockout - Prohibitions for Strikes and
Lockout – Illegal Strike and Lockouts – Layout, Retrenchment and Closure – Closure of
Undertaking – Last IN First OUT – Unfair Labour Practices:

Unit 7: Industrial Dispute Settlement and Preventive Machinery 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Conciliation; Conciliation Officer , The Protection of Workmen During Pendency of Conciliation

Proceedings – Obligation of Employers – Obligation of Employees – Board of Conciliation –
Arbitration; Compulsory and Voluntary – Adjudication; Labour Court, Industrial Tribunals,
National Tribunals: Discipline Procedure- Conducting Domestic Enquiry – Grievance Procedure-
Collective Bargaining

Essential references:
1. P. N Singh, Neeraj Kumar (2011). Employee Relations Management: Pearson Education.
Recommended references:
2. Venkata Ratnam, C.S. (2010). Industrial Relations (5thedi), Oxford University Press.
3. Sinha, P. R., Shekar, S. P., & Sinha, I. B. (2008). Industrial Relations Trade Unions, and
Labour Legislation. New Delhi: Pearson Education Inc.
4. Janardhan, V. (2016). Industrial relations in India: Towards a new socio-political
approach. Hyderabad: Orient BlackSwan.
5. Mamoria, C.B., Mamoria, S., & Gankar, S.V. (2010).Dynamics of Industrial Relations
(13thedi), Himalaya Publications.
6. Srivastava, S.C. (2009).Industrial Relations and Labour Laws (5thedi), Vikas Publishing
House Pvt. Ltd.
7. Singh, B.D. (2009). Industrial Relations- Emerging Paradigm (2ndedi). Excel Books
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Compensation Management Course Code: BBA542H

Total number of hours: 60 Hours Credits: 4
Course Description:
The course offers an understanding the relevance of remuneration and reward to the employees.
The course discusses the concepts, applications and research that goes into formulation of
compensation philosophy for an organisations. It discusses the wage and salary and administration
in the Indian context. The course equips students with tools to effectively manage rewards for
individuals and groups in organizations in order to attract, motivate and retain them.
Course Objectives:
 To understand of compensation philosophy, policy, practices, programs and process.
 To analyze and integrate compensation concepts to solve compensation related problems in
organizations
 To recognize how pay decisions help the organization achieve a competitive advantage.
 To examine the pay grade structures for various positions by business organization.
 To design rational and contemporary compensation system in organizations.

Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:
CLO1 Demonstrate understanding of compensation philosophy, strategies and policies.
CLO2 Identify the components of financial and non-financial rewards and its aim.
CLO3 Assess implication of wage administration on stakeholders like
employer, employee and government.
CLO4 Examine the methods of job evaluation in the organisation.
CLO5 Design financial and non-financial rewards for an organization.

Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, classroom discussions &
presentations, HBR cases, new paper article analysis, and a field visit/guest interaction.

Syllabus

Unit I: The Foundation of Reward Management 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Concept, Transactional and Transformational aspects of RM; The Total Reward Process;
Motivational, Financial and Non-Financial Rewards; Factors affecting levels of Pay, Reward
Philosophy, Strategy, and Policy

Unit II: Job Analysis 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Definition, Process, Job description: elements and concepts; Job Evaluation-Definition, Purpose,
Methods, Job evaluation process.

Unit III: Wage and Salary administration 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Nature and purpose, Compensation, Reward. Wage levels and Wage structure; Wage determination
process; Theory of Wages; Types of Wages; Wage differentials.

Unit IV: Contingent pay 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Paying for Performance, Competence related pay; Skill related pay; Shop floor incentives and
Bonus schemes; Sales force Incentive schemes.

Unit V: Special Aspects of Reward Management 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Executive and International compensation; Compensation for teams; Gain Sharing; Profit sharing;
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Employee and Executive Share schemes; Boardroom pay.

Unit VI: Total Reward 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Employee Benefits and Total Remuneration: pensions, Tax considerations; Fringe benefits; Fringe
benefits in India.

Unit VII: Managing Reward system 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Evaluating the Reward System, Pay Reviews, Control and Responsibility for reward, Reward
Management procedures, and Computerized reward management

Essential Reading:
1. Armstrong, M., & Murlis, H. (2014). Reward Management- Remuneration Strategy and
Practice (4thedi), Crest Publishing House.
Recommended Reading:
1. Armstrong, M. (2015). Armstrong's handbook of reward management practice: Improving
performance through reward (Fifth edition.). London: KoganPage.
2. Singh, B.D. (2017). Compensation and reward management. Bangalore: Excel books.
3. Berger, L. A., & Berger, D. R. (2015). The Compensation Handbook: A State-of-the-Art
Guide to Compensation Strategy and Design (Sixth edition.). New York: McGraw Hill.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: International Human Resource Management Course Code: BBA543H

Total number of hours: 60 Hrs Credits: 4
Course Description: The development of many multinational companies in the world economy has
led and compelled companies to develop a strategic perspective in their HR approach to the
international assignments and hence making it imperative for the organizations to examine the
activities of the people working in the multi-cultural organizations. The course provides basic
knowledge about the enduring concepts in internationalization of business and its implication on
Human Resources Management Practices. It provides an understanding of challenges in sustaining
international operations through assignments and managing recruitment, staffing, training and
development, compensation management. The course also focuses on the expatriate management
techniques and the ethical practices of a business enterprise across the world.
Course Objectives:
 To provide an understanding of various international aspects of human resources
management.
 To identify the cross cultural and ethical issues, varying management practices and diverse
systems related to internationalization of business.
 To examine and analyze the economic, social, psychological, legal, technological and ethical
requirements for HR functions in a multinational context.
 To analyze the use of IHRM practices and techniques in managing global workplace
 To evaluate various factors creating organizational competitive advantage through the
international development of a cadre of cross-culturally savvy managers.
Course Learning Outcomes: : On completing the course student will be able to:
CLO1: Demonstrate the differences between and domestic and international HRM in terms of its
applications and implications
CLO2: Identify the cross-cultural differences and ethical issues involved in managing people at
global workplace
CLO3: To analyse and evaluate the business issues and challenges in economic, social,
psychological, technical , ethical and legal aspects of global businesses from an HR perspective
CLO4: To analyse the application and implications of IHRM practices and techniques in
managing business operations and people based on the international framework
CLO5: To develop IHRM policies to integrate business objectives and the activities of people at
global workplace
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, classroom discussions, peer
learning & presentations, Flip class, HBR Case studies, article analysis, and a field visit/guest
interaction.
Unit – I Globalization and IHRM 8 Hrs
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Globalization, Evolution of global HRM, global versus domestic HRM, mapping global HRM, The
nature and importance of culture, country and regional cultures, country culture versus MNE culture,
cultural convergence or divergence, impact of culture on IHRM, Research in IHRM

Unit – II International workforce planning and staffing 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

International workforce planning, staffing-choices and implication for MNEs

Unit – III International recruitment, selection and repatriation 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Staffing with expatriates, the international recruitment function, mistakes and failures, successful
expatriation and best practices
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Unit –IV International training and management development 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

The training function, virtual and global teams, global leadership development, cross cultural
preparation, knowledge management and MNEs

Unit – V International compensation and Performance Management 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

International remuneration, compensation and benefits, determinants of compensation, international

compensation and benefits management, Performance management function and MNEs, international
assignees and PA

Unit – VI Well-being of International workforce, and international HRIS 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Well-being of International workforce, Health and safety, crisis management, global HR support
service and information systems

Unit – VII Comparative IHRM 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

HRM issues in Europe, North America, Asia, IHRM department, professionalization of IHRM, Future
of IHRM.

Essential Reading
1. Dowling, P. J., Festing, M., & Engle, A. D. (2019). International Human Resource
Management (7th Ed.). New Delhi: Cengage Learning.

Recommended Reading
1. Punnett, B. J. (2019). International perspectives on organizational behavior (4th Edition.).
New York: Routledge.
2. Edwards, T., &Ress, C. (2017). International Human Resource Management: Globalization,
National Systems and Multinational Companies (Third Ed.). New York: Pearson.
3. Wintersberger, Daniel. (2017). International Human Resource Management: A Case Study
Approach. U K: Kogan Page
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Human Resource Development Course Code: BBA544H

Total number of hours: 60 Hrs Credits: 4
Course Description: The course provides an in-depth understanding of various concepts related to
the HRD initiatives that are practiced in organizations. It focuses on the study and practice for
increasing the learning capacity of individuals, groups, and organizations. It explains the process of
development and application of functional knowledge through interventions in order to optimize
human and organizational growth and effectiveness.
Course Objectives:
 To provide an understanding of fundamental concepts, methods and approaches to HRD.
 To identify the skill gap and requirements for training and development activities across the
various functional areas of management
 To plan and organize an appropriate training programme to enhance their specific skills.
 To evaluate the effectiveness of training programme in organisations through application of
functional knowledge.
 To propose various initiatives like Coaching, Mentoring & counselling for developing human
resource and solving various problems in organizations.
Course Learning Outcomes: On completing the course student will be able to:
CLO1 Identify the training need requirements across various functional areas
CLO2 Plan and organize training programmes to meet the individual and organizational
requirements
CLO3 Analyse the challenges in implementing the training programmes and provide solutions
for the same.
CLO4 Compare the differences between training and development programmes and other
concepts like coaching, mentoring and counselling
CLO5 Design an appropriate HRD intervention to solve real time organizational problems
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, classroom discussions, peer
learning & presentations, Flip class, HBR Case studies, article analysis, and a field visit/guest
interaction.
Unit I: Introduction to HRD 8 Hrs
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Definition, Objectives, Scope and Importance of HRD; HRD philosophy, Features of HRD, HRD
Mechanisms, Integrated HRD systems, HRD field and climate, Organizational strategy and HRD
intervention, HRD Audit.

Unit II: Pre-Training Work 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Training, development and education, Training policies, objectives and strategies, Importance of TNI,
Pre-training activities, Identifying training needs, Training at different levels, Business goals vs
training.

Unit III: Curriculum and Pedagogy 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Training specification, training design, impediments to effective training, specification of training

methods, seven principles of good practice, expectation of participants, qualities of good trainers.

Unit IV Training Evaluation 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Purpose of training evaluation, principles of evaluation, process of evaluation, clients in training

process, training evaluation models.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Unit V: Coaching & Mentoring 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Roles of Managers, Coaching, Competencies of coaches, developing a coaching eye, coaching style of
leadership, management support in coaching, managing the role stretch of executives. Leaders and
Managers, leadership characteristics, developing leadership potential, mentoring, mentoring vs
coaching, implementing mentoring practices.

Unit VI Counselling 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Quality of work life, counselling, prerequisites of employee counselling, guidelines to effective

counselling, counselling techniques, types of counselling, counselling process, stress management
interventions, benefits of counselling.

Unit VII Developing Commitment and Motivation 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Organizational commitment, types of commitment, determinants of organizational commitment,

creating a suitable environment, developing commitment in individual employees, Motives and
applied motivation.

Essential references:
1. Haldar, U.K. (2013). Human Resource Development (1sted.).New Delhi, India: Oxford
University Press.
Recommended references:
1. Gupta, S.K., & Joshi, R. (2013).Human Resource Development (3rded.).Bengaluru, India:
Kalyani.
2. Mankin, D. (2013). Human Resource Development.New Delhi, India: Oxford University
Press.
3. SubbaRao, P. (2014). Human Resource Development (2nded.).Bengaluru, India: Himalaya.
4. Wayne F. Cascio, John Bourdreau, (2014), Investing in People: Financial Impact of Human
Resource Initiatives ( 2nd ed.), Pearson Education Inc.,
5. Madeleine Homan, Linda J. Miller (2008), Coaching in Organizations Best Coaching
practices from the Ken Blanchard Companies.
6. James M. Hunt, Joseph R. Weintraub, The coaching organization “A strategy for developing
leaders.
7. Kavitha (2015), Counselling skills for Managers, (2nd ed.), PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.,
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Organization Theory & Design Course Code: BBA545H

Total number of hours: 60 Hrs Credits: 4

Course Description:
Organization Theory and Design focuses on integrating contemporary thinking about organization
design with classic ideas and theories. It describes about the organizations that have undergone major
shifts in organization design, strategic direction, values or culture as they strive to become learning
organizations and be more competitive in today’s turbulent global environment. This course focuses
on the complexity of the global environment and explores concepts and ideas that can help the HR
managers design their organization to be more effective on a global scale. This course focusses on
organization design as a key success factor for any business environment, cultural shift or
transformation effort and its contribution to organization effectiveness.

Course Objectives:
 To understand the science behind organization design
 To provide an insight on the emergence of new forms of organization structure
 To enable students to learn basic challenges in designing an organizational structure
 To explain various factors determining the design of an organizational structure
 To understand the integration of technology and organizational design

Course Learning Outcomes: At the end of the course student will be able to:

CLO1: Analyse the use of organizational design in promoting creativity and innovation from
a global perspective
CLO2: Identify and analyse various challenges in designing an organizational structure
CLO3: Examine new forms of organization design & structure adopted by companies to meet
changing business requirements
CLO4: Identify and Analyse various factors affecting organizational design and structure
CLO5: Conduct an organizational analysis using a framework to assess the need to integrate
structure, strategy and technology
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, classroom discussions &
presentations, case and article analysis, and field visit in the form of experiential learning.

UNIT I: Organisations and Organisational Stakeholders 12 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Organization theory- Organizational structure, organizational culture, organizational design,

Importance of organizational design-gaining competitive advantage, managing diversity, increasing
efficiency and innovation, improving coordination and motivation, developing and implementing
strategy, Consequences of poor organizational design, Organizational stakeholders-inside
stakeholders, satisfying stakeholders’ goals and interests

UNIT II: Basic Challenges of Organisational Design 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Organizational roles, Vertical and Horizontal Differentiation, Organizational Design Challenges-

Balancing differentiation and integration, balancing centralization and decentralization, balancing
standardization and mutual adjustment, coordinating the formal and informal organizations,
Mechanistic and Organic Organizational structure

UNIT III: Designing Organisational Structure: Authority & Control 10 Hrs.

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Top managers and Organizational Authority, Vertical Differentiation –size and height limitations,
problems with tall hierarchies, Factors affecting the shape of the Hierarchy, Principles of Bureaucratic
Structure, Advantages and limitations of Bureaucratic Structure

UNIT IV: Designing Organisational Structure 8 Hrs.

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Functional Structure: Advantages of a Functional Structure, Control Problems in a Functional

Structure, Changing the design of the functional structure, moving to a Divisional Structure-Product
and Multidivisional Structure, Geographic Structure, Market Structure, Matrix Structure.

UNIT V Organizational Strategy and Structure 4 Hrs.

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Organizational Strategy and Structure-Sources of Core Competences, Three Levels of Strategy and
structure

UNIT VI: Organisational Design and Technology 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Technology and Organizational Effectiveness, Technical Complexity and Organizational Structure,

Routine tasks and complex tasks- Theory of Charles Perrow, Task Interdependence: The Theory of
James D Thompson

UNIT VII: Managing the New Technological Environment 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Managing Innovation in High-Tech Organizations, Advanced Technology and Organizational

Culture, Creating a Culture for Innovation, Flexible Work Teams

Essential Reading:
1. Jones, G. R., & Mary, M. (2017). Organizational Theory, Design and Change. Pearson
Education.

Recommended Reading:
1. Daft, R.L. (2016).Understanding the Theory and Design of Organizations. Cengage
Learning.
2. Murphy, J., Millmott, H., & Daft, R. L. (2014). Organization Theory and Design. Cengage
Learning.
3. Robbins, S. P. (2008). Organization Theory, Structure, Design and Applications. Phi
Learning Private Ltd.
4. Anderson, D. L. 1. (2013). Organization Development: The process of leading organizational
change (3rd edition.). Los Angeles: SAGE Publications.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Management of Business Sustainability Course Code: BBA541E

Total number of hours: 60 Hrs. Credits: 4

Course Description: This entails sustained efforts by management people to raise the quality of life
people. The Course engages with how and why companies form sustainability strategies and considers
how an embedded perspective can be achieved through tools such as the planetary boundaries
framework. Integrating sustainability into strategic initiatives of Business is especially important
because these issues play out over the long term. The reality check for business leadership is that nine
billion people simply cannot live well in this world if companies do not start leading new partnerships
to co-create a safe operating space for humanity. In this course we consider how business leaders are
taking this challenge seriously.
Course Objectives:
 To outline the broader perspective of Business Sustainability issues and their impact on the
future of business.
 To identify the role of businesses in sustainable economic development
 To examine the sustainable business standards-in Indian and Global context.
 To interpret the Sustainability related management standards
 To develop an ability to plan and create a Sustainability Report
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:

CLO1. Outline the broader perspective of Business Sustainability issues and their impact on
the future of business.
CLO2. Identify the role of businesses in sustainable economic development
CLO3. Examine the sustainable business standards-in Indian and Global context.
CLO4. Interpret the Sustainability related management standards for businesses
CLO5. Develop an ability to plan and create a Business Sustainability Report

Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like case study discussions, interactive lecture,
presentations, review of research article, in class group exercises and activities.

UNIT I Introduction to Sustainability &Sustainable Business Environment. 12 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Evolution, Approaches, and Principles of Multi-dimensions of Sustainability: Social, Environmental,
Economic and Financial Sustainability. Business Drivers – issues and trends. Concept of
Environment, Business and Society, Sustainability and the Role of Corporation, The Triple Bottom
Line Approach to Business

UNIT II Monitoring and Measuring Sustainability Performance 12 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Business as a key catalyst to solve large global issues like climate change and income Inequality.
Establishing a sustainability management framework based of policy, system and procedures.
Measuring, monitoring and improving sustainability performance. Establishing sustainability
indicators, developing goals and improvement program.

UNIT III Sustainability related management standards and Indices 12 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
GRI Framework: disclosure requirements, Performance Indicators [Economic, Environmental, Labor
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Practices, Human Rights, Society, Product Responsibility] UN Global compact; OECD guidelines for
Multinational Enterprises; The CERES Principles; Social Accountability 8000; Ethical Trading
Initiative’s Base Code; ICC international Codes of Marketing and Advertising Practice, The UN
Convention against Corruption. The AS8001-2003Fraud and Corruption Control Standard, OECD
principles of Corporate Governance, ISO9001 Quality Management Standard; ISO 14001
Environmental Management System Standard; ISO 26000Social responsibility Guidance Standard;
OHSAS 18001; ; SIGMA Management Framework; AS80008004; IFC Social and Environmental
Management System; SA8000; ISO27000 and 28000 Security management System Standards; ISO
50001 Energy Management System; Dow Jones Sustainability Index; FTSE4Good Indices; Domini
Social Index; Ethical Sustainability Index; BSE Greenex.

UNIT IV Corporate Social Responsibility & Business Sustainability 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Business, Society and CSR, Legal and Economic Perspectives, Theories of CSR,
Stakeholder analysis and Engagement, CSR Planning and Implementation: Need Mapping,
prioritization, Roll-out, Creating Local Partnerships, Implementing, evaluating and scaling up CSR to
maximize shared value. Cases: NTPC, ONGC, Tata Group, Shree cements.

UNIT V Planning a Sustainability Report& Sustainability Reporting 14 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Introduction to Sustainability Reporting: The Analysis and Research; Prerequisites of a sustainability
Report, structure of a sustainability Report, The concept of sustainability Indicators, stakeholder
Engagement including identification, mapping and prioritization , Indicator development (including
performance measurement and monitoring) and materiality assessment information for inclusion in
sustainability report, writing and designing the report Verification and Assurance of Sustainability
Reports ( assurance Standards). Current and Future Trends in India , Role of Regulators, Institutional
Framework, stakeholder Engagement , Future of Sustainability Reporting, Challenges before firms
DPE Guidelines for PSUs on CSR and Sustainable Development, National Voluntary Guidelines,
SEBI Guidelines, TERI-BCSD guidelines Sustainability Reporting at PSUs ( Case Studies and
Experience Sharing) Sustainability Reporting Practices by Corporate Sector (Experience sharing will
be done by executives from companies from different sectors ) Advocacy for Sustainability Reporting
( Experience sharing by officials from GIZ, GRI).Role of financial and non-financial disclosures and
reporting. Need for Sustainability Reporting, Benefits of sustainability Reporting, Sustainability
Report as a tool for sustainability risk assessment and stakeholder communication on sustainability
performance.

Essential Reading:
1. J.G. Stead & Edward Stead(2014): Sustainable Strategic Management, M. E. Sharpe & Co.,
Reference Books:
1. Rogers, Jalal & Boyd (2020): An Introduction to Sustainable Development, PHI
Learning,2007
2. Singh (2011) Triple Bottom Line Reporting and Corporate Sustainability, PHI learning.
3. J.G. Stead & Edward Stead: Management for a Small Planet, M.E. Sharpe& Co.,2010
4. C.V. Baxi and Roopmanjari Sinha Roy(2011) Corporate Social Responsibility, Vikas
Publishing House, New Delhi.
5. C.V. Baxi and Roopmanjari Sinha Roy(2011) Corporate Social Responsibility, Vikas
Publishing House, New Delhi.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Social Entrepreneurship Course Code: BBA542E

Total number of hours: 60 Hrs Credits: 4

Course Description: Social Entrepreneurship is an emerging field of business that helps build
meaningful employment of resources by reflecting on social issues. The Course builds deeper insights
into organizations that advance social change through innovative solutions. The students will also
learn leadership and strategic aspects of social enterprises and how these are intertwined in the
ownership, governance and management of any business.

Course Objectives:
 To assess the role of social entrepreneurship in building a sustainable society
 To examine insights about various sectors in social enterprises.
 To build own ventures to solve social problems with a strategic perspective on growth.
 To incorporate theoretical tools into sustainable solutions to diverse social contexts.
 To interpret legal ecosystems conducive for social entrepreneurship
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:
CLO1 Assess the role of social entrepreneurship in building a sustainable society
CLO2 Examine insights about various sectors in social enterprises.
CLO3 Build own ventures to solve social problems with a strategic perspective on growth.
CLO4 Incorporate theoretical tools into sustainable solutions to diverse social contexts.
CLO5 Interpret legal ecosystems conducive for social entrepreneurship
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, students’ discussions and
activities, research articles, immersive service-learning assignments, and various forms of experiential
learning.

UNIT 1 8 Hrs
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Introduction to Social Entrepreneurship: Evolution and historical background of Social
Entrepreneurship, Role of social entrepreneurship in societies, economies and politics, Spectrum of
Philanthropy to Commerce, Types of Social Enterprises, Mindset of a Social Entrepreneur.

UNIT II 6 Hrs
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Social Innovation and Sustainability: Meaning, Drivers of growth of SE, Problems in SE, Factors
of Sustainable Development, Corporate Social Entrepreneurship, Cooperative Advantage in SE

UNIT III 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Understanding Sector based Social Enterprises: Health, Education, Environment, Public Utility
Services, Financial Literacy, UN-SDG Impact in Business-Cases

UNIT IV 10 Hrs
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Service-Learning: Service-Learning Assignments, Design Thinking for Social Innovation, Value
Creation through Social change
 Bachelor of Business Administration

UNIT V 10 Hrs
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Measurement of Social Impact: Importance of measuring Social Impact, Measurement methods-cost
effectiveness and cost benefit analyses, social accounting and auditing, SROI, SIMPLE, benefit-cost
ratio, Critical areas of performance.

UNIT VI 8 Hrs
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Governance of Social Enterprises: Legal Frameworks for SE in India, Legal Structure for Social
Enterprises, Investment and Exit Strategy, Strategy to Scale Up, Social Business Model

UNIT VII 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Emerging areas of Social Entrepreneurship:
New Directions in Social Enterprise, Emerging Career Opportunities, Global Competitions in Social
Enterprise Development, Social Intrapreneurship, Best Practices-Case Studies.

Core Text:
1. Wei-Skillern, J., Austin, J., Leonard, H., & Stevenson, H. (2007). Entrepreneurship in the
Social Sector (ESS). Sage Publications
Reference Books:
2. Bornstein, D., & Davis, S. (2010). Social Entrepreneurship: what everyone needs to know?
New York: Oxford University Press.
3. Petit, P. U. (2013). Creating a new civilization through social entrepreneurship. New
Brunswick, U.S.A.: Transaction.
4. Ziegler, R. (2011). An introduction to social entrepreneurship: voices, preconditions,
contexts. Cheltenham: Edward Elgar.
5. Ridley-Duff, R. (2016). Understanding social enterprise: theory and practice. London: Sage
Publications.
6. Ellis, T. (2010). The new pioneers: sustainable business success through social innovation and
social entrepreneurship. Chichester: Wiley.
7. Philips, Bonefiel and Sharma (2011), Social Entrepreneurship, Global vision publishing
house, New Delhi.
8. Bide Amar (2012), Entrepreneurship determinants: culture and capabilities, 12th Edition,
Euro Stat, European Union, http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat
9. Dinanath Kaushik (2013) Studies in Indian Entrepreneurship, New Delhi, Cyber Tech
Publications
10. Gopalkrishnan (2014) The Entrepreneur’s Choice: Cases on Family Business in India, New
Delh, Routledge taylor& Francis Group.
11. Kaliyamoorthy and Chandrasekhar (Eds:2007), Entrepreneurial Training: Theory and
Practice, New Delhi, Kanishka Publishers.
12. Nicholls, A. (ed.) (2006), Social Entrepreneurship. New Models of Sustainable Social
Change, Oxford University Press.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Family Business Management Course Code: BBA543E

Total number of hours: 60 Hrs Credits: 4
Course Description: Family Businesses make up most of the businesses that operate in our country
and over the world. The success of these businesses contribute to the over-all economic development
of our country. Understanding how family businesses are run, why family businesses are considered
special, dynamics of the family within the business, Ownership legacy, sibling rivalries,
professionalism, succession, and strategic planning are some of the topics that will be covered in this
course.The students will also learn leadership and relationships that are inherent in family businesses
and how these are intertwined in the ownership, governance and management of the family business.

Course Learning Objectives: This course aims to enable students:

 To interpret understanding of the importance of family managed business, governance and
relational dynamics in family run firms.
 To develop their orientation to handle non family members in the Family Managed Business
 To acquire skills related to professionalising the family business, conflict resolution, taking
leadership positions, importance of succession planning and working on wealth management
for family and business.
 To adapt to the vision of the Family Business and build new strategic directions.
 To combine solutions that impact overall functions of the family managed business/enterprise
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:
CLO 1 To infer the basic concepts and dynamics of family managed businesses.
CLO 2 To identify professional skills required to manage family business/own venture in a
professional way
CLO 3 To assess non family members’ presence and contribution to the business
CLO 4 To deduct methods to lead their own family businesses and compete with a strategic
perspective on growth
CLO 5 To develop solutions to immediate problem areas in their own businesses.
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like Class Discussions and presentations,
supplemented by handouts and assignments. Presentations by guest speakers, special seminars,
outbound training, factory visits, presentations by past-student entrepreneurs, are all integral parts of
the programme.

Unit I: INTRODUCTION 10 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Basic
Nature, Importance, and Uniqueness of Family Business; Economic impact; Working Definition of
Family Business; Life Cycle; Family Systems, Dynamics Challenge, Genograms, Policy Making;
Perspectives-The Systems Theory, The Agency Theory, The Strategy View, The Stewardship Theory;
Ethics, Social Responsibility, Philanthropy in Family Business, Contemporary Research

Unit II: FAMILY BUSINESS GOVERNANCE 8 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual
The ownership challenge; Professionalization challenge; Diagnosing Family Business; Governance-
Board of Directors, Family Councils, Family Offices

Unit III: SUCCESSION 8 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Development and Selection of Next Generation; Transfer of Power; Future of Family Business; Trans
generational Entrepreneurship; Strategic Planning

Unit IV: ESTATE PLANNING 8 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Analytical
Importance of generational transfers; Pitfalls of estate planning; Estate Taxes; Owner’s Plan-
responsibilities of Board, owner and management; Trusts and other Legal Devices

Unit V:WEALTH MANAGEMENT 8 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Analytical
Financial Measures; Financial Statement Analysis; Family Business Accounting; Business Valuation,
Valuation Methods

Unit VI: KEY NON FAMILY MANAGEMENT 8 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual
Nonfamily Managers, Perspectives, concerns; Career opportunities; Extending culture, Motivating
and retaining; Best Practices

Unit VII: BUSINESS PROCESS MANAGEMENT IN FAMILY BUSINESS 10 Hrs

Level of knowledge: Conceptual
Business Process Automation – Digital Marketing, ERP, Balance Score Card Tool, Aligning Human
resource and business strategy, Improving organizational processes using Balanced Scorecard
approach, Corporate Governance issues, Best Practices Management, Case Studies.

Essential references:
1. Poza, E. J. & Daugherty, M.S. (2015), Family Business, 4th Edition, Cengage Learning
Recommended Reading:
2. Poza, Ernesto J. (2007). Family Business. Mason, OH: Thomson South-Western.
3. Craig.E.Aronoff, Stephen.L.Mc Clure & John L. Ward (2011), Family Business Succession.
4. A.V. Vedpuriswar & A.Mukund (2002), India’s family owned Businesses, ICFAI Case study
series, Published by ICFAI Press.
5. Amy Schuman, Stacy Stutz and John.L.Ward (2010), Family Business as Paradox, Palgrave
Macmillan.
6. Kavil Ramachandran (2015), Ten Commandments for family Business, Sage Publications.
7. Gita Piramal (1996), Business Maharajas, Penguin Books India (P) Ltd.
8. Mark T.Green (2011),,Inside the Muti- Generational Family Business, Palgrave Macmillan
9. Bork, Jaffe, Lane, Dashew, Heisler (1996). Working with family businesses: A guide for
professionals.Jossey Bass Publishers.
10. Collier, C.W. (2002).Wealth in families.Harvard University.
11. Dyer, Jr. W.G. (1986). Cultural change in family firms: Anticipating and managing business
and family transitions. Jossey-Bass Publishers.
12. Fleming, Q.J. (2000). Keeping the family baggage out of the family business. New York:
Simon & Shuster.
13. Foster, Sandra (1998). You can’t take it with you: The common-sense guide to estate
planning for Canadians. John Wiley and Sons, Canada.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

14. Gersick, K.E., Davis, J.A., Hampton, M.M., &Lansberg, I. (1997). Generation to Generation:
Life Cycles of the Family Business. Harvard Business School Press.
15. Hilburt-Davis J. and Dyer Jr. W.G. (2002).Consulting to family business: Contracting,
assessment, and implementation (organizational development). Pfeiffer Publishing.
16. Lansberg, I. (1999). Succeeding generations: Realizing the dream of families in business.
Harvard Business School Press.
17. McCann, G. (2007). When your parents sign the paychecks.JIST publishing.
18. Miller, D. & Le-Breton Miller, I. (2005). Managing for the long run: Lessons in Competitive
Advantage from Great Family Businesses.Harvard Business School Press.
19. Pitts, Gordon (2000). In the Blood: Battles to succeed in Canada’s family businesses.
Doubleday Canada.
20. Sonnenfeld, J. (1988). The hero’s farewell: What happens when CEOs Retire.Oxford
University Press.
21. Vancil, R.F. (1987). Passing the baton: Managing the process of CEO succession.Harvard
Business School Press.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Working Capital Management Course Code: BBA544D

Total number of hours: 60 Hours Credits: 4
Course Description: India is in a stage of robust economic growth, which can be accentuated by
growth of entrepreneurs, who contribute through their innovation and sustainable ideas. This course
on working capital management covers both the theoretical and practical aspects of working capital
management of MSME units. It will highlight the necessity of proper management of current assets
and current liabilities. It focuses on starting a new venture in India or any part of the globe and
provides the skill set to analyze working capital finance by proper estimation of every component of
Current assets and liabilities.

Course Objectives:
 To understand the concepts of working capital.
 To comprehend with the need for having inventory control in firms
 To evaluate sound credit policy by business firms.
 To apply sound cash management system in business organizations.
 To construct working capital estimation statements

Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:
CLO 1: Understand the concepts of working capital.
CLO 2: Comprehend with the need for having inventory control in firms
CLO 3: Evaluate sound credit policy by business firms.
CLO 4: Apply sound cash management system in business organizations.
CLO 5: Construct working capital estimation statements

Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, practical problem solving,
discussions & presentations, case study and written assignments.
Unit –I Introduction to Working Capital Management 8 Hrs
Level of knowledge: Conceptual

Concepts of Working Capital, Operating cycle and production cycle, Types of Working Capital
Significance of Working Capital, Inadequate Working Capital Excess Working Capital and
Adequate or optimum Working Capital, Determinants of Working Capital , Issues in Working Capital
management ,Determinants of Working Capital, Principles of Working Capital Management,

Unit-II Working Capital Estimation 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Estimation of Working Capital needs- Working Capital requirement under extra shift. Zero Working
Capital approach, Estimation using operating cycle approach, Cash Budget, Cash flow statement,
projected balance sheet and Regression method.

Unit-III Management of Cash 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Introduction, Motives of holding cash, managing cash flows Determination of optimum cash balance.
Cash planning and Cash management models Investment of surplus cash, Management of Marketable
Securities Case studies on cash management

Unit –IV Receivables Management 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Introduction, meaning of receivables, Objectives of RM Cost of maintaining receivables. Factors

 Bachelor of Business Administration

affecting size of Receivables, Dimensions of RM, and Formation of credit policy: Nature, goals,
optimum credit policy, its variables, Credit standards- Altman Z score and using discriminatory
analysis; Credit Period policy; Collection policy and procedures, collection period and ageing
schedule, Practical problems on receivables management, Factoring and receivables Management,
Case studies.

Unit-V Inventory management 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Meaning of inventory, Nature of inventory, need of holding inventory, Benefits of inventory, Risks
and costs of holding inventory. Objectives of inventory management, Tools and techniques of
inventory management, perpetual inventory management system Determination of stock levels, EOQ,
ABC analysis, VED analysis Inventory turnover ratios, Just In time inventory, Stock out costs,
Valuation of inventories: using Incremental analysis; Case studies on inventory management.

Unit –VI Financing of Working capital 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Working capital Committee Reports, Dahejia committee, Chore Committee, Marathe committee,
Chakravarty committee and Kannan Committee. Sources of Working capital finance, new trends in
financing of working capital by banks Instruments of working capital financing. Valuation of
working capital alternates: In house and factoring arrangements.

Unit-VII Contemporary trends in Working capital 4 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Turnover Method, Maximum Permissible Bank Finance (MPBF) System, Cash Budget System and
Net Owned Funds System, Online Working capital financing.

Essential Reading:
1. Bhattacharya, Hrishikesh. (2019). Working capital Management, PHL learning
Recommended Reading:
1. Pandey, I..M (2019).Financial Management ,Vikas publishers, New Delhi
2. Srivastava, Mishra (2019) Financial Management Oxford University press, New Delhi
3. Gupta, Sharma.(2019) Financial Management,Kalyani publishers, New Delhi
4. Khan M.Y, Jain. (2019) Financial Management, Tata McGraw Hill publications
5. Prasanna Chandra, (2019) Financial Management, Tata McGraw Hill publications
6. Rusthaqi R P (2019), Working Capital management, Taxmann publications.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Product Design and Development Course Code: BBA545E

Total number of hours: 60 Hrs Credits: 4
Course Description
Innovation is a vital process in driving change at every level in society: Enterprises which fail to
innovate may find themselves overtaken by competitors to the detriment of economic development
and growth on a regional, national and international scale. Innovative products require lot of creativity
to be able to compete in this competitive arena. This course will draw on the perspectives of
marketing, design and manufacturing into a single approach to product development. It will also
provide a set of product development methods that can be put into practice on development projects.
In addition, selected cases drawn from a range of sectors will be used to illustrate practical aspects
associated with implementing the concept of product design and development.
Course Objectives
 To develop a critical understanding of concepts that goes into management and development
of new products/services and how the product life cycle affects the product.
 To comprehend the methods and ways in which they could apply for
patents/copyright/trademark for new products.
 To evaluate how various modes of design are used in the process of new product
development.
 To analyse the different systems and methods that is critical for the design and development
of new products/services.
Course Learning Outcomes:On having completed this course student should be able to:

CLO1: Develop a critical understanding of concepts that goes into management and
development of new products/services and how the product life cycle affects the product.
CLO2: Comprehend the methods and ways in which they could apply for
patents/copyright/trademark for new products.
CLO3: Evaluate how various modes of design are used in the process of new product
development.
CLO4: Analyse the different systems and methods that is critical for the design and
development of new products/services.
Pedagogy: This course uses pedagogies such as interactive lectures, students discussions, case
studies, videos and PPTs.

Unit I Product Planning 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

New Product Development stage, including: Idea Generation, Idea Screening, Concept Development
and Testing, Marketing Strategy Development, Business Analysis, Product Development, Test
Marketing, Commercialization, PLC, Branding & Globalization.

Unit II Idea Generation 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Generating Ideas for New Products, Building a Culture of Innovation; Sources of ideas: continuous
improvement, imitation, customer needs analysis. Characteristics of successful product development,
product specification – Physical, chemical & operational, Challenges of product development, product
development types.

Unit III Design Thinking Techniques 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Modes of design thinking, Developing and Selecting Product; Concepts; Product Architecture;
Industrial Design; Ergonomics, User Interface Design.

Unit IV Prototyping and Management 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Types of prototyping, Rapid prototyping, Design for Manufacturing; Product Testing and Reliability,
Simulation and Design Tools; Product Launch; Design for the Environment; Product Lifecycle
Management. Design for assembly, design for disassembly, robust design. Technology life cycle,
Types of testing, Product Development Economics, Activity based costing.

Unit V Testing and Launching New Products 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Pre-test-market forecasting, beta testing, test markets, information acceleration; The social impact of
new products; socially responsible innovation. Value engineering, steps in value engineering. Quality
standards: ISO, 6sigma and BIS. Failure Modes and Effects Analysis (FMEA), Ishikawa Diagram
(Fishbone Diagram).

Unit VI Service Design 08 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Purpose and objectives of service design, service design process, RACI matrix, issues in service
design, Critical success factors and key performance indicators.

Unit VII Intellectual Property Rights and Patent Laws 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Introduction to Intellectual Property Management (IPM) – Need for IP management, Purpose of a

Patent, Infringement of Patents, Copyright and trademark, Importance of IP and Terms of protection,
Patent Filing Procedures.

Essential Reading:
1. Product Design and Development, Ulrich, Karl T., Eppinger, Steve D., and Yang, Maria
C., 7th ed., McGraw-Hill Education, 2019.

Recommended Books:
1. Product Design and Manufacturing, Chitale A.K, Gupta R.C, 6th ed,. PHI Learning Private
Ltd, 2013.
2. Intellectual Property Rights and the Law, G.B.Reddy., Gogia Law Agency, 7th ed., Reprint,
2009.
3. Design for Assembly Automation and Product Design, Boothroyd, G, Marcel Dekker 1980.
4. Human Factors in Engineering and Design, Mark S Sanders, McGraw Hill, 1993.
5. Fundamentals of Quality control and Improvement, Amitava Mitra, 2nd ed, Pearson
Education Asia, 2002.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Data Management for Business Analytics Course Code: BBA551A
Total number of hours: 60 Hours Credits: 4
Course Description: The goal of the course is to present a basic introduction to database management
systems, with an emphasis on database design methodologies (ER diagrams and normalization
theory), database query languages (relational algebra and SQL) and Big Data. Students will design
and implement a simple database system to deepen their understanding of the basic database concepts
and theories. After taking this course, the students will have the capability of developing various
database applications such as enterprise information systems, e-commerce systems, business
management systems and business analytics.
Course Objective: On having completed this course student should be able to:
 To understand terms related to database design and management
 To design a relational database development process
 To develop and Implement big data management framework
 To construct conceptual data models & develop logical data models
 To apply data management models across a range of functional areas like Marketing Finance,
HR and Operations.
Course Learning Outcome:
CLO1 Select and justify appropriate methods and tools to store and structure data according
to its purpose.
CLO2 Students will demonstrate the ability to think critically in making decisions based on
data management logical and conceptual model.
CLO3 Students will demonstrate the ability to use technical skills in descriptive and
predicative modelling to support business decision-making.
CLO4 Students will demonstrate the ability to translate data into clear, actionable output.
CLO5 Critically evaluate concepts and tools to manage and process large volume of data.

Pedagogy: In general, the teaching approach of this course is based on the notion of sustained, deep
learning by applying knowledge through programming, hands-on practices, project and assignments.
UNIT I: DBMS & RDBMS 6 Hrs
Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Definition of data, uses & need of data in organizations, Need for Information, Qualities of
Information, Definition of DBMS, Entities & their attributes, advantages & disadvantages of DBMS,
DBMS Architecture, Functions of DBMS, Data Models: The hierarchical model, the network model,
the relational model and OORDBMS

UNIT II: Database Design (Practical) 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Understanding the need for Data base, mapping user’s output needs with database design, Feasibility
Study Understanding fields, record, file and database, designing front end and back end user interface,
integration of backend database with online and traditional interfaces using MS ACCESS, Definition
and need of Normalization, First Normal Form, Second Normal Form, Third Normal Form. Relations,
domains & keys.

UNIT III: Relational Model & SQL 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Understanding the history of RDBMS, its role and importance of creating robust database, RDBMS
Terminology, CODD's rule for RDBMS, Concept of Relational Model, and SQL: SQL Database
creation & manipulation views & queries on RDBMS.

UNIT IV: Database Recovery & Backup, Performance & Security 8 Hrs
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Introduction to database Recovery, Concurrency Control Techniques, Locking mechanism, Dead

Locks, Techniques of backup, RAID configuration, database Security techniques and storage
technique- DAS, NAS, SAS

UNIT V: Big Data 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Introduction to Big Data, Characterize the phenomena of Big Data and Big Data Analytics, Analyze
and apply different visual analytics concepts and tools for a big data sets, Analyze and apply different
concepts, methods, and tools for analyzing big data in organizational contexts, critically assess the
ethical and legal issues in Big Data Analytics

UNIT VI: Introduction to MongoDB 9 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

What is MongoDB? - Why MongoDB? Using JSON, Creating or Generating a Unique Key, Support
for Dynamic Queries, Storing Binary Data, Replication, Sharding, Updating Information In-Place -
Terms used in RDBMS and MongoDB - Data Types in MongoDB – CRUD (Create, Read, Update
and Delete): Insert (), Update (), Save (), Remove (), find () – Arrays- MapReduce Functions-
Aggregation- Java Scripting

UNIT VII: Introduction to Cassandra & Hive 9 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Data Types, CRUD: Insert, Update, Delete, Select -Collections: Set, List, Map- Using a Counter -
Time To Live (TTL)- Alter: Alter Table to Change the Data Type of a Column, Alter Table to Delete
a Column, Drop a Table, Drop a Database, Hive Data Unit - Hive Architecture - Hive Data Types:
Primitive Data Types, Collection Data Types - Hive File Format: Text File, Sequential File, RCFile
(Record Columnar File), Hive Query Language

Essential References:
1. Seema Acharya, Subhasini Chellappan (2017), "Big Data Analytics" Wiley Publication
2. Tom White (2012), “Hadoop: The Definitive Guide” O’reily Media, Third Edition

Recommended References:
1. Elmasari, Navathe, “Fundamentals of Database Systems”, Addison Wesley.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Data Visualization Course Code:BBA552A

Total number of hours: 60 Hours Credits: 4
Course Description: This course introduces undergraduate students to Data Visualization. This
course is intended to teach students how to create meaningful charts and figures that can
simultaneously convey useful information and be pleasing to the eye. Students will learn to use
TABLEAU, programming language R to develop graphics.
Course Objectives:
 To understand a business problem through the data
 To illustrate TABLEAU interface components to create most effective presentation through
powerful visualization
 To build static and interactive dashboards
 To export structured data into R from various sources and visualize them using ggplot2
 To assess diagnostic modeling techniques through hands on exercises using R software.
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:
CLO1 Demonstrate the principles of data visualization
CLO2 Develop the understanding of data using various statistical graphs
CLO3 Test for diagnostic modelling techniques using R software
CLO4 Build static & interactive visualization reports using Tableau software
CLO5 Construct a model with live data visualization dashboards of different business scenarios
using Tableau and R Software.

Pedagogy:This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, students’ discussions and
PPTs, case studies and form of experiential learning.

Unit 1: Working with Data using TABLEAU 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Introduction & need for data visualization, classification of data visualization, granularity of the data,
data Types, derived variables, univariate analysis, joins and blends – joining tables, Cross database
joins, blending data sources, filtering data, data transformation

Unit II: Data Visualization using TABLEAU 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Different types of Chart (Scatterplot, Corrplot, Heatmap, Stackbar, Treemap, Sunburst) Network
Graphs, Animated chart using gganimate, tweenr, segmented analysis, correlation analysis, crosstab
analysis, multivariate analysis

Unit III: Dashboard & Story Telling using TABLEAU 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Designing dashboards in Tableau, tiled versus floating, manipulating objects on the dashboard,
building the views, creating the dashboard framework, implementing actions to guide the story,
interlude – context filtering, Designing for different displays and devices

Unit IV: Statistical Data Analysis using R 9 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Descriptive statistics, summarization of different types of data, hypothesis testing, parametric test &
non-parametric data, multivariate analysis

Unit V: Visualizing Data with R 9 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Loading tables and CSV Files, loading excel files, exporting data, the grammar of graphics, Basic
plots and data structures, Intermediate plotting with ggplot2, Time series with dygraphs, Interactive
ggplots with ggiraph, data manipulation verbs from dplyr and tidyr, gathering data, cleaning data, and
tidying data

Unit VI: Dashboard using R 9 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Introduction to R Shiny, Static report using flex dashboard package, understanding input elements,
building simple interactive visuals, filtering charts using input controls, automatically creating visuals
for any input data, advanced interactivity using observe functions, guidelines for visuals & dashboard

Unit VII: Visualization using Text Data 9 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Creating word cloud using Text data, plotting simple maps using Online API, layered grammar of
graphics.

Essential references:
1. Sinha, C. (2017). Tableau 10 for Beginners, Ohio Computer Academy.

Recommended references:
2. Milligan, Joshua N. (2019). Learning Tableau 2019, 3rd Edition, Packt Publishers.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Python Programming for Course Code: BBA553A

Business Analytics
Total number of hours: 60 Hours Credits: 4
Course Description: This course will provide students with skills and knowledge of Python
programming and experience in designing and developing business analytics applications. This
course equips a motivated student with little or no prior programming experience with a working
knowledge of the Python programming language and the Pandas package, for the purpose of
descriptive data analytics. These skills are foundational for anyone interested in a career in data
science, and they are beneficial for every manager in today’s data-rich economy. Python is one of
the world’s most popular programming languages due to its simplicity, versatility, efficiency, and
community support. Recent surveys have found it to be the most highly demanded programming
language among job postings in data science. Pandas is a Python package that makes analyzing
data easy, and it is widely used by data scientists at Google, Facebook, JP Morgan, and a host of
other major companies.
Course Objectives:
 To understand basic operators functions using Python Programming.
 To apply the conditional expressions using Python Programming
 To apply the basic skill of designing Graphical User Interfaces in Python
 To integrate SQL database interfaces applications in Python
 To analyse the qualitative or quantitative data using Python Programming.
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:
CLO1 Illustrate basic operators and functions using Python Programming
CLO2 Apply condition expressions and functions to different data sets for given conditions.
CLO3 Apply simple Graphical User Interfaces using Python Programming
CLO4 Make use of SQL in database applications using Python
CLO5 Take decisions based on the analysis of qualitative or quantitative data using Python
Programming
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, students’ discussions and
PPTs, case studies, role plays, and form of experiential learning.
Syllabus
UNIT I: Introduction to Python Programming 6 Hrs
Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Introduction to Python, use IDLE to develop programs, Basic coding skills, working with data
types and variables, working with numeric data, working with string data, Python functions,
Boolean expressions, selection structure, iteration structure

UNIT II: Data Collections and Language Component 9 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Define and use functions and modules, working with recursion, Basic skills for working with lists,
work with a list of lists, work with tuples, work with dates and times, Introduction to file I/O, use
text files, use CSV files, use binary files, handle a single exception, handle multiple exceptions

UNIT III: Data Manipulation in Python 9 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Conditional execution, Boolean expressions, simple if statement, if/else, compound Boolean

expressions, nested conditions, decision statements, conditional expressions. Iterations, while
statement, definite vs indefinite loops, nested loops, abnormal loop termination

UNIT IV: GUI Programming in Python using Tkinter 9 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Tkinter Introduction, Working with widgets: button, labels, text boxes, Check button, etc.

UNIT V: Working with Databases 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Working with a Databases, Using SQL to Query a Database, Python and SQLite and MYSQL,
Creating Database, Pulling Data from a Data base

UNIT VI: Python Packages/Libraries 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

NumPy: Arrays and Vectorized Computation, Data Manipulation with pandas, Data Visualization
with matplotlib, Machine Learning with scikit-learn: Supervised Learning, Unsupervised Learning,
and Model Selection and Evaluation.

UNIT VII: Python Application in Business Analytics 9 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Python for Text Analytics, Handling Qualitative Data, Python for Spatial Analytical, Web Scraping
Data & its application in Business with Use Case / Case Study

Essential Reference:
Guttag, John (2013), Introduction to Computation and Programming Using Python. Spring edition.
MIT Press.

Course Name: Time Series Analysis Course Code: BBA511F

Total number of hours: 30Hrs Credits: 2

Course Description: This course is to provide a comprehensive and systematic account of financial
econometric models and their applications to modeling and financial time series data including the
return forecasting, volatility. While econometric theory is briefly touched on, most of the emphasis is
 Bachelor of Business Administration

on applied time series modeling and forecasting. Students at the end of the course will have a working
knowledge of financial time series data and gain expertise in the software to conduct the analyses.

Course objectives:
 To develop simple and multiple regression models and validate the efficiency of the estimated
regression models.
 To forecast financial data using econometric techniques (ARIMA) and measure their
effectiveness.
 To estimate volatility of Financial time series variables
Course Learning Outcomes:
CLO1 Develop simple and multiple regression models and validate the efficiency of the estimated
regression models.
CLO2 Forecast financial data using econometric techniques (ARIMA) and measure their
effectiveness.
CLO3 Estimate volatility of Financial time series variables
Unit I: INTRODUCTION 4 Hrs
Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Nature and Scope of Econometrics - Introduction to what is econometrics and steps taken by an
econometrician in carrying out an empirical study. Different data types – cross section, time series and
panel data and problems associated with them.

Unit II : LINEAR REGRESSION ANALYSIS AND DIAGNOSTICS STATISTICS 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Estimation of model by method of ordinary least squares; properties of estimators; goodness of fit;
Multiple Linear Regression Model: Estimation of parameters; properties of OLS estimators; goodness
of fit - R2 and adjusted R2; Violations of CLRM Assumptions: Consequences, Detection and
Remedies - Multicollinearity; heteroscedasticity

UNIT – III UNIVARIATE TIME SERIES MODEL – ARIMA 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Univariate Autoregressive Models - Univariate Moving Average Models - Autoregressive-Moving

Average Models. Forecasting Univariate financial Time Series Models- ARIMA Model- Box-
Jenkins approach - Forecasting Evaluation Statistics.

UNIT - IV - CONDITIONAL VARIANCE MODELS 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Volatility Clustering- Meaning and measurement - Leverage Effects- Econometric models of

volatility - Auto Regressive Conditional Heteroscedasticity (ARCH) Model- Generalized Auto
Regressive Conditional Heteroscedasticity (GARCH) Model - Extensions to GARCH-Exponential
GARCH and Threshold GARCH models.

REFERENCES:
1. D. N. Gujarati and D.C. Porter, Essentials of Econometrics, McGraw Hill, 5th edition,
International Edition.
2. Chris Brooks, Introductory Econometrics to Finance - Cambridge University Press, 2002
3. Christopher Dougherty, Introduction to Econometrics, Oxford University Press, 3rd edition,
Indian Edition, 2007.
4. Jan Kmenta, Elements of Econometrics, Indian Reprint, Khosla Publishing House,2nd
edition, 2008.
Bachelor of Business Administration
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Marketing Skills I Course Code: BBA511M

Total number of hours: 30 Hrs Credits: Grade

Course Description: Marketing excellence is a prerequisite for success in any business, from startups
to the world’s most established enterprises, yet the art and science of marketing is constantly
evolving. Students are required to know the essential principles and practices of marketing in the
digital economy.
Course Objectives:

 To discuss how the digital economy works and develop the critical insights necessary to
succeed in e-commerce and digital and social media marketing.

 To estimate related technologies exert a profound influence on how business and social
institutions evolve, how they are challenged—and sometimes, even displaced

Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to

CLO1 Students are able to discuss how the digital economy works and develop the critical
insights necessary to succeed in e-commerce and digital and social media marketing.

CLO2 Students are able to estimate related technologies exert a profound influence on how
business and social institutions evolve, how they are challenged—and sometimes, even
displaced

Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, students’ discussions and
activities, video sections, research articles, creative assignments, and various forms of experiential
learning.

Unit I: BEHAVIORAL FOUNDATIONS 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Introduction to GRAVITY (Geography, Resistance, Adjacency, Vicinity, Isolation, Topography and
You), privacy concerns, Fake News detection.

Unit II: NEW FORMS OF INTERACTION 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application
Frictions and Commerce, Variety and the Digital Economy, Online-Offline Interaction and the Omni
Channel World, Reputation and Reviews, Networks

Unit III: MEDIA SELECTION METHOD 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application
Social media selection techniques, copyright issues in online marketing.

Unit IV: SOCIAL MEDIA MARKETING STRATEGIES 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application
Content marketing, social media content development, Memes marketing, troll marketing, product
placement in social media content

Unit V: NEW MEDIA PLATFORMS 4 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application
Networks Effects, Social Advertising and Social Targeting

Unit VI: VIRAL MARKETING 2 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application
Viral Product Features and Viral Content, Organic Celebrity, Persuasion, and Sentiment, Online
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Community and Models of Influence

REFERENCES:
https://www.forbes.com/sites/koshagada/2016/06/16/what-is-the-digital-economy/#36e0cbaf7628
https://neilpatel.com/what-is-digital-marketing/
https://www.wordstream.com/online-advertising
https://www.cyberclick.es/numericalblogen/what-is-viral-marketing-advantages-and-examples
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Human Resource Management Skills - 1 Course Code: BBA511H

Total number of hours: 30 Hrs Grade

Course Description:

HR managers are the key to the success of talent acquisition and management for the organization.
They are responsible for providing the organization with the proper key performance indicators to
show that the organization is in alignment with its mission, values and goals. HR is also responsible
for ensuring that supervisors and managers as well as rank and file employees understand the
corporate policies and procedures. They have the responsibility to ensure that these processes are
applied consistently and correctly. HR has the responsibility to learn the language of business so that
they can communicate with the management of the organization in their space rather than that of HR
and emerge as a true business partner.

Course Objectives:

 To extend HR Concepts and theories to real life situations.

 To take part in designing and executing various learning activities.
 To develop written and oral communication skills.
 To build different perspectives on HR related issues and challenges.

Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student will be able to:

CLO 1 Demonstrate the various aspect of talent management in organisations.

CLO 2 Design and deliver the content on different aspects of talent acquisition and
management practices.
CLO 3 Compare and Contrast different practices adopted by the organisation to address the
HR issues.
CLO 4 Create Sample Documents related to employment.
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like in class activities, interactive lecture, students’
discussions & presentations, HBR case and article analysis.

UNIT – I: Recruitment Ad Design 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Matching brand promise and employer branding, designing appropriate ads with respect to size,
content, branding, placement.

UNIT – II: Evaluating Resumes 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Selection of key words based on JD and JS, Filtering, looking for gaps in CVs, comparison of Cvs,
shortlisting of CVs

Unit – III: Preliminary Interview 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Designing preliminary interview questions based on the CV given, conducting telephonic preliminary
interviews, and evaluation of the candidate based on preliminary interview.

Unit – IV: Selection Testing 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Designing various types of selection tests based on the job requirements provided.

Unit – V: Evaluation Forms 4 Hrs

 Bachelor of Business Administration

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Design candidate evaluation forms for various positions in various organizations.

Unit – VI: Interviewing Skills 2 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Examine various interviewing techniques, designing a structured interview schedule for various
positions, interviewing through Skype.

REFERENCES:

1. http://www.olin.edu/sites/default/files/01_skillsandtech.pdf
2. http://www.yourarticlelibrary.com/recruitment/types-of-job-selection-process-preliminary-
interview-and-application-blanks/35285
3. https://adminfinance.umw.edu/hr/employment-opportunities/best-practices/screening-
applicants/how-to-evaluate-resumes-and-cvs/
4. https://linkhumans.com/employer-branding-important/
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Basic Entrepreneurial Skills I Course Code: BBA511E

Total number of hours: 30 Hrs Credits: Grade

Course Description: In the era of entrepreneurship, start-up culture has pervaded the socio-economic
fabric of our world and it is imperative that budding entrepreneurs are equipped with the right skill
sets that will see them achieve their goals. The course will address various practical issues that
entrepreneurs are likely to face and give the students a hands-on experience of the same.
Course Objectives:
 To learn the fundamental skills that would help in the initial stages of an entrepreneur’s
journey.
 To develop the skill sets required to become a successful entrepreneur.
 To comprehend the necessary procedures to start a company.
 To widen the horizon of thought and action involved in the growth of an enterprise.
 To analyse and overcome the challenges an entrepreneur faces in business

Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student will be able to:

CLO1 Learn the fundamental skills that would help in the initial stages of an entrepreneur’s
journey.
CLO2 Develop the skill sets required to become a successful entrepreneur.
CLO3 Comprehend the necessary procedures to start a company.
CLO4 Widen the horizon of thought and action involved in the growth of an enterprise.
CLO5 Analyse and overcome the challenges an entrepreneur faces in business
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like workshops, case study discussions, interactive
lecture, presentations, review of research article, in class group exercises and activities.

Syllabus

UNIT I – DIGITAL MARKETING 4 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Digital Marketing- To give businesses the digital twist. The workshop will focus on how to go digital
for specific industries and great tips and tricks for online content, marketing, and website building.
Assessment-23 rd June(W2)

UNIT II - MAKING BUSINESS EXCLUSIVE 4 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Making Your Business Inclusive- this workshop will focus on the ethics of running a successful
business. With Diversity, Inclusion & Belongingness being a key in today's business world

UNIT III HOW TO LEVERAGE LINKEDIN 4 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

How to leverage LinkedIn-Profile to Opportunities. How to create a good LinkedIn Profile; How to
look for Job Opportunities & Internships on the Platform

UNIT IV BUSINESS INNOVATION 4 Hrs

 Bachelor of Business Administration

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Business Innovation-This workshop will focus on new age methods and models. Businesses can adopt
to think differently and grow sustainably

UNIT V DOCUMENT FILLING 4 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Document Filling- Hands on practice with filling of relevant documentation related to the starting of a
business.

UNIT VI FUNDING OPPORTUNITIES 4 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Various sources of funds available for budding entrepreneurs

UNIT VII SOCIAL ENTREPRENEURSHIP 4 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Significance of Social Enterprises, Opportunities and Challenges. Assessment-22nd Sep (W14)

Overall Feedback-29 th Sep (W15)

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading:

www.firedotfly.com

www.rgafacilities.com

www.reapbenefit.com
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Application of Business Analytics - I Course Code: BBA511A

Total number of hours: 30 Hrs Credits: Grade
Course Description: Business Analytics acts an effective tool to leverage the available data in
various forms to take informed decision. Students will be trained on data driven decision making. This
course is a full-fledged application based course which covers various applications of Business
Analytics using the available social media data. IT provides a platform to the students to apply the
knowledge, skills and competences to develop digital marketing strategies.
Course Learning Objectives: This course aims to:
 To provide understanding of the digital marketing for marketing success
 To facilitate the students to manage customer relationships across all digital channels
 To equip the students with the techniques that are very useful when
deploying/using/maintaining a real-world database system
 To elucidate the students with the use data management tools that are widely spread in the
industry
 To offer the students relevant skills to identify the alternative solutions to a particular problem
and take a decision based on trade-off.
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:
CLO1 Understand the importance of the digital marketing for marketing success
CLO2 Manage customer relationships across all digital channels
CLO3 Use techniques that are very useful when deploying/using/maintaining a real-world
database system
CLO4 Use data management tools that are widely spread in the industry
CLO5 Identify the alternative solutions to a particular problem and take a decision based on trade-
off.
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lectures, discussions & presentations
and hands on experience on analytical tools.

Unit I: Google Analytics: 5 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Introduction to digital measuring tools, Account structure, Tracking code, Dimensions & Metrics,
Page views, Events, Main reports, Traffic sources and campaigns, Conversions, Ecommerce,
Connecting to additional Google tools: AdWords & Search console, Customer journeys, Attribution
modelling

Unit II: YouTube Analytics: 5 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

YouTube Overview, Advantages in YouTube, Build and Optimize your YouTube Account, YouTube
Interface, YouTube Settings, how to Upload a Video on YouTube, Things to know about YouTube
Creator Studio, Channel Creation on YouTube, how to Increase your Subscriptions? YouTube
Reports & Analytics

Unit III: Facebook Analytics: 5 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Setup an Account in Facebook, The Facebook Marketing Strategy, What Makes your Facebook Page
Awesome? Orientation to Facebook Brand Pages - Facebook business page setup - Types of
Facebook Business pages, Facebook: Post Types and its Dimensions, All You Need to know the Best
Time to Post on Facebook, Facebook Audience Insights & Analytics, Facebook Competitor Analysis,
Facebook Groups, Facebook Live, Successful Case Studies on Facebook, A Successful Study on How
to Make Money Through Facebook
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Unit IV: Advanced Database Management System 5 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Big Data Processing & Cloud Computing, Parallel DBMS, Web Databases, Audio & Video Database,
Database as a Service

Unit V: MangoDB 5 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Introduction to Database Management systems and NoSQL, Architecture, NoSQL Assumptions and
the CAP Theorem, Strengths and weaknesses of NoSQL, difference between the SQL and NoSQL
databases, MongoDB, Functionality, Live Examples

Unit VI: Do It Yourself (DIY) 5 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Live tasks and assignments / Projects on Google Analytics

Live tasks and assignments / Projects on Facebook Analytics
Live tasks and assignments / Projects on YouTube Analytics
Live tasks and assignments / Projects on Big Data (MangoDB)

Essential references:
1. Ryan, D. (2014 ). Understanding Digital Marketing: Marketing Strategies for Engaging the
Digital Generation, Kogan Page Limited.
2. The Beginner's Guide to Digital Marketing (2015). Digital Marketer. Pulizzi, J. (2014) Epic
Content Marketing, McGraw Hill Education.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Internship Project Course Code: BBA581

Total number of hours: 25 Hours Credits: 1
Course Description: The internship is to provide exposure to various departments and provide the
students hands on experience of working in organizations and understanding their basic
functionalities.

Course Objectives:
 To familiarise on various department/functions of the organizations.
 To understand various processes and systems within the company or at the area of work.
 To learn about the company’s products & services.
Course Learning Outcomes:
CLO1 Familiarise on various department/functions of the organizations.
CLO2 Understand various processes and systems within the company or at the area of
work.
CLO3 Learn about the company’s products & services.

Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, students’ discussions and
PPTs, case studies, role plays, and form of experiential learning.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Insurance and Risk Course Code: BBA631

Management
Total number of hours: 75 Hours Credits: 4

Course Description: This course provides students with the tools to better understand & analyse
products and processes with an insurance component. The course also covers the use of insurance
products as part of a broader enterprise wide risk management strategy and provides an overview
of key and unique risk management issues. This course intends to provide a basic understanding of
the insurance mechanism and examine the identification of risk, measurement and the methods of
handling risk
Course Objectives:
 To understand the importance and the basic concepts of insurance.
 To examine the basics of life insurance contract, issuance and settlement of an insurance
contract
 To examine the various aspects of General Insurance contract, issuance and settlement of a
general insurance contract.
 To know the claims management and claims settlement in General Insurance and Life
Insurance.
 To analyse the risk identification and risk measurement process in Insurance companies.

Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:
CLO 1. Understand and get familiarized with the insurance sector and the basic concepts
related to insurance
CLO 2. Familiarize the students with the various aspects of life insurance contracts
CLO 3. Familiarize the students with various aspects of general insurance contracts
CLO 4. Discuss the claims management and settlement procedures in the general and life
insurance contracts
CLO 5. Analyze and examine the various aspects of risk management including the
identification and measurement of the same.
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, students’ discussions and
PPTs, case studies, role plays, and form of experiential learning.
Syllabus

UNIT I: Introduction 15 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Historical perspective, Meaning, Nature and Scope of Insurance, Classification of Insurance

Business- Life Insurance and General Insurance- Fundamental principles of insurance- Essentials
of Insurance Contracts. Indian Insurance Industry- Insurance sector Reforms in India-Liberalization
of Insurance Markets-Major players of Insurance. Regulation of Insurance-IRDA

UNIT- II: Life insurance 15 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Regulations relating to Life Insurance-General principles of life insurance contract proposals and
policy; assignment and nomination; title and claims; concept of trusts in life policy; Growth of
Actuarial Science-Features of Life Insurance-Life Insurance Contract-Life Insurance Documents-
Insurance Premium Calculations. Classification -Classification on the Basis –Duration-Premium
Payment- Participation in Profit-Number of Persons Assured-Payment of Policy Amount-Money
Back Policies-Unit Linked Plans. Annuities -Need of Annuity Contracts -Classification of
Annuities

UNIT – III: General insurance 15 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

General Insurance-Laws Related to General Insurance-General Insurance Contract- Health

Insurance –Medi-claim Policy, Group Medi-claim Policy, Personal Accident Policy – Child
Welfare Policy-Employee Group Insurance – Features of Group Health Insurance – Group
Availability Plan. Fire Insurance -Essentials of Fire Insurance Contracts, Types of Fire Insurance
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Policies, and Fire Insurance Coverage - Marine Insurance-Types of Marine Insurance – Marine
Insurance Principles Important Clauses in Marine Insurance– Marine Insurance Policies –Marine
Risks-Clauses in Marine Policy. Motor Vehicles Insurance-Need for Motor Insurance, Types of
Motor Insurance, and Factors to be considered for Premium Fixing -Miscellaneous Insurance-Rural
Insurance Rural policies--Obligations of Insurers to the social sector.

UNIT – IV: Introduction to risk, identification and measurement of risk 15 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual and Application

Introduction to Risk Management: Risk-Risk and Uncertainty -Types of Risk-Burden of Risk-

Sources of Risk-Methods of handling Risk-Degree of Risk- Risk Identification-Business Risk
Exposures-Individual Exposures-Exposures of Physical Assets -Exposures of Financial Assets -
Exposures of Human Assets -Exposures to Legal Liability - Exposure to Work-Related Injury-
Basic concepts form probability and Statistics. Risk Measurement -Evaluating the Frequency and
Severity of Losses -Risk Control -Risk Financing Techniques

UNIT V: Risk Management 15 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Management of Risk Risk Management -Risk Management Process-Identification Loss exposures-

Analyzing Loss exposures-Objectives of Risk Management-Select the Appropriate Risk
Management Technique-Implement and Monitor the Risk Management Program-Risk Management
by Individuals and Corporations-Risk Management objectives-Need for a Rationale for Risk
Management in Organizations- Understanding the cost of Risk-Individual Risk Management and
the Cost of Risk-Risk Management and Societal Welfare. Risk Management Decision Methods -
Pooling Arrangements and Diversification of Risk. Advanced Issues in Risk Management: The
Changing Scope of Risk Management- Insurance Market Dynamics-Loss Forecasting-Financial
Analysis in Risk Management -- Decision Making-Other Risk Management Tools.

Essential Reading:
1. Gupta P.K., (2016). Insurance and Risk Management. Bengaluru, Himalayan
Publication.

Recommended Readings:
1. Dr Neelam C Gulati (2011).Principles of Risk Management and Insurance. New Delhi
Excel Publishing
2. Dr G Syamala Rao (2011).Growth and Performance of Insurance Sector with Special
Reference to LIC of India. New Delhi Excel Publishing
3. Panda G.S., (2012). Principle and practice of insurance. Bengaluru, Kalyani publishers.
4. Scott E. Harrington, Gregory R Niehaus. (2007). Risk Management and Insurance. Tata
McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi.
5. C. Arthur Williams, Jr. Peter Young, Michael Smith. (2007). Risk Management and
Insurance. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: ‌Operations‌ ‌Management‌ Course Code: BBA632

Total number of hours: 60 Hours Credits: 4
Course Description: Operations Management (OM) is concerned with the management of
resources and activities that produce and deliver goods and services for customers. Efficient and
effective operations can provide an organization with major competitive advantages since the
ability to respond to customer and market requirements quickly, at a low cost, and with high
quality, is vital to attaining profitability and growth through increased market share. The course
focuses on the basic concepts, issues, and techniques for efficient and effective operations.

Course Objectives:
 To provide an outline about the concepts, principles and theories related to Operations
management
 To understand the importance of operations management and its related functions to the
organization.
 To enable the students to apply the concepts, principles and theories of operations
management to real time scenario.
 To evaluate the various process, approaches and strategies for managing the operations in
organization
 To provide solutions to issues pertaining to operations management.

Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:
CLO1‌ ‌Compare
‌the‌ ‌key‌ ‌concepts‌ ‌and‌ ‌issues‌ ‌of‌ ‌operations‌ ‌management‌ ‌in‌ ‌manufacturing‌ ‌and‌ ‌service‌
‌organizations.‌ ‌ ‌
CLO2‌ ‌Identfiy‌ ‌the‌ ‌strategic‌ ‌role‌ ‌of‌ ‌operations‌ ‌management‌ ‌in‌ ‌attaining‌ ‌competitive‌ ‌advantage‌ ‌for‌ ‌a
firm.‌ ‌
CLO3‌ ‌Analyse ‌and‌ ‌relate‌ ‌operations‌ ‌management‌ ‌with‌ ‌other‌ ‌key‌ ‌departments‌ ‌of‌ ‌a‌ ‌firm.‌ ‌
CLO4‌ ‌Assess ‌emerging‌ ‌and‌ ‌important‌ ‌topics‌ ‌related‌ ‌to‌ ‌production‌ ‌and‌ ‌operations‌
‌management.‌ ‌
CLO5‌ ‌Design,‌ ‌manage‌ ‌and‌ ‌control‌ ‌the‌ ‌best‌ ‌processes‌ ‌so‌ ‌that‌ ‌value-addition‌ ‌occurs‌ ‌in‌ ‌the‌
‌most‌ ‌efficient‌ ‌and‌ ‌effective‌ ‌way.‌
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, students’ discussions and
PPTs, case studies, role plays, and form of experiential learning.

Unit‌ ‌I:‌ ‌Introduction‌ ‌to‌ ‌Production‌ ‌and‌ ‌Operations‌ ‌Management‌ ‌12 ‌Hrs‌ ‌
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
‌
Introduction,‌ ‌Historical‌ ‌Development,‌ ‌Concept‌ ‌of‌ ‌Production,‌ ‌Production‌ ‌System,‌ ‌Classification‌
‌of‌ ‌
Production‌ ‌System,‌ ‌Production‌ ‌Management.‌ ‌Objectives‌ ‌of‌ ‌Production‌ ‌Management,‌ ‌Concept‌ ‌of‌ ‌
Operations.‌ ‌Distinction‌ ‌between‌ ‌Manufacturing‌ ‌Operations‌ ‌and‌ ‌Service‌ ‌Operations.‌ ‌Operations‌ ‌
Management,‌ ‌A‌ ‌Framework‌ ‌for‌ ‌Managing‌ ‌Operations.‌ ‌Objectives‌ ‌of‌ ‌Operations‌ ‌Management,‌ ‌
Managing‌ ‌Global‌ ‌Operations,‌ ‌Scope‌ ‌of‌ ‌Production‌ ‌and‌ ‌Operations‌ ‌Management.‌ ‌
‌
Unit‌ ‌II:‌ ‌Plant‌ ‌Location‌ ‌and‌ ‌Plant‌ ‌Layout‌ ‌12‌ ‌Hrs‌ ‌
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Introduction‌ ‌and‌ ‌meaning‌ ‌Need‌ ‌for‌ ‌selecting‌ ‌a‌ ‌suitable‌ ‌location,‌ ‌Factors‌ ‌influencing‌ ‌plant‌ ‌
location/Facility‌ ‌location.‌ ‌General‌ ‌locational‌ ‌factors,‌ ‌and‌ ‌Specific‌ ‌locational‌ ‌factors‌ ‌for‌ ‌
manufacturing‌ ‌organization‌ ‌and‌ ‌for‌ ‌Service‌ ‌organization.‌ ‌Objectives,‌ ‌principles‌ ‌and‌ ‌Types‌ ‌of‌ ‌plant‌ ‌
layout.‌ ‌Process‌ ‌layout,‌ ‌Product‌ ‌Layout,‌ ‌Combination‌ ‌layout,‌ ‌Fixed‌ ‌position‌ ‌layout,‌ ‌Group‌ ‌layout.‌ ‌
Physical‌ ‌Facilities.‌ ‌ ‌

Unit‌ ‌III:‌ ‌Materials‌ ‌Management‌ ‌12 ‌Hrs‌ ‌

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Introduction‌ ‌and‌ ‌Meaning,‌ ‌Scope‌ ‌or‌ ‌functions‌ ‌of‌ ‌Materials‌ ‌Management,‌ ‌Material‌ ‌planning‌ ‌and‌ ‌co
ntrol,‌ ‌Purchasing,‌ ‌Stores‌ ‌Management.‌ ‌Inventory‌ ‌control,‌ Problems in vendor rating, EOQ and
 Bachelor of Business Administration

ABC Analysis, ‌Standardization,‌ ‌Simplification,‌ ‌Value‌ ‌analysis.‌ ‌Just‌ ‌in‌ ‌time,‌ ‌Ergonomics.‌ ‌

Unit‌ ‌IV:‌ ‌Material‌ ‌Handling‌ ‌9 ‌Hrs‌

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Introduction‌ ‌and‌ ‌Meaning,‌ ‌Objectives‌ ‌and‌ ‌Principles‌ ‌of‌ ‌Material‌ ‌Handling,‌ ‌Selection‌ ‌of‌ ‌Material‌ ‌
Handling‌ ‌Equipment,‌ ‌Evaluation‌ ‌of‌ ‌Material‌ ‌Handling‌ ‌system,‌ ‌Material‌ ‌Handling‌ ‌equipment’s,‌ ‌
Guidelines‌ ‌for‌ ‌Effective‌ ‌Utilization‌ ‌of‌ ‌Material‌ ‌Handling‌ ‌Equipment,‌ ‌Relationship‌ ‌between‌ ‌Plant‌ ‌
Layout‌ ‌and‌ ‌Material‌ ‌Handling.‌ ‌

‌Unit‌ ‌V:‌ ‌Production‌ ‌Planning‌ ‌and‌ ‌Control‌ ‌ ‌ 10 ‌Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Introduction‌ ‌and‌ ‌Meaning,‌ ‌Need,‌ ‌Objectives,‌ ‌Phases‌ ‌of‌ ‌Production‌ ‌Planning‌ ‌and‌ ‌Control,‌ ‌Function
s
of‌ ‌Production‌ ‌Planning‌ ‌and‌ ‌Control,‌ ‌Operations‌ ‌Planning‌ ‌and‌ ‌Scheduling‌ ‌Systems,‌ ‌Aggregate‌ ‌Plan
ning,‌ ‌Master‌ ‌Production‌ ‌Schedule‌ ‌(MPS),‌ ‌Material‌ ‌Requirement‌ ‌Planning‌ ‌(MRP),‌ ‌Capacity‌ ‌Planni
ng,‌ ‌Routing,‌ ‌Scheduling.‌ ‌
‌
Unit‌ ‌VI:‌ ‌Quality‌ ‌Control‌ ‌ ‌ 10 ‌Hrs
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
‌‌
Introduction‌ ‌to‌ ‌Quality,‌ ‌Fundamental‌ ‌factors‌ ‌affecting‌ ‌quality,‌ ‌Control,‌ ‌need‌ ‌for‌ ‌controlling,‌
‌Quality‌ ‌Inspection,‌ ‌Types‌ ‌of‌ ‌Quality‌ ‌Control,‌ ‌Steps‌ ‌in‌ ‌Quality‌ ‌control,‌ ‌Objectives‌ ‌of‌ ‌Quality‌
‌Control,‌ ‌Benefits‌ ‌of‌ ‌Quality‌ ‌Control,‌ ‌Seven‌ ‌Tools‌ ‌for‌ ‌Quality‌ ‌Control,‌ ‌Causes‌ ‌of‌ ‌Variation‌ ‌in‌
‌Quality,‌ ‌Statistical‌ ‌Process‌ ‌Control,‌ ‌Quality‌ ‌circles.‌ ‌Total‌ ‌Quality‌ ‌Management.‌ ‌

Unit‌ ‌VII:‌ ‌Maintenance‌ ‌Management‌ ‌and‌ ‌Waste‌ ‌Management‌ ‌ 10‌ ‌Hrs‌ ‌

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Introduction,‌ ‌Objective,‌ ‌types,‌ ‌maintenance‌ ‌planning‌ ‌and‌ ‌scheduling,‌ ‌Modern‌ ‌Scientific‌

‌Maintenance‌ Methods-‌ ‌Six‌ ‌Sigma‌ ‌Maintenance,‌ ‌Enterprise‌ ‌Asset‌ ‌Management‌ ‌(EAM),‌ ‌Lean‌
‌Maintenance,‌ ‌Computer‌ ‌Aided‌ ‌Maintenance.‌ ‌Introduction‌ ‌and‌ ‌Meaning‌ ‌of‌ ‌Waste‌ ‌Management,‌
‌Reasons‌ ‌for‌ ‌Generation‌ ‌and‌ ‌Accumulation‌ ‌of‌ ‌Obsolete,‌ ‌Surplus‌ ‌and‌ ‌Scrap‌ ‌Items,‌ ‌Identification‌ ‌and‌
‌Control‌ ‌of‌ ‌Waste,‌ ‌Disposal‌ ‌of‌ ‌Scrap.‌ ‌

Essential‌ ‌references:‌ ‌ ‌
1. 1.Kumar,‌ ‌S.A‌ ‌&‌ ‌Suresh,‌ ‌N.‌ ‌(2013).‌ P
‌ roduction‌ ‌and‌ ‌Operations‌ ‌Management‌,‌ ‌New‌ ‌age‌ ‌
International‌ ‌publishers.‌ ‌

Recommended‌ ‌references:‌ ‌ ‌
2. Aswathappa,‌ ‌K.‌ ‌&‌ ‌Reddy,‌ ‌G.S.,‌ ‌Reddy,‌ ‌M.K.‌ ‌(2012).‌ P ‌ roduction‌ ‌and‌ ‌Operations‌ ‌
Management‌,‌ ‌Himalaya‌ ‌Publishers.‌ ‌
3. Khann,‌ ‌R.B.‌ ‌(2007).‌ ‌Production‌ ‌and‌ ‌Operations‌ ‌Management,‌ PHI‌ ‌Learning‌ ‌Pvt.‌ ‌ Ltd.,
New Delhi
4. Krajewski,‌ ‌Lee‌ ‌J.,‌ ‌Ritzman,‌ ‌Larry‌ ‌P.,‌ ‌and‌ ‌Manoj‌ ‌K.‌ ‌Malhotra‌ ‌(2013).‌
‌Operations‌ ‌Management:‌ ‌Processes‌ ‌and‌ ‌Value‌ ‌Chains,‌ ‌8/e;‌ ‌New‌ ‌Delhi:‌ ‌Pearson‌
‌Education.‌ ‌ ‌Richard,‌ ‌B.‌ ‌Chase,‌ ‌
5. Ravi‌ ‌Shankar,‌ ‌F.‌ ‌Robert,‌ ‌Jacobs‌ ‌and‌ ‌Nicholas,‌ ‌J.‌ ‌Aquilano‌ ‌(2010).‌ ‌Operations‌ ‌and‌ ‌Supply‌
‌Management‌ ‌12/e;‌ ‌New‌ ‌Delhi:‌ ‌Tata‌ ‌McGraw-Hill‌ ‌
6. Singh,‌ ‌S.P.‌ ‌(2014)‌ ‌Production‌ ‌and‌ ‌Operations‌ ‌Management,‌ ‌1/e,‌ ‌New‌ ‌Delhi:‌ ‌Vikas‌ ‌
Publishing ‌House‌
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Business Law Course Code: BBA633

Total number of hours: 75 Hrs. Credits: 4

Course Description: A law that governs the dealings regarding commercial matters, quietly known
as business law. Business Law, a branch of civil law comprises governance of commercial and
business transactions in both the public and private realms. Business law helps to resolve the business
disputes, maintain order and build an acceptable standards when it come close to the other business,
government and customers. A better understanding of legal matters also provides a manager with a
framework on which a decision can be made. This course covers important sub branches of Business
Laws, such as Contract Law, Intellectual Property Law, Consumer Protection Law, Competition
Law, Law of Sale of Goods and Cyber Law etc.
Course Objectives:
 To illustrate the legal provisions of key aspects of business laws
 To outline the framework of Contract Law in India
 To explain the legal provisions relating to Patents, Trade Marks and Copy Rights in India
 To demonstrate an understanding of regulatory framework of Sale of Goods
 To identify the causes of the problem faced by consumers and competitors and analyze the
remedies provided for violations of legal provisions
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:
CLO.1. Illustrate the legal provisions of key aspects of business laws
CLO.2. Outline the framework of Contract Law in India
CLO.3. Explain the legal provisions relating to Patents, Trade Marks and Copy Rights in
India
CLO.4 Demonstrate an understanding of regulatory framework of Sale of Goods
CLO.5 Identify the causes of the problem faced by consumers and competitors and analyze
the remedies provided for violations of legal provisions
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, students discussions and
PPTs and research article
Unit-1 Introduction to Law of Contracts 12 Hrs
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Meaning and Scope of Business Law – Sources of Indian Business Law. The Indian Contracts Act,
1872: Definition – types of contracts- Essentials of a Contracts. Discharge of a contract and remedies
for breach of contract. Government Contracts: Article 299: Constitution of India. Concept of Equity,
Fairness and Reasonableness, Doctrine of Promissory Estoppel vs. Executive Necessity, No person
liability. E-Contracts: Meaning & need for Digital Goods, Unfair terms in E-contract. Indian Evidence
Act: Basic Concepts.

Unit-II Contract of Guarantee 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Distinction between Indemnity and Guarantee, Kinds of Guarantee, Rights of Surety, Liability of
Surety, and Discharge of Surety.

Unit-III Intellectual Property Laws 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Meaning and scope of intellectual properties – The Patent Act of 1970 and its amendments as per
WTO agreement, back ground, objects, definition, inventions, patentee, true and first inventor,
procedure for grant of process and product patents, WTO rules as to patents, rights to patentee –
 Bachelor of Business Administration

infringement– remedies. The Copyright Act, 1957- Meaning – Its uses and rights. The Trade Marks
Act, 1999 - meaning, registration, procedures – infringement– Authorities concerned –Remedies.

Unit-IV Competition Law 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

The Competition Act, 2002- Concept of Competition, Development of Competition Law, overview of
MRTP Act 2002, Anticompetitive Agreements, Abuse of dominant position, combination, regulation
of combinations, Competition Commission of India; Appearance before Commission, Compliance of
Competition Law. Types of Offence and penalty.

Unit-V Law of Sale of Goods and Negotiable Instruments Law 12 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

The Sale of Goods Act, 1930- Definition of Goods, Sale and Agreement to Sell, Conditions and
Warranties, Rights & Liabilities of a Buyer & Seller, Rights of an Unpaid Seller. The Negotiable
Instruments Act, 1881- Statutory definitions, promissory note, bill of exchange or cheque payable.
Dishonor of Negotiable Instrument. Types of Offences and penalty.

Unit-VI Law of Consumer Protection 12 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Consumer Protection Act 1986: Back ground – définitions– consumer, consumer dispute, Complaint
Procedure, defect, deficiency, and service, Remedies, Consumer Protection Council, Consumer
Redress Agencies, District Forum, State Commission and National Commission.

Unit-VII Cyber Laws 11 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Information Technology Act, 2000: Objectives, definitions and salient features, provisions pertaining
to piracy and related offences and personalities.

Reference Books:
1. Anson, W. R. (2009). Law of contract (29th edition), Oxford University Press, Oxford, New
Delhi.
2. Avtar, S. (2011). Principles of Mercantile Law (9th Edition), Eastern Book Company, New
Delhi.
3. Kapoor, N.D (2012.). Elements of Mercantile Law, Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi.
4. Padmanabhan, A. (2012. Intellectual property rights: Infringement and remedies, LexisNexis
Butterworth’s, Nagpur.
5. Tulsian, P.C. (2013). Business Laws, 5th Edition), Tata-McGraw Hill Education Limited,
New Delhi
Recommended Book:
1. Gulshan, S.S. (2013). Business & Corporate Law, Excel Books, New Delhi.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Management Control System Course Code: BBA641F

Total number of hours: 60 hours Credits: 4

Course Description: Management control is a vital function within organizations from all sectors of
the economy. Failures of management control lead to significant financial losses, damaged reputation,
and even financial failure. Thus, in order to maximize the probability of success, organizations must
ensure the effective design and application of management controls. The course aims to examine the
design and implementation of management controls, while considering various factors influencing the
management decision making. The course aim is to examine the application of management control
system by cost analysis and behavior, Strategic planning and Budgeting, Variance analysis in control
actions and Contemporary issues in management accounting. Attention will be paid to the changing
design of management control systems within contemporary organizations. Factors necessary to
manage change as organizations and their management controls change are also examined.

Course Objectives: This course is intended to

1. To develop students an understanding about various methods of management control system and
implementation process in business.
2. To equip students with adequate knowledge about the process of managerial decision making and
control system.
3. To impart knowledge on the budgetary control and activity based costing application in real time.
4. To equip the students with expertise in managerial decision making and its implementation
considering the ethical aspects and overall impacts on business and society.
Learning Outcome: On completion of this course, the students will be able to;
CLO 1: understand in real life scenario how managers design and implement business
strategies keeping in view the design of management control system of the organization.
CLO 2: Correlate the design, implementation and uses of management control techniques
under various business scenarios.
CLO 3: Compare and contrast various management control techniques and methods adopted
by modern business organizations.
CLO 4: Design management control system for an organization independently.
UNIT I: Management Control: Concepts and Contexts 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Management System: Introduction, Strategies and Management Control, Purpose and Significance of
Management Control System, Elements, Types and Pre-requisites of Management Control System,
Approaches – Cybernetic and Contingency, Business Strategy, Essentials in Designing Management
Control System, Key success variables as control indicators – Input, Product, Marketing, Asset-
Management, Performance, Tools of Management Control.

UNIT II: Budgeting and Budgetary Control 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Behavioral Aspects of Budgeting, Functional Budgets, Fixed Budget and Flexible Budget, Capital
Expenditure Budget and Evaluation Criterion, Zero Based Budgeting (ZBB), Management by
Objective (MBO) and Budgeting as an Aid to Control.

UNIT III: Cost Analysis for Managerial Decision Making 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Marginal Costing and Managerial Decision Making- Diversification of products/ introduction of new
product, Selection of profitable product mix/sales mix, Problems on limiting factor, Make or Buy
 Bachelor of Business Administration

decision, Decisions Relating to Acceptance And Rejection of a Special Offer / Order, Selling Price
Decisions, Closing down of a division, Outsourcing or Suspending activities.

UNIT IV: Standard Costing and Variance Analysis for Cost Control 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Standard costs and estimated costs, Advantages and limitations of standard costing, Preliminaries for
establishing a system of standard costing, determination of cost centre, classification of accounts,
types of standards, organization for standard costing, setting of standards, analysis of variances,
Material cost variance, Labor cost variance, Overhead cost variance, Sales variance, Profit Variance
due to sales, Variance analysis .

UNIT V: Transfer Pricing 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

– Concept and Objectives of Transfer Pricing, Ideal Situation for Operation of Transfer Pricing
Mechanism, Constraints on Sourcing in Transfer Pricing, Methods of Calculating Transfer Pricing –
Market based, Cost based, Cost Plus, Negotiated, Dual Pricing, International Transfer Pricing, and
Administration of Transfer Pricing.

UNIT VI: Ratio Analysis 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Introduction, Classification- Liquidity ratio- Profitability ratios-turnover ratios- solvency ratios-

Interpretation of Ratios.

UNIT VII: Recent developments in management control system 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Value chain analysis, Quality costing, Target costing, Life cycle costing, Inflation Accounting, Kaizen
Costing, Lean Accounting, Human Resource Accounting, Socio-Economic Costing- Activity Based
Costing and Analysis– Meaning and Approach, Traditional Costing Vs. Activity Based Costing, Main
activities and cost drivers, Steps in development of ABC System, Application of ABC.

Essential Reading:

1. Das Subhash Chandra (Management Control System: Principles and Practices, PHI
Learning Private Limited, latest edition.
Books for References:

2. Robert N. Anthony and Vijay Govindarjan (2019). Management Control System, Mc Graw
Hill Publication, 12th Edition.
3. Pandey.I.M. (2020). Management Accounting. New Delhi: Vikas Publishing House.
4. Gupta, S.K. (2019). Management Accounting. New Delhi: Kalyani Publishers.
5. Gordon,E.,& Jeyram, N. (2019). Management Accounting. New Delhi: Himalaya
Publications.
6. Khan,M. Y. & Jain, P.K. (2020). Management Accounting. New Delhi: Tata Mcgraw Hill
Education.
7. Madegowda.J. (2013). Management Accounting. New Delhi: Himalaya Publishing House.

Course Name: Corporate Restructuring Course Code: BBA642F

 Bachelor of Business Administration

Total number of hours: 60 Hrs Credit : 4 (DSE)

Course Description: The corporate world is undergoing a sea change and firms have been growing in
size, becoming global and diversifying into new areas. They quite often face different challenges,
more so in case of Indian companies. The last decade has seen numerous M&As, which have often
forced firms to adopt special strategies for growth and survival. Today M&As have become a global
phenomenon and Indian companies which had often been targets of Mergers and acquisitions,
reversed the trend and started acquiring other companies both in India and abroad. This course intends
to provide knowledge on different aspects of Mergers and acquisitions.

Course Objectives:
 To understand Mergers and acquisitions happening in corporate world
 To evaluate the M&A process
 To compute the organizational synergies resulted by corporate restructuring
 To understand need for and performance of cross border mergers and acquisitions

Course Learning Outcomes: This course will enable students

CLO 1: To acquire the knowledge on basics of Mergers and acquisitions
CLO 2: To evaluate the process involved in M&A, Business valuation, takeover and its
consequences
CLO 3: To analyze the organizational synergies resulted by corporate restructuring
CLO 4: To formulate right financial decisions with regard to corporate restructuring in a
dynamic global business environment.
Pedagogy: Chalk and Talk, Problem Solving, Role Play, Case Analysis (HBR and Emerald Case
studies)
Unit I: Mergers and Acquisitions 12 Hrs
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Introduction – Forms of corporate restructuring –M&A, Joint Ventures, sell-off and spin-off,
divestitures, LBO, MBO,MLP, ESOP- History of merger movement –types of merger- Economic
rationale for different types of merger - Motives behind Mergers – theories of merger- synergy of
mergers and acquisitions – Internal and external change forces contributing towards M&A activities
Readings and cases:
M&A: Theone thing you need to get right by Roger L Martin
3 Common M&A Pitfalls and how to avoid them by Craig Walker
Surviving M&A: How to thrive amid the turmoil by Mitchell Lee Marks, Philip Mirvis and Ron
Ashkenas
Improving the odds of M&A success by Tom Herd, Terry W Steger and Arun K Saksena

Unit II: Merger Process 12 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Identification of target – Negotiation – closing the deal – due diligence – M&A integration –
organisational and human aspects – Managerial challenges of M&A
Readings and cases:
The Mergers and Acquisitions process by John C Coates
H.J. Heinz Merger and Acquistion by David P Stowell and Nicholas Kawar
Sustainability and Post-Merger Integration: The Dow Chemical Company’s 2009 Acquisition of
Rohm & Haas
3 Ways M&A Is Different When You are acquiring a Digital Company by Arnaud Leroi
Building a global corporate social responsibility program via mergers and acquisitions: A Managerial
framework by Kathleen Marshall Park, Olimpia Meglio, Svante Schriber
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Unit III: Valuation 14 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Valuation of operating and financial synergy – Valuation of LBO – Methods of financing- cash offer,
share exchange ratio – M&A as a capital budgeting decision
Readings and cases:
Evaluating M&A Deals: Accretion vs. Dilution of Earnings-per-share
Methods for evaluation for M&A
Evaluating M&A Deals: Introduction to the Deal NPV
Business Valuation in M&A
Mergers and acquisitions: Overcoming pitfalls, building synergy, and creating value by Michael Hitt
and et al
Teuer Furniture (A): Discounted Cash Flow Valuation by Mitchell Peterson
DuPont Corporation: Sale of Performance coatings (LBO)

Unit IV: Takeover 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Types of takeover – Hostile takeover approaches – Takeover defences – Anti-takeover amendments-

SEBI takeover code
Readings and cases:
How Emerging Giants Are Rewriting the Rules of M&A
The Leaders: Who Make M&A Work

Unit V : Legal and Accounting 7 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Legal and Accounting aspects of M&A – accounting for amalgamation- Pooling of interest method,
Purchase method – Provisions of companies Act of 2013, Income Tax Act 1961, Provisions of
competition Act.
Readings and cases:
TYCO –M&A Machine – Stanford Case
Accounting for Mergers & Acquisitions

Unit VI: Cross Border Deals 7 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Cross Border Mergers and Acquisitions – The theory of MNE – Reasons – strategies and performance
of CBMA.
Readings and cases:
Why do Cross-border Merger/Acquisition Deals become Delayed, or Unsuccessful? – ACross-Case
Analysis in the Dynamic Industries
Tata Steel and Corus Case
Videocon and Daewoo Electronics corporation case

Essesntial Reading
1. Godbole, P. (2018). Mergers Acquisitions and Corporate Restructuring. Noida: Vikas Publishing
House.

Recommended Reading
1. Kale, R. S. (2013). Mergers and Acquisitions. New Delhi: Oxford University Press.
2. Rajesh, K.B. (2010). Mergers and Acquisitions. Text and Cases. New Delhi: Tata Mcgraw
Hill.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

3. Sudarsanam, S. (2010). Creating Value through Mergers and Acquisitions. New Delhi:
Peasons Education.
4. Pandey, I.M. (2010). Financial Management. New Delhi: Vikas Publishig house.
5. Gauchan, P. A. (2014). Mergers, Acquisitions and Corporate Restructurings. New Delhi:
Wiley India Pvt. Ltd.,.
6. Jha, N. (2011). Mergers, Acquisitions and Corporate Restructuring. Mumbai: Himalaya
Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.,.
7. Yaragol, P. B., & S, B. C. (2015). Mergers & Acquisitions. Delhi: Kalyani Publishers.
8. https://mcsd.instructure.com/courses/18913/assignments/syllabus
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Project and Infrastructure Finance Course Code: BBA643F

Total number of hours: 60 Hrs Credit : 4
Course Description: Project finance is a well-established technique for raising funds for large scale
projects that require huge capital expenditure but have long term pay-offs. The pay-offs to the
financiers come from the estimated cash flows of the project, as the sponsors of these projects often
ring-fence their position statements from the risks of the project. It requires asset-specific financial
structuring to minimize the risks and enhance the expected returns for their stakeholders. Presently,
Infrastructure development lies at the nexus of economic growth, productive investment, job creation,
and poverty reduction. This developmental line works on expanding infrastructure finance markets
across economies, leveraging private funding from institutional investors and from various
Government bodies. This course is specifically designed for students seeking to understand the
technical dynamics of investment in large-scale projects and to develop the skills in managing long
term project and infrastructure finance.

Course Objectives:
 To understand the role of Project and Infrastructure Finance in Emerging Markets
 To assess the public-private partnerships (PPP) and Private Finance Initiatives (PFI) in India
 To evaluate finance option, cost determination, value creation and structure of large-scale
infrastructure projects
 To analyse project risks and associate reward measurement with the projects
 To build a deep understanding of different business culture and regulatory norms applicable
to infrastructure projects with multiple stakeholder patterns.
Course Learning Outcomes:
Students should be able to:
CLO1 Determine a systematic approach towards project financing methods to raise and create
value for infrastructure and large-scale projects.
CLO2 Demonstrate a critical ability to analyses and structure project development phases.
CLO3 Asses the techniques to mitigate specific risks and provide incentives in infrastructure
projects.
CLO4 Formulate a rigorous business plan to finance an infrastructure project.
CLO5 Asses the social cost benefits derived through infrastructure developmental projects
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like in classroom activities, interactive lecture,
students discussions & presentations, HBR case and article analysis, participation in industrial
discussion forums , guest lectures from global corporate house.
UNIT : I Introduction to Project and Infrastructure Finance 4 Hrs
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Definition of Project Finance (Basel II Guidelines) , Rationale and scope of Infrastructure and
Finance, Capital Expenditure Decisions, Traditional On-balance-sheet Financing, From Corporate to
Project Finance, Leveraging Project Finance to Fund Infrastructure, RBI and Infrastructure Lending
(Addendum) .

UNIT: II Project Finance and PPP Module 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Conceptual Framework – Public Private Partnerships (PPP) and Project Finance Loans, Current Status
of Global Project Finance Markets, Sources of Funds for Large Projects (Domestic Commercial
Banks; Infrastructure Finance by Non-banking Finance Companies; Insurance and Pension Funds;
External Commercial Borrowings; Insurance and Pension Funds; Real Estate Investment Trusts and
Infrastructure Investment Trusts) Role of IDFC, ILFS Limited, IIFC Limited, Multilateral Agencies
(IFC, ADB, AIIB), Issues Faced in India.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

UNIT: III - Generation and Screening of Project Ideas 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Generation of ideas – Monitoring, the environment - regulatory framework for projects - corporate
appraisal - preliminary screening - project rating index. Sources of positive NPV qualities of a
successful entrepreneur - the porter model for estimation of profit potential of industries. Market and
demand analysis: Situational analysis and specification of objectives. Technical Analysis: Study of
Material Inputs and Utilities – Manufacturing Process and technology.

UNIT: IV – Valuing the Project and Project Cash Flows 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Operating Cash Flows – Creating Cash Flow Models (Gross Revenues, Operating Expenditure, Net
working capital, Capita Expenditure , Salvage Value, Free Cash flow to the project, Financing costs,
Forecasting cash flows), Free cash flow and Capital cash flow methods of valuing projects, Credit
Ratios, Accounting Ratios, Optimal Capital Structure.
Estimation of cost of project and means of financing - estimates of sales and production - cost of
production - working capital requirement and its financing - estimates of working results – breakeven
points - projected cash flow statement - projected balance sheet. Assessment of the Tax Burden.

UNIT: V – Measurement of Risk 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Types (pre-construction risks, Construction risk, Cost risk component, Sponsor risk, Management
risk, Technology risk, Supply risk, Market risk, Legal risk) and Measure of Risk . Special Decision
Situations: Choice between Mutually Exclusive Projects of unequal life - Optimal Timing Decision -
Determination of Economic Life - inter-relationships between Investment and Financing aspects.
Assessing and lose characteristic – Default risk.

UNIT: VI - Social Cost Benefit Analysis 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Rationale for Social Cost Benefit Analysis (SCBA) – UNIDO Approach to SCBA - Little and Mirle
Approach to SCBA, Qualitative Considerations-Social Cost Benefit Analysis, Contribution to
Government Revenue, Political Stability, Priority and Evaluation of International Competitiveness.

UNIT: VII - Project Management Tools & Techniques 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Classical Technique, Network techniques for Project Management - Development of Project Network
- Time Estimation (Gantt Chart) - Determination of critical path - scheduling when resources are limit
- PERT and CPM models - Network cost system (Only Problems on Resources Allocation and
resources leveling), Waterfall / Linear, Scrum- Agile Project Management Technique. Project review
and administrative aspects: Initial review – Performance evaluation - Abandonment analysis.

UNIT: VIII - Project Financing in India (Infrastructure Finance in India) 4 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Means of Finance - Norms and Policies of Financial Institutions - SEBI Guidelines - Sample
Financing plans - structure of Financial Institutions in India - Schemes of assistance - Term Loans
procedures - Project Appraisal by Financial Institutions. Regulatory Norms

Essential Readings:
1. Vikas Srivastava and Rajaraman V (2017) Project and Infrastructure Finance: Corporate
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Banking Perspective. Oxford University Press.

Recommended Readings:
1. Prasanna Chandra (2011). Project Preparation Appraisal Budgeting and Implementation.
New Delhi. Tata McGraw Hill.
2. Stefano Gatti (2018) Project Finance in Theory and Practice: Designing, Structuring and
Financing Private and Public Projects, Elsevier, 3rd edition.
3. Bagchi S K (2010) Project Infrastructure Finance Ane Books Pvt Ltd.,
4. Bennet P. Lientz, Kathryn P. Rea (2010). Breakthrough Technology Project Management.
New Delhi. Academic Press.
5. Machiraju, H.R. (2009). Introduction to Project Finance. New Delhi. Vikas Publishing
House.
6. Narendra Singh (2009). Problems and Solutions in Project Management and Control. New
Delhi. Himalaya Publishing House.
7. Rao.P.C.K (2009). Project Management and control. New Delhi. Sultan Chand & Sons.
8. Vasanth Desai (2008). Project Management. New Delhi. Himalaya Publishing House.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Financial Modelling Course Code: BBA654F

Total number of hours: 60 Hrs Credits: 4
Course Description: This course aims to familiarize the students with the different aspects of
financial modelling using computer applications. It is a key skill with application in several domains
of banking and finance industry as well as within corporations. It equips students for roles in core
finance areas such as Equity Research, Investment Banking, Project Finance, Business Analysis,
Mergers & Acquisitions, Financial Analysis, and Corporate Finance.
Course Learning Objectives: This course aims to:
 To understand the applications of advance excel functions in financial modeling.
 To forecast the company performance on relevant financial parameters.
 To asses and apply mathematical models to different financial variables.
 To evaluate financial viability of various projects
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:
1. Demonstrate an understanding of excel functions in financial modeling.
2. Construct the sound financial forecasting model to forecast Income statement and Balance
sheet by using relevant assumptions.
3. Analyze the feasibility of pre- and post-Mergers and Acquisition deals.
4. Evaluate the financial viability of various projects at different stages of the project.
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like practical interactive lectures by using Excel,
discussions and presentations.
UNIT – I Introduction to Financial Modelling - 10 Hrs
Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Introduction to Financial Modelling, Need, Uses, application of Financial Modelling in functional
areas. Time Value of Money – Compounding and Discounting Techniques,

UNIT – II Financial Modeling using Excel - 14 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Build a financial model from a scratch using the best structuring techniques - Use efficiently key
Excel functions to construct sound financial forecasting models - Economy Industry and Company
Framework - Step by Step analysis of company- Interpret and analyze the key ratios used in a
financial forecast - Projecting B/S , Income statement - Scenario Analysis.

UNIT – III Forecasting Cash Flows and Cash Flow Statements - 8 Hrs
Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Cash Flows - Developing dynamic models using Excel - Equity Valuation using DDM, DCF, Relative
Valuation, Residual Valuation - Preparing a comprehensive high-quality report

UNIT IV Equity Research Modeling 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Fundamental & Technical Analysis – Financial Statement Analysis, Geographic Revenue Sheet,
Segment Revenue Sheet, Cost Statement, Debt Sheet, Analyze Revenue Drivers - Compute Margins,
Balance Sheet -Compute Ratios, TA– Client based scenario, low, medium and high-risk takers, stock
or sectorial analysis, Moving Average.
Capital Asset Pricing Model (CAPM) – Average returns, expected returns, risk measure – beta,
standard deviation.
Portfolio Constriction and Evaluation – Sharpe Index Model

UNIT V Project Finance Modeling 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Why Project evaluation; stage of project; construction & development phase; funding during
 Bachelor of Business Administration

investment phase; costs during investment phase; life of project; decision making, cash flow waterfall
& resolve circular reference problem in interest during construction; Understanding Date functions,
Modeling Cash flow waterfall, Scenario Analysis of project management - Delays in Projects - Cost
escalation, Input Variation

UNIT VI Merger& Acquisition (M&A) Analysis 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Building Merger Inputs - Stock and Cash Mix Deal - Contribution Analysis - Accretion and Dilution

Essential Reading:
1. Danielle Stein Fairhurst (2017), Financial Modelling in Excel for Dummies

Recommended Readings:
1. Alstair L Day. (2013). Mastering Financial Modeling in Excel. Pearson Publications.
2. Jonathan Swan. (2008). Practical financial modeling -A Guide to Current Practice.John
Wiley and Sons.
3. Alastair Day. (2010). Mastering Financial Modeling in Microsoft Excel: A practitioner's
guide to applied corporate finance (English).
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Debt market and Mutual Funds Course Code: BBA645F
Total number of hours: 60 Hrs. Credits: 4
Course Description: The course intends to provide a comprehensive knowledge on the Debt market
and Mutual funds. Mutual funds have become a much sought after investment product in recent years.
This course demystifies the concept of mutual funds and helps create awareness and knowledge about
the industry and its functioning We will cover topics such as Fixed Income Securities Markets, Bond
Mathematics, Risk Identification in Bond, Corporate Debt Market, Bond Portfolio Management
Strategies, and Mutual Fund Valuations. Debt markets are an important source of funds, especially in
a developing economy like India. Like all other countries, the debt market in India is also considered a
useful substitute to banking channels for finance. The intent of the course is to provide students with a
basic understanding of the Debt market and how to value those securities.
Course Objectives:
 To compare and contrast the Fixed Income Securities Market environment in India
 To demonstrate bond valuations and Risk Identification in Fixed Income Securities
 To distinguish the Government securities and Corporate Debt Market in India.
 To interpret the Bond Portfolio Management Strategies.
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:
CLO 1 Compare and contrast the Fixed Income Securities Market environment in India
CLO 2 Demonstrate bond valuations and Risk Identification in Fixed Income Securities
CLO 3 Distinguish the Government securities and Corporate Debt Market in India.
CLO 4 Interpret the Bond Portfolio Management Strategies.
Pedagogy: Simulated and real-life contexts involving students in the decision making.
UNIT I Fixed Income Securities Markets Overview 8 Hrs
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Features - types – Debt market in India - Institutional Arrangements - Market Participants and
Instruments - Investors Perspectives Risk and Rewards - Treasury Securities Auction - Government
Bond Markets - Auction Mechanisms - Uniform vs Discriminatory Auction - Auction and Repo
Markets - Markets Implications of Auctions

UNIT II Bond Mathematics 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Time Value of Money - Price and Yield Conventions - Bond Valuation (Advanced Models)

UNIT III Risk Identification in Bonds 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Credit rating system – risk factors - Duration, Convexity - Immunization Strategies – Bond price
theorems – malkiel bond theorems - Yield Curve Analysis - Par Value, Zero, Spot Curve - Term
Structure of Interest Rates - (Constructing Yield Curve Bootstrapping)

UNIT IV Corporate Debt Markets 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Structure, Rating, Spread - Issuers and Investors Perspectives - Valuation, Convertibles - Financial
Distress, Bankruptcy, Current trends in Indian Debt market

UNIT V Bond Portfolio Management Strategies 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Asset Allocation Decision- Portfolio management Team- Spectrum of Bond Portfolio Strategies-Bond
Indexes- Primary Risk factors- Top down versus Bottom up Portfolio construction - Active Portfolio
strategies- Use of Leverage.

UNIT VI Introduction to Mutual Fund 8 hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Introduction - Mutual Funds: Structure in India – Management of Investor's Money custodian - Role
 Bachelor of Business Administration

of the AMC, Registrar and Transfer Agents. – NFO procedure - investor’s rights and obligations.

UNIT VII: Mutual Fund Valuations 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Fund Accounting and Valuation. Portfolio Management- AUM - Managing Unit Holder’s money.
Performance Measurement and Evaluation of Mutual Fund Schemes- Mutual Fund as an investment ·
Developing a Model Portfolio for the investor · Unit holders Protection.

Essential references:
1. Frank J. Fabozzi (2016) Bond Markets Analysis and Strategies, Pearson

Recommended references:
1. Bond Market Association. (2008). The fundamentals of municipal bonds.John Wiley.
2. Alexander, C. (2008). Market Risk Analysis Vol. I – Quantitative Methods in Finance.
England: John Wiley & Sons.
3. Choudhry, M. (2010). An Introduction to Bond Markets. UK: John Wiley & Sons.
4. Hull, J. C. (2018). Risk Management and Financial Institutions. New Jersey: John Wiley &
Sons.
5. Jorion, P. (2011): Financial Risk Manager Handbook. New Jersey: John Wiley & Sons.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Integrated Marketing Communications Course Code: BBA641M

Total number of hours: 60 Hrs Credits: 4

Course Description: This is an elective course offered in the sixth semester to students of marketing
specialization. Students learn various aspects of the evolution, growth and development of marketing
communications.

Course Objectives:

 To identify the promotional elements in the marketing programmes

 To demonstrate the role of various communication models.
 To examine the role and functions of specialized marketing organizations.
 To curate the process of budgeting for IMC
 To interpret social insights of research to build creative strategy for IMC.
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:

CLO1 Identify the promotional elements in the marketing programmes

CLO2 Demonstrate the role of various communication models.
CLO3 Examine the role and functions of specialized marketing organizations.
CLO4 Curate the process of budgeting for IMC
CLO5 Interpret social insights of research to build creative strategy for IMC.
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, students’ discussions and
activities, research articles, creative assignments, and various forms of experiential learning.

UNIT 1 Introduction to IMC: 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Concept of integrated marketing communications (IMC), Evolution and Importance of IMC, Elements
of the Promotional Mix and its Role in the IMC Programme, IMC Planning Process Model

UNIT II Integrated Marketing Programme Situation Analysis: 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Role of advertising and promotion in an organization’s integrated marketing programme, Elements of
the Marketing Mix and its impact on IMC, Target Marketing, Segmentation and Positioning strategies
and its application in IMC

UNIT III Analysing the Communication Process: 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Models of Communication Process, Organizing for advertising and other aspects of IMC, Agencies
and other integrated services in IMC, Source, Message Structure and Channel Factors

UNIT IV Objectives and Budgeting for IMC Programme 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Importance of setting specific objectives and Problems encountered, Methods of Budget Setting,
Process of Budget setting

UNIT V Developing the IMC Programme: 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Role of Creative Strategy in advertising, Research inputs in creative process, role of various client and
agency personnel, creative execution styles, evaluation and approval process, Media Planning and
Strategy, Evaluation of Broadcast and Print Media
 Bachelor of Business Administration

UNIT VI Monitoring, Evaluation and Control: 12 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Measuring Promotional Programme Effectiveness, Regulations in Advertising, Sales Promotions and
Direct Marketing, Role and Functions of various regulatory agencies.

UNIT VII Contemporary Perspectives in IMC: 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Global vs Localized Marketing and Advertising, Role of promotional mix in international IMC,
Various perspectives of Social, Economic and Ethical aspects of advertising and promotion

Essential references:

1. Belch, George E. and Michael A. Belch (2000), Advertising and Promotion: An

Integrated Marketing Communications Perspective, 6th Ed. Boston: Irwin McGraw-Hill

Recommended references:

1. Shimp, T. A(2014) Integrated Marketing Communication in Advertising and Promotion,

8th Ed,Cengage Learning India Pvt Ltd, New Delhi
2. Philip J. Kitchen; Patrick De Pelsmacker (2004), Integrated Marketing Communications:
A Primer, Routledge
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Sales and Distribution Course Code: BBA642M

Management
Total number of hours: 60 Hours Credits: 4
Course Description: This course is designed to help students learn about sales and distribution
management concepts and how to apply them to solve business problems. Students will
examine the dynamics of business decision making and demonstrate the ability to identify
professional selling and negotiation skills, and man management skills. This course brings in
features in Distribution Management like channel design, and the different components of
distribution such as logistic management and channel information system
Course Objectives:
 To defining the key concepts in Sales and Distribution Management.
 To analyze the strategic role of Sales management in attaining competitive advantage for a
firm.
 To apply and relate Sales and Distribution Management with other key departments of a
firm.
 To evaluate emerging and important topics related to Sales and Distribution Management.
 To formulate, plan, manage and control the best processes so that value-addition occurs in
the most efficient and effective way.
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:
CLO1 Defining the key concepts in Sales and Distribution Management.
CLO2 Analyze the strategic role of Sales management in attaining competitive advantage
for a firm.
CLO3 Apply and relate Sales and Distribution Management with other key departments of
a firm.
CLO4 Evaluate emerging and important topics related to Sales and Distribution
Management.
CLO5 Formulate, plan, manage and control the best processes so that value-addition occurs
in the most efficient and effective way.

Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, students’ discussions and
PPTs, case studies, role plays, and form of experiential learning.
Unit I: Introduction to Sales Management and Process in selling. 9 Hrs
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Objectives and scope of Personal Selling, role of Sales Management in Marketing, role of Sales
Management in Marketing Strategy Development, nature and responsibilities of Sales
Management, Careers in Sales Management. Approaches to Personal Selling, Process of Personal
Selling.

Unit II: Selling Skills and Selling Strategies. 9 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Modern roles and Required Skills for Sales Managers, nature and scope of personal selling
strategy, formulation of personal selling strategy, sales planning and estimating the budget.
International trends in sales.

Unit III: Sales Force Automation 9 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Organizing, directing and controlling of sales force, Automation in Personal Selling, Organization
Design and Staffing, Sales Planning, Time and Territory Management.

Unit IV: Sales Force Recruitment, Motivation and Control 9 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Recruiting and training sales personnel, designing and compensating sales personnel, motivating
and leading the sales force. Overview of sales forces performance, developing control techniques,
evaluating sales force performance.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Unit V:Selling on the Internet 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Selling agents for internet trading-net selling, advertising in net trading, payment system in Internet
trading-smart card, credit card, debit card- payment by card: advantages and disadvantages; How to
make internet selling safe-Digital signature, biometric method and legal or regulatory environment;
Growth of internet trading in India.

Unit VI: Designing Customer Oriented Marketing Channels and Logistic Management 8 Hrs
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Introduction, Marketing Channels, Designing Channels, Selection and Recruitment of Channel

Partners, Channel Motivation, Channel Relationships Management, Channel Evaluation, Emerging
Trends in Channels, Managing logistics, customers’ logistical expectations and desires, creating
logistic value. International trends in distribution.

Unit VII: Channel Information System 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Information Systems for Channels, elements of channel information system, classification of

information, advantages of information, developing channel information system.

Essential references:

1. Sales Management- Analysis & Decision Making –Johnston & Marshall (Tata McGRAW
Hill 9th Edition, India Edition

2. Krishna K. Havaldar, Vasant M. Cavale (2011) Sales & Distribution Management Tata
McGrawHill

Recommended references:

1. Tanner, J; Honecutt ED Erfmeyer Robert C (2009). Sales Management, Pearson Education.

2. Johnson, EM etc. (2007). Sales Management: Concepts Practices& Cases, McGraw Hill
Co.
A, Nag (2013).Sales and Distribution Management, McGraw Hill.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Rural Marketing Course Code: BBA643M

Total number of hours: 60 Hrs Credits: 4
Course Description: The course introduces the student to the various aspects of Indian rural markets
as the study of rural marketing has become significant because of the saturation of the urban markets
and the increase in the purchasing power of the rural population. It covers aspects like relevance and
scope of rural market in India, the environment prevailing these dynamics involved in the behavior of
rural consumers, rural market segmentation and targeting. It also goes in details for explaining the
product strategy adopted by the companies for rural market, pricing strategy and rural distributions
includes traditional and modern channels.
Course Objectives:
 To illustrate the evolution of rural market and classification of rural marketing
 To plan the STP for rural markets.
 To apply the marketing mix and branding concepts for rural markets
 To analyse pricing and distribution strategy for a rural market
 To recommend a rural communication with help of rural financial services
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:
CLO1 Illustrate the evolution of rural market and classification of rural marketing
CLO2 Plan the STP for rural markets.
CLO3 Apply the marketing mix and branding concepts for rural markets
CLO4 Analyse pricing and distribution strategy for a rural market
CLO5 Recommend a rural communication with help of rural financial services
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, discussions & presentations
and experiential learning on retail management.

Unit I – Introduction to Rural Markets 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Definition, scope of rural marketing, their evolution over period of time and Demographic pattern of
Rural Market concepts, and components of rural markets, classification of rural markets, rural vs.
urban markets. Need for rural marketing, types of rural customers, Evolution of Rural Marketing: Pre-
1960s, 1960-1990 and 1990 – Present Rural Market Structure, Size of Rural Market, FMCG Market
and Durable Market, Literacy Levels, Expenditure Pattern, Factors affecting Rural Consumer
Behaviour,

Unit-II –Rural Market & STP 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Rise of Consumerism, Consumer Buying Process, Opinion Leadership Process, Diffusion of

Innovation, Brand Loyalty, Growing connectivity in rural India, role of rural women& rural youth.
Segmenting, Targeting and Positioning, Segmentation- Heterogeneity in Rural, Prerequisites for
Effective Segmentation, Degrees of Segmentation, Basis of Segmentation and Approaches to Rural
Segmentation- Targeting- Evaluation and Selection of Segments, Coverage of Segments, Positioning-
Identifying the positioning Concept, Selecting the positioning Concept, Developing the Concept,
Communicating the Concept, Urban vs. rural marketing. Rural consumer behaviour – buyer
characteristics, decision process, and behaviour patterns, evaluation procedure, brand loyalty,
innovation adoption

Unit-III – Marketing Mix and New Product Development for Rural Market 8 Hrs
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Product Strategy Introduction, Marketing Mix Challenges, Product concepts classification-Five

Levels Products, Classification of Products, Rural Product Categories – Fast moving Consumer
goods, Consumer Durables, Agriculture Goods, Services, New Product Development Consumer
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Adoption Process, Product life cycle, Product Mix, Branding in Rural India- Brand building in Rural
India, Brand Spectrum in Rural, Brand Loyalty Vs Stickiness, Fake Brands: Lookalikes, Spell-alike,
Duplicates

Unit-IV – Pricing Strategy & Rural Distribution 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Pricing Strategy / Pricing Objectives, Pricing Methods

Introduction: Accessing Rural Markets, Coverage Status in Rural Markets, Channels of Distribution,
Evolution of Rural Distribution Systems- Wholesaling, Rural Retail System, Vans, Rural Mobile
Traders: The last Mile Distribution, Haats/Shandies, Public Distribution System, Co-operative
Societies Behavior of the Channel, Prevalent Rural Distribution Models

Unit-V – Rural Distribution Models 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Distribution Models of FMCG Companies, Distribution Model of Durable Companies, Distribution of

fake products, Emerging Distribution Models- Corporate –SHG Linkage, Satellite Distribution,
Syndicated Distribution, ITC’s Distribution Model, Petrol pumps and Extension counters, Barefoot
agents, Agricultural agents, Agricultural input dealers, Ideal distribution model for Rural Market.
Innovations in rural markets: ICT in Rural Distribution, Project i - Shakti – HUL, Project e-Choupal –
ITC

Unit-VI – Rural Communication – Conventional & Unconventional 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Challenges in Rural Communication, A view of Communication Process, Developing Effective-

Profiling the Target Audience, determining communication objectives, designing the message,
selecting the communication channels, deciding the promotion mix, Creating advertisement for rural
audiences’ rural media- Mass media. Non- Conventional Media, melas, Haats, Interactive games, folk
media, puppet shows, POP displays, Personalized media, Rural Media: The importance of the two-
step flow of communication Media Typology, The Media Model, Media innovation

Unit-VII – Rural Financial Services 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Development banking – social banking – banking structure: commercial banks, cooperative, RRBS
constraints in credit delivery system - NABARD and rural development –Innovative Credit Delivery
Systems, Micro Finance, Financial Products in Rural Area

Essential references:
1. Kashyap, P.(2013). Rural Marketing (2nd edi), Pearson Education
2. Krishnamoorthy, R (2013). Rural Marketing (3rd Edi), Himalaya Publishing House

Recommended references:
1. M Gopalswamy T.P (2009). Rural Marketing (3rd edi), Vikas Publishing house.
2. Dogra (2007). Rural Marketing (7th edi), Tata McGraw-Hill Education.
3. Krishnamacharyulu C.G. (2011). Cases in Rural Marketing. (2nd ed). Pearson Education.
4. Mathur, U.C. (2008). Rural Marketing(1st edi). Excel books.
5. Prahlad C.K (2005). Fortune at the bottom of the Pyramid. Wharton School Publishing.
6. Allen R.K, (2005). Bringing new technology to market (1st edi). Prentice Hall Publication.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Digital Marketing Course Code:BBA644M

Total number of hours: 60 Hours Credits: 4
Course Description:
The emerging powers of internet and related technologies have changed the Market place in the
world, by making transactions quick, economical and convenient. The course aims at enabling
students with the techniques that can be used for marketing in the digital/internet world.
Course Objectives:
 To present the student with an overall view of the Digital marketing space
 To develop competency in students to develop Marketing Strategy using various tools
available to manage consumers and content on the internet
 To enable students with the techniques that can be used for marketing in the digital/internet
world
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:
 CLO1 Understand the basics of digital marketing and would be able to use it effectively to
run full-fledged campaigns
 CLO2 Develop a comprehensive digital marketing strategy
 CLO3 Enable students with the techniques that can be used for marketing in the
digital/internet world
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, students’ discussions and
PPTs, case studies, role plays, and form of experiential learning.
Syllabus

Unit I 6 Hrs
Marketing in the Digital Era
Level of Knowledge: Basic

Introduction to Digital Marketing (DM)-Meaning, Definition, Need of DM, Scope of DM, History
of DM, Concept and approaches to DM. The Online Marketing Mix, Issues of Online Marketing,
Available routes after graduation (agency/brand/media/events & activations etc)

Unit II 7 Hrs
Consumer in the Digital Era
Level of Knowledge: Basic

Types of digital marketing channels in detail: Influencer marketing, Affiliate marketing, media
strategy and planning etc. The Online Consumer, The Digital Ecosystem, Marketing in a Virtual
World, The Potential of Digital Marketing, Types Of Online Behaviour, Database Marketing, The
Analytical Toolkit, CRM in a Web 2.0 World, CRM Processes and Technology, Types of CRM
(Operational, Collaborative and analytical), Sales Force Automation, Customer Service & Support,
Customer Value Management, Key Account Management

Unit III 7 Hrs

Business Drivers in the Virtual World,
Level of Knowledge: Basic

Concept and Tools of Web 2.0, Introduction to Social Media, Models of Social Media, Social
Media Analytics, Social Media Tools, Viral Marketing, Social Curation, E-Enterprises, Online
Branding, The Digital Brand ecosystem, Establishing Online Brand Identity, Facebook Marketing,
Linkedin Marketing, Twitter Marketing, Instagram Marketing, Youtube Marketing, Basics of
Website dev, Basics of Google Display Network, Microsoft Advertising, Quora, Amazon Ads
Network, TikTok Marketing

Unit IV 6 Hrs
Web Business Models
Level of Knowledge: Basic
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Introduction to Web Business Models, Web Chain of Events and Analysis, Customer Life Time
Value, Pricing in Virtual World, Introduction to E-commerce, Online Distribution and
Procurement, New Intermediaries, Payment Service Providers. Micro Transactions + Pay to Win
Models

Unit V 10 Hrs
Online Tools for Marketing
Level of Knowledge: Basic

Introduction to SEO, SEM, Email Marketing-Need for Emails, Types of Emails, options in Email
advertising, Mobile Marketing Overview of the B2B and B2C Mobile Marketing; Consumer
engagement and its Importance, Driving Consumer engagement, Engagement Marketing through
Content Management, Measurement of Consumer Engagement, Blogging as a co-creation Tool,
Concept of Online Campaign Management, Campaign Management using Corporate Blogs,
Measuring Campaign effectiveness.

Unit VI 7 Hrs
STP and Analytics
Level of Knowledge: Basic

Consumer Segmentation, Targeting, and Positioning using Online Tools, Knowledge discovery and
Data mining for customer segmentation, Emerging Consumer segments in India, Market Influence
Analytics in a Digital Ecosystem, Consumer generated Media. Introduction to Web Analytics,
Analytics & importance of date + basic terminology across analytics

Unit VII 7 Hrs

The Contemporary Digital Revolution
Level of Knowledge: Basic

Concept of Online CommUnities and Co-creation, Models of branded Co-Creation commUnities,

leveraging online commUnities for Co-Creation, Role of online commUnities in impacting
consumer price sensitivity, Role of Games and apps in marketing, Common games used by
Marketers, Anatomy of Gamification, Structure of a Game, Game Mechanics and Dynamics, The
Future of Marketing Gamification and Apps

Essential Reading

1. Vandana Ahuja, (2015) Digital Marketing, Oxford University Press

Recommended Reading:
1. Dave Chaffey and Ellis Chadwick, Digital Marketing: Strategy, Implementation and
Practice, Pearson Publications.
2. Zimmerman Jan, Sahlin Doug. (2008). Social media marketing, All-in-one for dummies,
Wiley India
3. Teixeira, J. (2010). Your Google Game Plan for Success: Increasing Your Web Presence
with Google AdWords, Analytics and Website Optimizer, Wiley India.
4. Damian Ryan. ( 2014). Understanding Digital Marketing: Marketing Strategies for
Engaging the Digital Generation, Kogan Page

Course Name: Neuromarketing Course Code: BBA645M

Total number of hours: 60 Hrs Credits: 4
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Description: The course focuses on how neuro marketing can help business to achieve an in-
depth understanding of consumers’ thinking, choices and purchase decisions. The central focus is to
bring awareness about the brain science of consumers’ decision making at the same time this is not a
course on brain anatomy.This course comprises of the practical implication of brain science in
marketing strategies and how organizations can succeed with neuromarketing research unlike
traditional marketing research practices.
Course Objectives
 To understand the basic interdisciplinary dimensions of Neuro marketing.
 To distinguish how neural networks respond to different marketing cues
 To interpret the relevant theories and concepts to various practices of Neuromarkeing.
 To apply Neuro marketing to predict consumers’ decisions.
 To examine and diagnose the various strategies of neuromarketing
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:

CLO1 Understand the basic interdisciplinary dimensions of Neuro marketing.

CLO2 Distinguish how neural networks respond to different marketing cues
CLO3 Interpret the relevant theories and concepts to various practices of Neuromarkeing.
CLO4 Apply Neuro marketing to predict consumers’ decisions.
CLO5 Examine and diagnose the various strategies of neuromarketing
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, students’ discussions and
PPTs, research article, a field visit, and form of experiential learning.
UNIT 1 10 Hrs
INTRODUCTION
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Meaning and interdisciplinary dimension of Neuro Marketing, behaviourism, positioning-gaps;

structure and functions of the human brain., emotions depend on cognitive appraisal of stimulus

UNIT II 10 Hrs
NEURAL CORRELATES OF HUMAN BRAIN APPLIED IN MARKETING
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Memory-importance, types, its application to marketing and advertising, 4 stages of memory

formation, advertising &seven sins of memory. Brain laterality-usefulness to marketing, applications-
communication design, communication strategy, low-involvement & high involvement process, brain
waves and brand communication,

UNIT III 6 Hrs

BRAIN WAVES AND BRAND COMMUNICATION
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Brain waves, ads create emotional and cognitive impact, branding moments.

UNIT IV 12 Hrs
DEVICES FOR NEURAL READING
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

EEG-types of waves, CT scanning, MRI, fMRI, Eye tracking, GSR, PET, Biometrics, brain tracking
devices and tools to measure neural activities
 Bachelor of Business Administration

UNIT V 14 Hrs
NEUROMARKETING RESEARCH
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Experiments in package design, Retties and Brewer (2000), neuroimages of advertising, advertising
and brain waves, experimental ad research-thinking and feeling are necessary, methodology&
conclusions drawn from experiments. experimental advertising research- print ads generate more
brain waves, design of the study, findings and conclusion, impact of media, product and message on
affective, cognitive and persuasive outcomes of ads

UNIT VI 4 Hrs
NEUROMARKETING: TOWARDS AN INTEGRATED APPROACH
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Brain laterality, memory formation and interference, rational and emotional components of brand
attributes, positioning, marketing research, brand recall, deciding the price

UNIT VII 4 Hrs

ETHICS IN NEUROMARKETING
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Controversy: Pseudo-science, Mind Reader, Ethical Concerns, Academic Vs Industry Research

Essential references:

1. Sharma, J.K., Singh, D and Deepak, K.K and Agarwal. D.P (2012) Neuromarketing: a peep
into customers’ minds, Eastern Economy Edition, Prentice Hall Pvt Ltd, New Delhi.
2. Genco, Stephen J., Andrew P. Pohlmann, and Peter Steidl. Neuromarketing for Dummies.
John Wiley & Sons.

Recommended references:
1. Lindstrom,M. (2008). Buyology: How everything we believe about why we buy is wrong.
London: Random House Business.
2. Plessis, E. (2011). The branded mind: what neuroscience really tells us about the puzzle of
the brain and the brand, London, UK: Kogan Page
3. Genco, Stephen J., Andrew P. Pohlmann and Peter Steid (2013) Neuromarketing for
Dummies, John Wiley & Sons. ISBN-10: 1118518586, ISBN-13: 978-1118518588.
(Paperback or Kindle formats at http://www.amazon.com/Neuromarketing-Dummies-
Business-PersonalFinance/dp/1118518586/ref)
4. Bridger, Darren (2015) Decoding the Irrational Consumer: How to Commission, Run and
Generate Insights from Neuromarketing Research, Kogan Page Publishers, ISBN-10:
0749473843, ISBN-13: 978-0749473846
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Knowledge Management Course Code: BBA641H

Total number of hours: 60 Hrs Credits: 4
Course Description:
Today’s turbulent business environment has been characterized by ‘the knowledge era’ where
competitive advantage is based upon the resource-based view of the firm and successful utilization of
employee knowledge. It is the organization that can capture, manage and apply the different forms of
knowledge prevalent in the workplace that will grow and flourish. The purpose of the course is to
explore the concept of knowledge and the means by which organizations seek to manage it through
formal technological practices and informal social systems. The course looks at a theoretical and
practitioner point of view and seeks to provide a 360 degree overview of the domain of Knowledge
Management.
Course Outcomes:
 To demonstrate an understand of the key concepts, theories and models that enable
knowledge management
 To provide an outline about the importance of knowledge management in developing people
and organizations.
 To enable the students to apply the concepts, principles and models of knowledge
management in practical situations.
 To evaluate the various process, approaches and strategies for managing knowledge in
organizations
 To provide solutions to the issues pertaining to managing knowledge.
Course Learning Outcome: At the end of the course the students will be able to:
CLO1 Demonstrate the understanding of key concepts, principles and models related to
knowledge management
CLO2 Learn to apply the theories and concepts studied in the classroom to practical situations.
CLO3 Analyse the various types of knowledge and models and its relevance to organizations
CLO4 Evaluate the various knowledge management practices and their value to organizations
CLO5 Solve the issues pertaining to knowledge management

Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, student discussions &
presentations, case studies and research article analysis as well as a Guest Lecture by an industry
practitioner.
Unit I: Introduction to Knowledge Management 8 Hrs
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Introduction to Knowledge Management; Multidisciplinary Nature of KM - The Two Major Types of

Knowledge, The Concept Analysis Technique; History of Knowledge Management - From Physical
Assets to Knowledge Assets Organizational Perspectives on Knowledge Management; Importance of
KM - KM for Individuals, Communities, and Organizations.

Unit II: Knowledge Management Cycle 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Major Approaches to the KM Cycle - The Zack KM Cycle, The Bukowitz and Williams KM Cycle,
The McElroy KM Cycle, The Wiig KM Cycle; An Integrated KM Cycle; Strategic Implications of the
KM Cycle; Practical Considerations for Managing Knowledge.

Unit III: Knowledge Management Models 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Major Theoretical KM Models - The von Krogh and Roos Model of Organizational Epistemology,
The Nonaka and Takeuchi Knowledge Spiral Model, The Knowledge Creation Process, Knowledge
Conversion, Knowledge Spiral.

Unit IV: Knowledge Capture and Codification 12 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Tacit Knowledge Capture - Tacit Knowledge Capture at Individual and Group Levels, Interviewing
Experts, Structured Interviewing, Stories, Learning by Being Told, Learning by Observation; Tacit
Knowledge Capture at the Organizational Level; Explicit Knowledge Codification - Cognitive Maps,
Decision Trees, Knowledge Taxonomies.

Unit V: Knowledge Sharing and Communities of Practice 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

The Social Nature of Knowledge; Sociograms and Social Network Analysis, Knowledge-Sharing
Communities - Types of Communities, Roles and Responsibilities in CoPs, Knowledge Sharing in
Virtual CoPs; Obstacles to Knowledge Sharing, The Undernet.

Unit VI: Knowledge Management Tools 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Knowledge Capture and Creation Tools - Content Creation Tools, Data Mining and Knowledge
Discovery, Blogs, Content Management Tools; Knowledge Sharing and Dissemination Tools -
Groupware and Collaboration Tools, Wikis, Networking Technologies; Knowledge Acquisition and
Application Tools - Intelligent Filtering Tools, Adaptive Technologies.

Unit VII: Role of Organizational Culture 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Different Types of Cultures, Organizational Culture Analysis, Culture at the Foundation of KM, The
Effects of Culture on Individuals; Cultural Transformation to a Knowledge-Sharing Culture;
Organizational Maturity Models - KM Maturity Models, COP Maturity Models.

Essential references:
1. Dalkir, K. (2017) Knowledge management in theory and practice (3rded.). Cambridge, MA:
MIT Press

Recommended references:
1. Rhem, A. J. (2017). Knowledge management in practice. New York: CRC Press.
2. Leonard-Barton, D., Swap, W. C., & Barton, G. (2015). Critical knowledge transfer: Tools
for managing your company's deep smarts.Boston, US: Harvard Business Review Press.
3. Horaguchi. (2014). Collective knowledge management: Foundations of international
business in the age of .. [Place of publication not identified]: Edward Elgar Publishing
4. Jay Liebowitz., & Liebowitz, J. (2012). Knowledge Management Handbook: Collaboration
and social networking (2nd ed.). London: CRC Press.
5. Pugh, K. (2011). Sharing hidden know-how: How managers solve thorny problems with the
 Bachelor of Business Administration

knowledge jam. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass.

 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Organizational Course Code: BBA642H

Change and Development
Total number of hours: 60 Hrs Credits: 4
Course Description: Organizational Change & Development (OD) is an emerging behavioral science
discipline that provides experiential approach to learning. Strong leadership, right policies, and
effective communication are the three basic pillars for any successful change and managing change
involves an array of activities ranging from creation of organizational identities, knowledge
development, management of diversity, constant upgradation of technology, alignment of strategic
goals with economic environment, creation of appropriate cultures, restructuring of roles, coping with
market competition, and management of internal as well as external crises.
Course Objectives:
 To examine the principles and processes of OD
 To provide an understanding of application of system thinking to organizational change
 To discuss and analyse various OD models and tools
 To analyse organizational improvement process through change management
 To understand the role of organizational change consultants and examine various strategies
and approaches to organizational change
 To assess various team interventions, techno-structural interventions and strategic human
resource interventions for organizational change and development.
Course Learning Outcomes: : On having completed this course student will be able to:
CLO1: Demonstrate an understanding of OD principles and processes
CLO2: Apply system thinking framework to organizational change
CLO3: Apply OD models in relevance to the business problems
CLO4: Choose an appropriate organizational improvement framework for an effective change
management
CLO5: Build HR strategies by identifying the right approach to organizational change
CLO6: Appraise and Choose various OD interventions( team, techno-structural and strategic
human resource) and tools for an effective change and development .
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, student discussions, peer
learning & presentations, flip class, case studies and research article analysis, field study as well as a
Guest Lecture by an industry practitioner.
UNIT I: Introduction to Organizational Change 8 Hrs
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Content and Process theories of Organizational change, Need for Organizational change,
Organizational change-Transformation and Renewal, Organization Renewal-Adapting to change( A
model of Adaptive Orientation), Change triggers-Business Development driven change-Culture driven
change-Strategy driven change-Process driven change-Competency driven change-Innovation driven
change, Types of change-Planned and Unplanned change, System thinking and change, Change
process- unfreezing ,changing and refreezing.

UNIT II: Managing Organizational Change 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Change management principles, Organization Improvement Process through change management,

Implementing change improvement systems, Organizational Effectiveness and Excellence-European
Foundation for Quality Management (EFQM) Excellence model-Managerial roles theory for achieving
organizational effectiveness and excellence- People Capability Maturity Model (P-CMM) for
Organizational Excellence.

UNIT III: Introduction to Organizational Development 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Nature of Planned change, Organization Transformation and Development, Definitions and concepts
of OD, OD-The Planned Change Process, Need for OD in Organization, OD Values and Goals, OD as
Action Research Process, Characteristics of OD, History of OD, Organization Culture & change-
creating a winning culture- Impact of key factors, cultural resistance to change, Psychological
contract, Experiential approach to learning.

UNIT IV: The process of Organization Diagnosis 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Entering and Contracting- OD Consultant-Role and style-External and Internal Consulting team-
Readiness of the Organization for OD-Consultant and Client Relationship modes-Red flags in the
Consultant- client relationship; Diagnosing Organizations- Process, Diagnostic models-Analytical
model, Emergent-Group Behavior model, Management Consulting Model, Sociotechnical system
model, Cause maps and social network analysis model, Open systems model, Level of Diagnosis-
Individual, group and Organization- Data Collection Process- Methods for collecting data and
techniques for analyzing data, feeding back diagnostic information- determining the content of the
feedback & Survey Feedback- Designing Interventions- Effective interventions; Designing effective
interventions and Overview of Interventions.

UNIT V: Human Process Intervention 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Interpersonal and Group Process Approaches: Process Consultation, Third- Party Interventions, Team
Building, Johari Window and Transactional Analysis.
Organization Process Approaches: Organization Confrontation Meeting, Intergroup Relations
Interventions, and Large-Group Interventions.

UNIT VI: Techno Structural Interventions 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Restructuring Organizations: Structural Design & Reengineering. Employee Involvement and Work
Design: Motivational Approach, Sociotechnical System Approach and Engineering Approach.

UNIT VII: Strategic Human Resource Management Change Interventions 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Performance Management: Model of Performance Management, Goal Setting and Reward System.
Developing talent: Career Planning and Development Interventions, Coaching and Mentoring,
Management and Leadership Development Interventions. Managing Workforce Diversity and
Wellness: Workforce diversity interventions, Employee Stress and Wellness Interventions.
Transformational change: Organization Design and Culture Change, Self-Designing Organizations,
Learning Organization, Third-wave organization, Trans- Organizational change- Rationale, Strategic
Alliance Interventions, Network Interventions.

Essential Reading:
1. Cummings, T.G., & Worley, C.G. (2015).Organization Development and Change.
Southwestern: Cengage Learning.
Recommended Reading:
1. Anderson, D.L. (2016). Organization Development: The Process of Leading Organizational
Change. Sage South Asia.
2. Harvey, D.R., & Brown, R. D. (2013).An Experiential approach to organization
development. New Delhi: Pearson Prentice Hall.
3. Wendell, F.L., & Bell, C.H. (2017). Organization Development; Behavioral Science
Interventions for Organization Improvement. Prentice Hall of India Private Limited.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Strategic HRM Course Code: BBA643H

Total number of hours: 60 Hrs Credits: 4
Course Description: Strategic human resource management is very critical to a firm’s success in the
contemporary business world. This course explores the strategic role of human resources in
organizational performance, human resource environment in organizations, human resource
evaluation, measuring employee performance, mentoring and career management. This course
provides an insight on how human resources can be looked from an investment perspective and how
an integration of human resource strategy and business strategy becomes a point of competitive
advantage for companies.
Course Objectives:
 To understand different theoretical approaches to SHRM and the linkage between HR strategy
and business strategy
 To discuss the significance of viewing human resources as investment and a source of
sustainable competitive advantage
 To analyse the relationship between business strategy and human resource planning
 To determine the linkage between business strategy and compensation strategy
 To examine the human aspect of strategic implementation.

Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student will be able to:
CLO1: Interpret the opportunities and challenges posed by business environment to human
resources management.
CLO2: Develop different SHRM approaches in implementing business strategies to manage
challenges of business environment.
CLO3: Choose an appropriate framework in analyzing the significance of human resources as
investment and as a source of sustainable competitive advantage
CLO4: Propose and apply HR strategy in relations to business strategy
CLO5: Evaluate social and ethical issues related to adopting a human resource strategy.
CLO6: Formulate HR policies and program to address the social and ethical issues.
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, student discussions, peer
learning & presentations, flip class, case studies and research article analysis, field study as well as a
Guest Lecture by an industry practitioner.

Unit –I Introduction to Strategic HRM 8 Hrs.

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Definition of SHRM, Need and Importance of SHRM – From Traditional HRM to SHRM – Linking
HR Strategy with Business Strategy- Developing an HRM Plan - Gaining Competitive Advantage
through HR, On becoming a strategic partners, The VRIO Framework, The changing role of HR,
Future Challenges of HR.

Unit –II Human Resource Environment 8 Hrs.

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Technology and Structure, Work force Diversity, Societal and Demographic Changes, Change in
Employment Relationships - Temporary and Contract Labour Global Environment, Global
Competition.

Unit – III An Investment perspective of Human resources 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Human resource investment considerations, investments in T&D, investment practices for improved
retention, investments in job secure workforce, ethical implications of employment practices, non-
traditional investment approaches.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Unit – IV Human resource planning 10 Hrs.

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Strategic role of HRP, overview of HRP, managerial issues in planning, selecting forecasting
techniques, forecasting the supply of HR, forecasting the demand. Efficient utilization of HR, dealing
with employee shortages, selection of employees, dealing with employee surpluses, special
implementation challenges.

Unit – V Strategy implementation: development and reward management 8 Hrs.

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Employee development, strategically oriented performance measurement systems, strategically

oriented compensation systems.

Unit – VI Retrenchment Strategies 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Understanding what is “Retrenchment” and “Redundancy”, Selection of Employees for Retrenchment,

Downsizing, HR Outsourcing and Employee Leasing.

Unit – VII Human Aspect of Strategies Implementation 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Organization Culture, Culture and Leadership, Human Side of Merger and Acquisition, Organizational
Power and Politics.

Essential Reading:
1. Greer, C.R. (2017). Strategic Human Resource Management (3ndedi), Pearson education.

Recommended reading:
1. Agarwala, T. (2010). Strategic Human Resource Management, Oxford University Press.
2. Paauwe, J. (2017). Strategy, HRM, and performance: A contextual approach (Second
edition.). Oxford: Oxford university press.
3. Armstrong, M. 1, & Armstrong, M. (2016). Armstrong's Handbook of Strategic Human
Resource Management (6th Ed.). London: Kogan Page.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Performance Management Course Code: BBA 644H

Total number of hours: 60 Hrs Credits: 4
Course Description: The course examines the importance of effective performance management
systems that help organizations in achieving short and long term goals. It explains and reinforces the
concept that performance management is not a one-time supervisory event, but an ongoing process of
planning, facilitating, assessing, and improving individual and organizational performance. In
addition, the course emphasizes the importance of measuring the effectiveness of human resource
activities that are designed to enhance individual and organizational performance. The course seeks to
provide theoretical and practical perspectives of effective performance management systems.
Course Objectives:
 To understand the key concepts and frameworks that enable performance management from a
multiple stakeholder perspective.
 To illustrate the importance of implementing well-designed performance management
systems
 To examine the deficiencies in the existing systems and suggest how these can be improved.
 To evaluate performance management practices in various organizations.
 To design and suggest comprehensive performance management initiatives for organizations.
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student will be able to:

CLO1 Demonstrate the understanding of strategic performance aims, objectives, priorities and
targets.
CLO2 Plan effective performance management policies and practices to improve organizational
and employee performance.
CLO3 Deduce arguments for using appropriate performance management techniques, rewards
and sanctions to improve performance.
CLO4 Justify the communication skills required when managing achievement and
underachievement.
CLO5 Propose initiatives for improving effectiveness of performance management.
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, student discussions &
presentations, case studies and research article analysis as well as a Guest Lecture by an industry
practitioner.
Unit I: Introduction to Performance Management 12 Hrs
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Definition of performance management, Objectives of performance management, Characteristics of

performance management, and Pitfalls of poorly implemented performance management systems;
Process of performance management – Prerequisites, performance planning, performance execution,
performance assessment, performance review, performance renewal and re-contracting.

Unit II: Defining Performance and Choosing a Measurement Approach 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Defining performance, determinants of performance, performance dimensions, approaches to

measuring performance – behaviours, results, traits.

Unit III: Measuring Results and Behavior 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Measuring Results – determining accountabilities, determining objectives, determining performance

standards; Measuring Behaviours – comparative systems, absolute systems.

Unit IV: Gathering Performance Information 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Appraisal forms – characteristics of appraisal forms, determining overall rating, appraisal period and
number of meetings, appraisal information sources, model of rater motivation, preventing rating
distortion through rater training programs.

Unit V: Implementing a Performance Management System 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Communication plan, appeals process, training programs for acquisition of requisite skills, pilot
testing, ongoing monitoring and evaluation, online implementation.

Unit VI: Performance Management Skills 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Coaching, coaching styles, coaching process, observation and documentation of developmental

behavior and outcomes, giving feedback, disciplinary process and termination, performance review
meetings.

Unit VII: Managing Team Performance 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Definition and importance of teams, types of teams and implications for performance management,
purposes and challenges of team performance management, including team performance in the
performance management system, rewarding team performance.

Essential references:
1. Aguinis, H (2013). Performance Management (3rd edition). New Jersey, USA: Pearson.

Recommended references:
1. Armstrong, M. (2018). Armstrong's handbook of performance management: An evidence-
based guide to delivering high performance (Sixth edition.). U K: Kogan Page.
2. Adler, R. W. (2018). Strategic performance management: Accounting for organizational
control. Oxon: Routledge.
3. Ashdown, L. (2018). Performance management: A practical introduction (Second edition.).
London: Kogan Page Limited.
4. Mone, E. M. (2018). Employee engagement through effective performance management: A
practical guide for managers (Second Edition.). New York: Routledge.
5. HBR. (2017). HBR guide to performance management. Boston: HBR.
6. Armstrong, M. (2017). Armstrong on reinventing performance management: Building a
culture of continuous improvement. London: Kogan Page.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Human Resource Analytics Course Code: BBA645H

Total number of hours: 60 Hrs Credits: 4
Course Description: This course aims at developing analytical skills which will help students to
conduct comprehensive analysis of data to develop and streamline HR Policies and strategic decisions
of organizations. The course also enables students to understand how HR professionals make data-
driven decisions to attract, manage and retain employees, which improves ROI. This course helps
students gain employability skills in HR functional area to create better work environment and
maximize employee productivity.
Course Objectives:
 To outline the theory, concepts, and business application of human resources research, data,
metrics, systems, analyses, and reporting.
 To understand how HR professionals make data-driven decisions to attract, manage and retain
employees, which improves ROI.
 To examine the role and importance of HR analytics, and the ability to track, store, retrieve,
analyze and interpret HR data to support decision making
 To create benchmarks/metrics to conduct research and statistical analyses related to Human
Resource Management
 To choose appropriate software to record, maintain, retrieve and analyze human resources
information (e.g., staffing, skills, performance ratings and compensation information).
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student will be able to:
CLO1 Understand the importance of and the metrics measured by HR analytics
CLO2 Apply quantitative and qualitative analysis to understand trends and indicators in human
resource data
CLO3 Develop effective workforce planning for cost and effort reduction
CLO4 Choose information technology to enhance the efficiency and effectiveness of human
resource functions within the organization.
CLO5 Formulate strategies for working across functional areas to solve HR problems that
enhances the employability skills.

Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, student discussions &
presentations, case studies and research article analysis as well as a Guest Lecture by an industry
practitioner.

Unit 1: Introduction to HR Analytics 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Introduction to HR Analytics and its importance, The Language of Metrics and Analytics, Ascending
the Value Ladder, The power of analytics, The Model for Predictive Management, Strategic Human
Capital Measures, The Value of Statistical Analysis, Basic statistical tests and advanced statistical
tests, Hands on experience using SPSS

Unit 2: The HCM:21 Model 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

The Big Picture, The Importance of Risk Assessment, The Data Speak for Predictive Management,
The Intersection of People And Profits: The Employee Value Proposition, More Than Compensation:
Attracting, Motivating, And Retaining Employees, Now and in The Future

Unit 3: Workforce Deployment Metrics 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

The New Face of Workforce Planning, Quality Employee Engagement Measurement: the CEO’s
Essential Hucametric to Manage the Future, Process Analysis for Human Resources, Employees per
 Bachelor of Business Administration

manager, Employee service profiling, Workforce age profiling, Churn over index, Separation
clearance time

Unit 4: HR Performance Analysis 7 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Performance Analysis: Predicting employee performance, Training requirements, evaluating training

and development, Optimizing selection and promotion decisions, Using human capital data for
performance management during economic uncertainty

Unit 5: Designing HR Scorecard 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Balanced Scorecard - Learning and Growth perspective, Customer perspective, Business Process
perspective, Financial perspective, Steps to Create Human Resources Scorecard.

Unit 6: Talent Retention Metrics and Talent Analytics Maturity Model 7 Hrs
Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Retention index, Voluntary and involuntary turnover, Turnover by department, grades, performance,
and service tenure, Internal hired index, Career path index, Level wise succession readiness Index

Unit 7: HR Metrics Dashboard using Excel and Tableau 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Process of development of dashboard, Essential criteria, Leading and Lagging indicators, Selection of
appropriate metrics, Revenue per employee, Operating cost per employee, HR cost per employee,
Compensation to HR cost, HR Budget variance, HR ROI, Visualizing and publishing HR Data using
Excel and Tableau.

Essential Reading:
1. Jac Fitz-enz, (2010). The NewHR Analytics, 1st edition, AMACOM

Recommended Reading:
1. Ramesh Soundararajan (2016), Winning on HR Analytics: Leveraging Data for
Competitive Advantage, 1st Edition, Sage Publications
2. Dipak Kumar Bhattacharyya (2017), HR Analytics: Understanding Theories and
Applications, 1st Edition, Sage Publications
3. Edwards Martin R, Edwards Kirsten (2016),“Predictive HR Analytics: Mastering the HR
Metric”, Kogan Page Publishers, ISBN-0749473924
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course‌ ‌Name:‌ ‌ Industrial Marketing Course‌ ‌Code:‌ ‌BBA641E

Total‌ ‌number‌ ‌of‌ ‌hours:‌ ‌60‌ ‌Hrs‌ ‌ Credits:‌ ‌4‌ ‌
Course‌ ‌Description:‌ T ‌ he‌ ‌course‌ ‌is‌ ‌designed‌ ‌to‌ ‌provide‌ ‌students‌ ‌with‌ ‌the‌ ‌ability‌ ‌to‌ ‌understand‌ ‌industr
ial‌ ‌markets‌ ‌and‌ ‌relevant‌ ‌industrial‌ ‌marketing‌ ‌strategies.‌ ‌The‌ ‌course‌ ‌will‌ ‌also‌ ‌cover‌ ‌market‌ ‌structures‌
‌and‌ ‌demand‌ in‌ ‌business‌ ‌markets. ‌ ‌
Course‌ ‌Learning‌ ‌Objectives:
The objective of this course is to:
 To understand‌ the‌ ‌key concepts and theories‌ ‌of‌ ‌Industrial‌ ‌Marketing‌ ‌
 To differentiate‌ ‌Consumer‌ ‌Marketing‌ ‌and‌ ‌Industrial‌ ‌Marketing‌ ‌
 To outline the scope and importance of Industrial Marketing
 To enable the students to apply the concepts, principles of Industrial Marketing in practical
situations.
 To formulate‌ ‌Industrial‌ ‌Marketing‌ ‌strategies‌ ‌

Course Learning Outcomes:At the end of the course the students will be able to:
CLO1 Demonstrate the understanding of key concepts, theories and principles related to
Industrial Marketing
CLO2 Compare the difference between consumer marketing and Industrial Marketing
CLO3 Apply the theories and concepts studied in the classroom to practical situations.
CLO4 Examine the various Industrial Marketing strategies and their value to organizations
CLO5 Solve the issues pertaining to Industrial Marketing

Pedagogy:‌‌ ‌This‌ ‌course‌ ‌uses‌ ‌multiple‌ ‌pedagogies‌ ‌like‌ ‌interactive‌ ‌lecture,‌ ‌students‌ ‌discussions‌ ‌&‌ ‌
presentations,‌ ‌case‌ ‌and‌ ‌article‌ ‌analysis,‌ ‌and‌ ‌a‌ ‌field‌ ‌visit‌ ‌in‌ ‌the‌ ‌form‌ ‌of‌ ‌experiential‌ ‌learning.‌ ‌
Unit‌ ‌I:‌ Introduction‌ ‌to‌ ‌Industrial‌ ‌Markets 9‌ ‌Hrs‌
‌‌‌
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Industrial‌ ‌Marketing‌ ‌System,‌ ‌Concepts‌ ‌and‌ ‌Characteristics‌ ‌-‌ ‌Types‌ ‌of‌ ‌Industrial‌ ‌Markets‌ ‌-‌ ‌
Industrial‌ ‌Buyer‌ ‌Behaviour,‌ ‌Industrial‌ ‌Marketing‌ ‌Vs.‌ ‌Consumer‌ ‌Marketing,‌ ‌Relational‌ ‌approach‌ ‌to‌ ‌
Industrial‌ ‌Marketing-‌ ‌The‌ ‌Nature‌ ‌of‌ ‌Industrial‌ ‌Demand‌ ‌&‌ ‌Industrial‌ ‌Customer.‌ ‌

Unit‌ ‌II:‌ ‌ ‌Strategic‌ ‌Industrial‌ ‌Marketing‌ ‌:‌ ‌9‌ ‌Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Marketing‌ ‌Information‌ ‌Systems‌ ‌and‌ ‌Marketing‌ ‌Research‌ ‌–‌ ‌B2B‌ ‌Commerce.‌ ‌Factors‌ ‌influencing‌ ‌
Organizational‌ ‌Buying:‌ ‌Buying‌ ‌Roles;‌ ‌Organizational‌ ‌Buying‌ ‌Decision‌ ‌Process;‌ ‌Environmental‌ ‌&‌ ‌
organizational‌ ‌Influences‌ ‌Organizational‌ ‌Influences‌ ‌on‌ ‌Buying‌ ‌Behaviour:‌ ‌Buying‌ ‌Roles;‌ ‌The‌ ‌Buy‌ ‌
Grid‌ ‌Model;‌ ‌The‌ ‌Organizational‌ ‌Buying‌ ‌Decision‌ ‌Process.‌ ‌

‌
Unit‌ ‌III:‌ ‌Pricing‌ ‌Decisions‌ ‌in‌ ‌Industrial‌ ‌Markets‌ ‌9‌ ‌Hrs
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual and Analytical

Pricing‌ ‌Decisions‌ ‌in‌ ‌Industrial‌ ‌Markets,‌ ‌Pricing‌ ‌Objectives‌ ‌-‌ ‌Price‌ ‌Decision‌ ‌Analysis‌ ‌–Breakeven‌ ‌
analysis‌ ‌–‌ ‌net‌ ‌pricing‌ ‌–‌ ‌discount‌ ‌pricing‌ ‌–‌ ‌trade‌ ‌discounts‌ ‌––‌ ‌factory‌ ‌pricing‌ ‌–‌ ‌freight‌ ‌allowance‌ ‌
pricing‌ ‌
‌
Unit‌ ‌IV:‌ ‌ ‌Classification‌ ‌of‌ ‌Industrial‌ ‌Products‌ ‌and‌ ‌Services‌ 9‌ ‌ ‌Hrs‌ ‌
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual and Analytical
 Bachelor of Business Administration

New‌ ‌Product‌ ‌Development‌ ‌and‌ ‌Introduction‌ ‌-‌ ‌Industrial‌ ‌Product‌ ‌Management‌ ‌–‌ ‌Terms‌ ‌of‌ ‌Sale‌ ‌–‌ ‌
Outright‌ ‌purchase‌ ‌–‌ ‌Hire-purchase‌ ‌–‌ ‌Leasing,‌ ‌Major‌ ‌Equipment;‌ ‌Accessory‌ ‌Equipment;‌ ‌Raw‌ ‌and‌ ‌
Processed‌ ‌Materials;‌ ‌Component‌ ‌Parts‌ ‌and‌ ‌Sub-‌ ‌Assemblies;‌ ‌Operating‌ ‌Supplies;‌ ‌Standardized‌ ‌and‌ ‌
Non-standardized‌ ‌parts,‌ ‌Industrial‌ ‌services.‌ ‌

Unit‌ ‌V:‌ Formulating‌ ‌Marketing‌ ‌Channel‌ ‌Strategies‌ ‌and‌ ‌ Physical‌ ‌Distribution‌ ‌decisions
8 Hrs ‌
‌
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual and Analytical

Channel‌ ‌Management‌ ‌-‌ ‌Promotional‌ ‌Strategies‌ ‌for‌ ‌Industrial‌ ‌Goods/‌ ‌Services.‌ ‌Formulating‌ ‌
channel‌ ‌strategy‌ ‌–‌ ‌Pricing‌ ‌strategy-‌ ‌Promotional‌ ‌strategy‌ ‌–‌ ‌Sales‌ ‌force‌ ‌automation.‌ ‌

Unit‌ ‌VI:‌ Supply‌ ‌Chain‌ ‌&‌ ‌Industrial‌ ‌Marketing‌:‌ ‌ ‌ 8‌ ‌Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual and Analytical

Conceptual‌ ‌Framework‌ ‌of‌ ‌Supply‌ ‌chain;‌ ‌Decision‌ ‌phases‌ ‌in‌ ‌a‌ ‌supply‌ ‌chain;‌ ‌Process‌ ‌view‌ ‌of‌ ‌a‌ ‌
supply‌ ‌chain.;‌ ‌The‌ ‌importance‌ ‌of‌ ‌supply‌ ‌chain‌ ‌flows;‌ ‌Competitive‌ ‌Supply‌ ‌Chain‌ ‌Strategies,
Achieving‌ ‌strategic‌ ‌fit.‌ ‌ ‌

Unit‌ ‌VII:‌ Inventory‌ ‌Management‌ ‌and‌ ‌Risk‌ ‌Pooling‌ ‌ 8‌ ‌Hrs‌

‌Level of Knowledge: Conceptual and Analytical

Introduction;‌ ‌A‌ ‌single‌ ‌warehouse‌ ‌inventory;‌ ‌The‌ ‌economic‌ ‌lot‌ ‌size‌ ‌model‌; The‌ ‌effect‌ ‌of‌ ‌demand‌ ‌
uncertainty‌ ‌;‌ ‌Risk‌ ‌pooling‌ ‌;‌ ‌Centralized‌ ‌versus‌ ‌decentralized‌ ‌systems;‌ ‌Managing‌ ‌inventory‌ ‌in‌ ‌the‌ ‌
supply‌ ‌chain‌ ‌ ‌

Essential‌ ‌references:‌ ‌ ‌

1. Hawaldar,‌ ‌K.‌ ‌Krishna‌ (2018),‌ I‌ ndustrial Marketing,‌ T

‌ ATA‌ ‌McGraw-Hill‌ ‌Publishing‌ Company‌
‌Limited,‌ ‌New‌ ‌Delhi.‌ ‌

Recommended‌ ‌references:‌ ‌ ‌
2. Milind‌ ‌T.‌ ‌Phadtare (2018),Industrial Marketing,‌ ‌Prentice‌ ‌Hall‌ ‌of‌ ‌India‌ ‌Pvt.‌ ‌Ltd,‌ ‌New‌ ‌Delhi,
3. Michael‌ ‌D‌ ‌Hautt‌ ‌and‌ ‌Thomas‌ ‌W‌ ‌Speh, Industrial Marketing Management,‌ ‌The‌ ‌Dyden‌ ‌Press.‌ ‌
4. Peter‌ ‌M.‌ ‌Chisnall, Strategic Industrial Marketing ;‌ ‌Prentice-Hall‌ ‌International‌ ‌
5. M.Govindarajan(2009),Industrial Marketing, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.,Noida.
6. Robert‌ ‌R.‌ ‌Reeder,‌ ‌Briety‌ &‌ ‌Betty‌ ‌H.‌ ‌Reeder(2008), Industrial Marketing,‌ ‌Prentice‌ ‌Hall‌ ‌of‌
‌India‌ ‌Pvt.‌ ‌Ltd,‌ ‌New‌ ‌Delhi.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Managing Intellectual Property Course Code: BBA642E

Total number of hours: 60 Hrs. Credits: 4

Course Description:
Management of Intellectual Property course includes essential components Patents, Trade Marks,
Copy Rights, Geographical Indications and Designs. As the future managers will have to acquire,
protect, harness and manage such vital intangible and invisible assets that are common to manage
every business.
Course Objectives:
 To find out the key components of intellectual property and their use in business
 To compare and contrast the different forms of intellectual property from the perspective of
nature and subject matter of legal protection.
 To identify the real life examples of application of different intellectual property in
businesses
 To analyse the legal disputes involving companies in relation to intellectual property
 To explain the integration of intellectual property with businesses with examples
 To develop an ability to apply for the acquisition of different types of intellectual property
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On having completed this course student should be able to:
CLO1 Find out the key components of intellectual property and their use in business.
CLO2. Compare and contrast the different forms of intellectual property from the perspective of
nature and subject matter of legal protection.
CLO3. Identify the real life examples of application of different intellectual property in businesses
CLO4. Analyze the legal disputes involving companies in relation to intellectual property
CLO5. Explain the integration of intellectual property with businesses with examples
CLO6. Develop an ability to apply for the acquisition of different types of intellectual property

Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like case study discussions, interactive lecture,
presentations, review of research article, in class group exercises and activities.

UNIT I-Introduction to Intellectual Property. 13 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Introduction- Objectives, Concept of Property/IP: Classification of Property; Intellectual Property

Rights- Meaning and importance; Kinds of IPR: Distinguishing Features- Patents, Copyrights and
Neighboring Rights, Trade and Service Marks, Designs, Geographical Indications and Designs.
Developments in other areas of Intellectual Property and Data. Meaning, significance, and procedure
of acquisition and Protection of Data, Confidential Information, Trade Secrets, Integrated Circuit &
Plant Varieties.

UNIT - II : Law Of Copyright And Neighboring Rights. 12 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Law Of Copyrights- Definition, Nature Of Protection, Evolution Of Copyright Law, Basic Concepts
Under Copyright Act- Basis Of Copyright Protection, Underlying Concepts, Idea-Expression
Dichotomy, Originality/Creativity, Fixation, Term Of Copyright Protection- Categories Of
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Copyrightable Works / Subject Matter Of Copyright; Rights Of The Copyright Owner; License And
Assignment,- Compulsory License & Statutory License, Copyright Act 1957; Infringement Of
Copyright - Introduction, Essentials Of Infringement, Facts To Be Established By Plaintiff In Case Of
Infringement, Tests For Infringement, International Regime, Trips Agreement – Three Step Test, The
Berne Convention, Remedies For Infringement- Civil Remedies, Criminal Remedies

UNIT III: Law Of Patents 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Development Of Law Of Patents- What Is Patent, Justification and Evolution Of Patent Law ,Need
For A Patent System; Patentability Requirements- Introduction, Patentability Requirements:
Patentable Subject Matter, Novelty, Prior Art, Relevant Cases; Utility/Industrial Applicability; Grant;
Infringement Of Patents, Freedom To Operate, Defenses For Infringement Action & Remedies;
Prosecution History Estoppel- Defenses, Experiment, Research Or Education, Government Use,
Patent Exhaustion, Patent Misuse, Inequitable Conduct, Remedies - Relevant Cases,

UNIT IV: Law Of Trademarks 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Introduction, Evolution and Development Of The Law Of Trademark, Spectrum Of Distinctiveness,

Definition Of Trademark, Non-Conventional Marks; Procedure For Registration Of Trademark -
Application, Examination, Grounds Of Refusal Of Registration, Acceptance & Advertisement,
Opposition, Registration, Renewal; Rights Of Trademark Owner, Assignment Of Trademarks,
Licensing Of Trademark, Infringement - Essentials, Dilution Of Trademark, Registration Of
Collective Marks; Passing Off - Essential Elements Of Passing Off, Difference Between Infringement
And Passing Off, Remedies For Infringement, Classification Of Goods

UNIT - V : Law of Geographical Indications 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Geographic Indications-Objective, Introduction, Justification For Protection; International Position-

Paris Convention On The Protection Of Intellectual Property, 1883, The Madrid Agreement, Lisbon
Agreement, Trips Agreement, Bilateral Agreements, Regional Developments – Eu – Designation Of
Origin And Geographical Indication, 6.2.6.2. Product Specification, Application For Registration,
Examination By The Commission, Objections, Names, Indications And Symbols, Amending The
Product Specification, Official Controls, Cancellation, Protection, Relations Between Trademarks,
Designations Of Origin And Gi, Committee Procedure, Fees, Case Study: Spanish Champagne Case;
Geographical Indication Protection In India - Criteria, Procedure For Registration In India, Duration,
Rights, Overlap Between Trademark And Gi, Remedies; Case Studies- Darjeeling Tea Case,
Pochampally Ikat Case; Information Provided By The Geographic Indication Registry, Chennai,
India-

UNIT VI– Law Of Designs 7 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

The Law Of Designs- Introduction, Meaning Of Designs; Evolution and Development Of Law Of
Designs, Basic Principles Of Design Rights, Protection For Designs, Historical Perspective,
Philosophy Of Design Protection; Publication; Procedure For Registration Of Designs, Forms- Shape,
Configuration, Pattern, Excluded Subject- Matter- Method Or Principle Of Construction, Registered
Designs, Design Right, Term Of Design Protection, Copyright In Design, Registration Of Designs In
India, Rights Of The Owner Of Designs And Tests For Infringement
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Essential Reading:
1. Fundamentals of Intellectual Property (English) 1st Edition (Paperback, Dr. Kalyan C.
Kankanala) Publisher: Asia Law House ISBN: 9789381849514, 938184951X. Edition: 3rd
Edition, 2017
References:
2. Susan K Sell, Private Power, Public Law: The Globalization of Intellectual Property Rights,
Cambridge University Press, 2003
3. N.S. Gopalakrishnan & T.G. Ajitha, Principles of Intellectual Property, Eastern Book
Company, 3rd Edition , 2016
4. Jayashree Watal, Intellectual Property Rights in the WTO and Developing Countries, Oxford
University Press, 2001
5. Lionel Bently& Brad Sherman, Intellectual Property Law, Oxford University Press, 3rd
Edition, 2008
6. Peter Drahos, A Philosophy of Intellectual Property, Dartmouth Pub Co, 1996
7. Duggal Pavan, Legal Framework on Electronic Commerce & IntellectualProperty Rights,
Universal Publishing House, 2014
8. Paul Torremans, Intellectual Property And Human Rights, Kluwer LawInternational, 2008
9. Steven D Anderman, Interface Between Intellectual Property Rights andCompetition Policy,
Cambridge University Press, 2007.
10. Philippe Cullet, Intellectual Property Protection and Sustainable Development, Lexis Nexis,
2005.
11. E-Book:http://www.caaa.in/image/34_hb_on_ipr.pdf
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Technology And Entrepreneurship Course Code: BBA643E

Total number of hours: 60 Hrs Credits: 4

Course Description: This course is designed for students interested in learning about the fundamental
issues related to starting and managing technology-based new ventures. The course explores the
development of innovative business models and new commercial ventures within the broad field of science
and technology. The course encourages students to consider how technology-based solutions can solve
economic and socially oriented problems. The course prepares students for more intensive
entrepreneurship courses, such as Venture Creation and Entrepreneurial Growth Strategies, which focus on
testing, developing, and growing new businesses

Course Objectives:
 To understand the fundamental concepts, theories, principles, and practices employed in the field
of entrepreneurship and of the role that technology entrepreneurship plays in the global economy
and in society.
 To explain the student with a combined view of the Technology and Entrepreneurship space and
its synergic effect and enable them to come with constructive ideas keeping in mind future
demands of the market.
 To develop competency in students to design new products and introduce to market.
 To influence students to construct a winning business plan and organize for required finances and
other resources to use technology to meet market demands.

Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:
CLO1. Interpret the challenges posed by high technology entrepreneurial ventures and role that
technology entrepreneurship plays in the global economy and in society.
CLO2. Develop the capabilities to find the opportunities and come up with constructive ideas
keeping in mind future demands of the market in a science and technology context;
CLO3. Propose new ideas of products/services to the dynamic market.
CLO4. Design a business plan to take a science-/technology-based product/service to market; and
Pitch a venture to a potential funder or customer.
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like case study discussions, interactive lecture,
presentations, review of research article, in class group exercises and activities.

Syllabus
UNIT I Technology Entrepreneurship Today 8 Hrs
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Trends, Opportunities, Challenges for today’s technology entrepreneur, what comes first- Technology or
Entrepreneurial idea, Innovation; Global markets, Effectuation

UNIT II Five Pillars of Technology Entrepreneurship 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Five Pillars of Technology Entrepreneurship - fundamental tools and techniques for success-Value
Creation, The Lean Startup, Customer Discovery and Validation, The Business Model Canvas and The
Entrepreneurial Method.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

UNIT III Technology Venture Idea Generation 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Starting point, developing a credible idea for a new product or service, Minimum Viable Product
(MVP)getting critical feedback, refining idea, Continuous innovation, Opportunity register; Point of Pain,
Target market, Single product venture

UNIT IV Markets and Product / Service Development 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Product planning and development process, - idea stage, the concept stage, the product development stage,
and the test market stage, market segmentation, targeting and assessing the market potential

UNIT V Legal Structure, Equity Distribution and Capital Management 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Developing a viable business around an idea or opportunity, attracting the interest of co-ventures or
sources of capital, choice of legal structure for the entity, and the distribution of equity amongst the co-
venturers, Investor capital, capital management plan, alternatives to raising debt or equity capital

UNIT VI Technology Business Plan Management 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Project Management for technology entrepreneurs. Developing and Implementing Business plan,
Technology business plan; Marketing plan; Financial plan; Organizational plan; Operational plan.

UNIT VII Launching the Venture and Marketing 12 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Launching Strategies - enterprise-level, corporate-level, business-level, and functional-level, relationships
between the technology venture and society, diversification and managing the portfolio of products and
markets, Competitive parity; Market penetration strategy; First mover advantage; Value chain; Intellectual
property (IP). Marketing and Selling Your Products, Customer focus, customer satisfaction, Target market;
Market-skimming; Market-penetration pricing; Arbitrary determination method; Competitive parity
method.

Essential Reading:
1. Thomas N. Duening, Robert D. Hisrich, Michael A. Lechter, (2020). Technology
Entrepreneurship- Taking Innovation to the Marketplace (Third Edition), Academic Press.

Reference Books:

2. Thomas H. Byers Professor Prof. (Author),‎Richard C. Dorf (Author),‎Andrew Nelson Assistant

Professor Dr. (Author) (2014). Technology Ventures: From Idea to Enterprise 4th
Edition, McGraw-Hill Education
3. Natasha Evers and James Cunningham. (2014). Technology Entrepreneurship: Bringing
Innovation to the Marketplace, Palgrave
4. John Bessant and Joe Tidd .Innovation and Entrepreneurship( 2015). Wiley
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Quality Management Course Code: BBA644E

Total number of hours: 60 Hrs Credits: 4

Course Description: Total quality management (TQM) is a philosophy, methodology and system of tools
aimed to create and maintain mechanism of organization’s continuous improvement. It involves all
departments and employees into improvement of processes and products. It helps to reduce costs and to
meet and exceed needs and expectations of customers and other stakeholders of an organization. This
course covers the fundamentals and requirements for a Quality Management System. It provides a basic
knowledge of concepts, philosophies, and requirements for the series of standards and management
systems. Quality management is a major business strategy for increasing productivity and gaining
competitive advantage in all industries and types of organizations. This course covers differing
perspectives and definitions of quality; tools and techniques for managing quality and continuous
improvement; statistical methods; creation and interpretation of control charts; and Six Sigma tools for
detection and isolation of sources of variation, process control, and capability analysis. The goal is to
develop an operational use and familiarity with contemporary methods that are effective in managing
quality, including Six Sigma.

Course Objectives:
 To outline the basic framework of total quality management.
 To develop strategic thinking towards quality in organizational context.
 To examine the issues relating to supplier relations and use of quality control tools.
 To interpret quality management systems from the perspective of organizational productivity.
 To solve the issues in benchmarking process and formulate strategies for continuous improvement.

Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:
CLO1: Explain the basic concepts of quality and basic framework of total quality management.
CLO2: Apply the concept of strategic thinking in total quality management in an organizational
context.
CLO3: Make use of principles of supplier relations and different quality control tools.
CLO4: Recommend quality management systems and standards for enhancing organizational
productivity.
CLO5: Solve the issues in benchmarking for continuous improvement.

Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, student discussions and PPTs,
research article, a field visit, and form of experiential learning.

Syllabus
UNIT 1 10 Hrs
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Introduction to Quality – Evolution of Quality, Definition of Quality, Dimensions of Quality, Quality

Control, Quality Assurance, TQM PRINCIPLES ,Leadership – Strategic quality planning, Quality
statements - Customer focus – Customer orientation, Customer satisfaction, Customer complaints,
Customer retention - Employee involvement – Motivation, Empowerment, Team and Teamwork,
Recognition and Reward, Performance appraisal – Continuous process improvement – PDSA cycle, 5s,
Kaizen - Supplier partnership – partnering, Supplier selection, Supplier Rating, Total Quality Management
(TQM), Significant Contributions-Shewhart, Edwards Deming, Philip B. Crosby, Joseph Juran, Genichi
Taguchi, Shigeo Shingo, Kaoru Ishikawa, Masaaki Imai.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

UNIT II 10 Hrs
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Quality as a Strategic Decision & Customer Focus – Meaning of Strategy and Strategic Quality
Management, Mission and Vision Statements, Quality Policy, Quality Objectives, Strategic Planning and
Implementation, Competitive Analysis, Management Commitment to Quality, Meaning of Customer and
Customer Focus, Classification of customers, Customer Focus, Customer Perception of Quality, Factors
affecting customer perception, Customer Requirements, Meeting Customer Needs and Expectations,
Customer Satisfaction and Customer Delight, Handling Customer Complaints.

UNIT III 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Cost of Quality & Continuous Improvement Process – Cost of Quality, Categories of Cost of Quality,
Models of Cost of Quality, Optimizing Costs, Preventing Cost of Quality, Process Concept, Meaning and
Importance of Continuous Improvement Process, Elements of Continuous Improvement, Juran Trilogy,
Kaizen, PDSA Cycle and Other Improvement Strategies, Business Process Reengineering.

UNIT IV 10 Hrs
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Supplier Relations & Quality Control Tools – Principles of Supplier Relations / Supplier Relationship
Development, Togetherness, Types of Suppliers, Outsourcing, Outsourcing strategy, Partnering, Goals
of partnership, Building successful partnership, Supplier Selection and Rating, Establishing due process,
Criteria for supplier selection, Supplier rating, Sourcing, Supplier certification, Check Sheet, Histogram,
Shapes of histogram, Drawing a histogram, Pareto Chart, Drawing a Pareto chart, Cause & Effect
Diagram, Scatter Diagram, Control charts

UNIT V 10 Hrs
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Quality Management Systems & Productivity – Quality Management System, Quality Management
Principles, ISO 9001 Structure, Quality Audits, ISO Registration, Requirements, Benefits of ISO
registration, Examples of ISO Standard Application, Defining Productivity, Importance of Productivity,
Productivity Factors, Workforce and Productivity, Work study for productivity, Managing Improvement.

UNIT VI 5 Hrs
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Benchmarking – Definition of Benchmarking, Reasons for Benchmarking, Types of Benchmarking,
Benchmarking Process, Advantages of Benchmarking, Limitations of Benchmarking.

UNIT VII 5 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Quality Awards – Malcolm Baldrige National Quality Award, Deming Prize-categories-criteria-

committee, Rajiv Gandhi National Quality Award- Eligibility requirements- Award categories-
Assessment criteria, IMC Ramakrishna Bajaj National Quality Awards, Award categories, Award criteria,
Quality Bodies in India, EFQM award.

Essential Reading:
 Bachelor of Business Administration

1. Dale H. Besterfield, et al., “Total Quality Management”, Pearson Education, Inc. 2003 (Indian
reprint 2004). ISBN: 81-297-0260-6.
Reference Books:
1. James R. Evans & William M. Lindsay, “The Management and Control of Quality”, (5th Edition),
South- Western (Thomson Learning), 2002 (ISBN 0-324-06680-5).
2. Poornima M Charantimath, “Total Quality Management”, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education
Publishers, ISBN: 978-9332579392.
3. Feigenbaum.A.V. “Total Quality Management”, McGraw Hill, 1991.
4. Oakland.J.S. “Total Quality Management”, Butterworth – Hcinemann Ltd., Oxford. 1989.
5. Narayana V. and Sreenivasan, N.S. “Quality Management – Concepts and Tasks”, New Age
International
6. Zeiri, “Total Quality Management for Engineers”, Wood Head Publishers, 1991.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name- Entrepreneurial Finance Course Code: BBA645E

Total number of hours: 60 Hrs Credits: 4
Course Description: Entrepreneurial Finance is a set of ideas that is applicable to a broad spectrum of
firms, from small entrepreneurial software firms to large international conglomerates. The financing needs
of firms at the ends of this spectrum are significantly different from each other. This course will focus on
financing issues facing new, young, and small business ventures. The course is intended for both
entrepreneurs and employees in these types of ventures. The various stages in the life cycle of
entrepreneurial finance, techniques of cash flow estimates, lease financing, Tax aspects in start-up financing
and the art of writing a Business plan will be elaborated.
Course Objectives:
 To understand the different stages in the life cycle of entrepreneurial finance.
 To comprehend with the nature and characteristics of entrepreneurial finance.
 To assess the requirement for Venture Capital funding
 To resolve mathematical and analytical problems related to financial management enabling
decision-making.
 To construct a business plan for a new venture.
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:
On successful completion of this subject, students will be able to:
CLO 1: Understand the different stages in the life cycle of entrepreneurial finance.
CLO 2: Comprehend with the nature and characteristics of entrepreneurial finance.
CLO 3: Assess the requirement for Venture Capital funding
CLO 4: Resolve mathematical and analytical problems related to financial management enabling
decision-making.
CLO 5: Construct a business plan for a new venture.
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, practical problem solving,
discussions & presentations, case study and written assignments.
UNIT I – Introduction to Entrepreneurial finance 6 Hrs
Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

The fundamental financial aspects of the management of small business and entrepreneurial firms (sole
proprietorships, partnership, small private corporations), Difference between Entrepreneurial financing and
normal business financing- Financial Risks faced by entrepreneurs- Early stage funding credit risk.

UNIT II - Sources of Finance 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Various sources of Finance available: Boot strapping, External finance_ Long term sources -Equity Shares,
Preference Shares and debentures- Kinds Private Placements- IPO-SEBI- FDI- Institutional Finance - Banks
- IDBI, IFCI, IIBI, ICICI, SIDBI, SFC's in India - Merchant Banks in India - NBFC's in India - their way of
financing in India for small and medium business, Angel investor and Venture capital.

UNIT III – Entrepreneurial Project and Appraisal 12 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Concepts Capital Expenditures - Importance and difficulties - Phases of Capital budgeting Levels of Capital
budgeting - Estimation of Project Cash flows -Expenditures - Time value of money. Pay-back period - NPV
of inflows - IRR concepts -Cost of acquiring capital - Planning of portfolio. Risk Analysis - Economic Risk
-Industry Risk - Company Risk - Financial Risk.

UNIT IV – Venture capital financing 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Venture capital - Meaning - origin - Importance –Early stage growth financing, Venture capital in India –
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Benefits. Intangible asset financing- Staged financing of venture capital-assessing VC share and portfolio-
VC market in India – VC market in Europe and USA.

UNIT V- Private Equity Participation 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Meaning, Overview of the private Equity market, Later stage growth financing, Mezzanine Financing, PE
cycle, Exit strategy.

UNIT VI - Entrepreneurial Finance and Tax planning 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Finance planning by entrepreneurs: Hire Purchase - Concept - Evaluation of Hire Purchase Proposals -
Leasing - Overview -Tax aspects - Lease Accounting - Evaluation of Leasing Proposals. Tax planning for
start-ups – location of business, nature of business, nature of business organization.

UNIT VII - Preparing the Financing Plan 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Preparation of Start-up budget including marketing, pay roll budgets, Start-up cost sheet, projected
statements -BEP, projected cash flows, projected Profit/loss account, projected balance sheet, projected
business ratios, developing revenue models, importance of review of plans, Introduction to start up ERP
packages, Long term financing- Withholding Tax Considerations- Estimating the Borrowing capacity of a
project- Loan repayment.

Book Recommended:
1. Indian Financial Systems - M. Y. Khan, (Tata McGraw - Hill Publishing Corporation Limited, New
Delhi).
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Projects - Planning, Analysis, Selection, Implementation and Review - Prasanna Chandra. (Tata
McGraw - Hill Publishing Corporation Limited, New Delhi).
2. Financial Institution & Markets - L. M. Bhole. (Tata McGraw - Hill Publishing Corporation
Limited, New Delhi).
3. Financial Markets - Gordon & Natarajan. (BPB Publications).
4. Investment Management - V. K. Blialla. (S. Chand & Company Publishers ltd.,)
5. Project Financing- Asset based Financial Engineering- John D Finnerty-John Wiley & Sons Inc,
New York
6. Entrepreneurial Finance, Leach Melicher, Southwestern/CengageLearning
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Advanced Data Analytics for Business Applications Course Code: BBA651A
Total number of hours: 60 Hours Credits: 4
Course Description: This course is a comprehensive representation of Advanced Data Analytics, as
applied in various function domains of business and management. A Variety of relevant topics like
healthcare analytics, Social Media Analytics, Social Networking Analytics, Web Analytics, HR
Analytics, Supply Chain Analytics, Marketing Analytics, Retail Analytics and Financial Analytics will
transform the students into industry-ready managers This course is designed for students who might seek
employment in analytics as well as for students who would want to broaden their understanding of the
field.
Course Objective: On having completed this course student should be able to:
 Understand the data processing & principles implemented in different functional domain of
business
 Apply advanced analytics in various business application domain
 Create an understanding of the use of analytics in business applications
 Evaluate the data modeling in various business applications.
Course Learning Outcome:
CLO1 - Understand different advanced data analytics evolution & its application in Business
Applications
CLO2 - Apply advanced data analytics techniques across a range of functional areas like
Marketing Finance, HR, Retail, Supply chain and Operations.
CLO3 - Evaluate various data analytics techniques and select the most appropriate for the given
business decision making problem.
CLO4 - Develop logical data models & data analytics techniques in decision making process
Pedagogy: In general, the teaching approach of this course is based on the notion of sustained, deep
learning by applying knowledge through programming, hands-on practices, project and assignments.

UNIT I – Healthcare Analytics 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Data governance, Data Privacy, Data Protection, Data Security in healthcare Organization, Importance of
fostering a data-driven culture in a healthcare organization, The Data Life Cycle- Healthcare data
sources and data structures, measuring quality and safety of caring and Developing Key Performance
Indicators.

UNIT II – Web Analytics & Social Media Analytics 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Web metrics and web analytics, PULSE metrics (Page views, Uptime, Latency, Seven-day active users)
on business and technical issues; HEART metrics (Happiness, Engagement, Adoption, Retention, and
Task success) on user behavior issues; On-site web analytics, off-site web analytics, Social media
analytics, Social media KPIs (reach and engagement), Performing social media analytics (business goal,
KPIs, data gathering, analysis, measure and feedback)

UNIT III – HR Analytics 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Predictive modeling in HR: Employee retention and turnover, workforce productivity and performance,
scenario planning, optimizing selection and promotion decisions, recruitment analytics, attitude and
behavioral analytics, emotional analytics in HR

UNIT IV – Supply Chain Analytics 9 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Data Envelopment Analysis, Risk Analysis in Supply Chain, measuring transit risks, supply risks,
delivering risks, Risk pooling strategies, Fuzzy Logic and Techniques & application in SCM

UNIT V – Marketing Analytics 9 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Customer Analytics Overview: Quantifying Customer Value, RFM Analysis, Market Basket Analysis,
Digital evolution of retail marketing, Digital natives, Constant connectivity Social interaction, Keeping
track of Customer, Price Analytics - Pricing Techniques, Pricing Assessment, Profitable pricing, Pricing
for Business Markets, Price Discrimination, Distribution analytics - Distribution Channel Characteristics,

UNIT VI – Financial Analytics 9 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Understanding data in finance, sources of data, cleaning and pre-processing data, understanding stock
price behavior, time series analysis in finance, predicting stock prices using machine learning, News
analytics (accessing news using web scrapping) and sentiment analysis in finance, Credit risk Modeling

UNIT VII – Computational Intelligence 9 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Internet of Things in Business Decision Making, Cyber Insurance Analytics, Computer Vision,
Computational Intelligence Techniques in Business.

Recommended Reading
1. Sharon B. Buchbinder, Nancy H. Shanks (2012), Introduction To Health Care Management,
Malloy Incorporation, 2nd edition
2. Tom Tullis, Bill Albert (2008), Measuring the User Experience: Collecting, Analysing, and
Presenting Usability Metrics, Morgan Kaufmann; 1st edition.
3. Jac Fitz-Enz (2010), The New HR Analytics: Predicting the Economic Value of Your
Company’s Human Capital Investments: Predicting the Economic Value of Your Company's
Human Capital Investments Hardcover
4. Gerad Feigin (2011), Supply Chain planning and analytics – The right product in the right place
at the right time, Business Expert Press
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Data Warehousing and Data Course Code: BBA652A

Mining

Total number of hours: 60 Hours Credits: 4

Data warehousing & Data Mining has recently gained a considerable momentum as a paradigm for driving
firm’s daily business analytics operations. This course provides an introduction to fundamental techniques
and novel applications of data warehouse and Data Mining. Issues covered by this learning experience
include data warehouse planning; data mining techniques, business analytics modeling, design, and
implementation. In particular, the role of data warehouse in supporting business intelligence and effective
decision making is emphasized through labs, projects and case studies. This course will use Rapid Miner /
WEKA, which are popular, open source, graphical data mining & intelligence tools, as well as MySQL open
source database. This course should prove valuable to you if you want to join or start an analytics‐centric
firm, help an existing organization improve its data mining skill set, and make good managerial decisions
regarding data mining and business intelligence.

Course Objectives:

 To understand and implement classical models and algorithms in data warehouses and data mining
 To characterize the kinds of patterns that can be discovered by association rule mining classification
and clustering.
 To master data mining techniques in various applications like social, scientific and business
application context.
 To develop skill in selecting the appropriate data mining algorithm for solving practical problems.
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:

CLO1 Understand and implement classical models and algorithms in data warehouses and data mining
CLO2 Characterize the kinds of patterns that can be discovered by association rule mining, classification
and clustering.
CLO3 Master data mining techniques in various applications like social, scientific and business
application context.
CLO4 Develop skill in selecting the appropriate data mining algorithm for solving practical problems.
Pedagogy: In general, the teaching approach of this course is based on the notion of sustained, deep learning
by applying knowledge through programming, hands-on practices, project and assignments.

UNIT I: Data Warehouse 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Introduction to Data Ware House, Differences between operational data base systems and data Ware House,
Data Ware House characteristics, Data Ware House Architecture and its components, Extraction-
Transformation-Loading, Logical (Multidimensional), Data Modeling, Schema Design, star and Snow-Flake
Schema, Dimension Table characteristics; Fact-Less-Facts, Dimension Table characteristics; OLAP cube,
OLAP Operations, OLAP Server Architecture-ROLAP, MOLAP and HOLAP.

UNIT II Introduction to Data Mining 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual

Introduction, what is Data Mining, Definition, KDD, Challenges, Data Mining Tasks, Data Preprocessing-
Data Cleaning, Missing Data Enrichment, Dimensionality Reduction, Feature Subset Selection, Discretization
and Binaryzation, Data Transformation; Measures of similarity and Dissimilarity.

UNIT III: Association Rules 5 Hrs

 Bachelor of Business Administration

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Problem Definition, Frequent Item Set Generation, The APRIORI Principle, Support and Confidence
Measures, Association Rule Generation, APRIORI Algorithm, The Partition Algorithms, FP-Growth
Algorithms, Compact Representation of Frequent Item Set-Maximal Frequent Item Set, Closed Frequent Item
Set.

UNIT IV: Classification 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Problem definition, General Approaches to solving a classification problem, Evaluation of Classifiers,

Classification techniques, Decision Trees-Decision Tree Construction, Methods for expressing attribute test
conditions, Measures for Selecting the Best split, Algorithm for Decision Tree Induction, Naïve-Bayes
Classifier, Bayesian Belief Networks; K-nearest neighbor, Classification-Algorithm and characteristics.

UNIT V: Clustering 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Problem Definition, clustering overview, Evaluation of clustering algorithms, Partitioning clustering K-

Means Algorithm, K-Means Additional Issues, PAM Algorithm, Hierarchical Clustering-Algorithm-
Agglomerative Methods and Divisive Methods, Basic Agglomerative Hierarchical Clustering Algorithm,
Specific techniques, Key Issues in Hierarchical Clustering, Strengths and weakness, Outlier Detection

UNIT VI: Mining Time-Series and Sequence Data 7 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Regression analysis, simple and multiple linear regression, nonlinear regression, logistic regression,
regression trees, regression using Support Vector Machine, other regression models Trend analysis,
Sequential pattern mining

UNIT VII: Text Mining and Web Mining 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Mining text databases: Text data analysis and information retrieval, keyword-based association analysis,
document classification, text clustering analysis, mining social networks, Web resource discovery, Web usage
mining

Essential References:

1. Jiawei Han, Micheline Kamber (2006), Data Mining-Concepts and Techniques-, Morgan Kaufmann
Publishers, Elsevier, 2nd Edition
2. Pang-Ning Tan, Vipin Kumar, Michael Steinbanch, Introduction to Data Mining, Pearson Education.

Recommended References:

1. Arun K Pujari, Data Mining Techniques, 3rd Edition, Universities Press.

2. Pualraj Ponnaiah, Data Ware Housing Fundamentals, Wiley Student Edition.
3. Ralph Kimball, The Data Ware House Life Cycle Toolkit- Wiley Student Edition.
4. Vikaram Pudi, P Radha Krishna, Data Mining, Oxford University.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Artificial Intelligence for Business and Course Code: BBA653A
Society

Total number of hours: 60 Hours Credits: 4

Driven by the combination of increased access to data, computational power, and improved sensors and
algorithms, artificial intelligence (AI) technologies are entering the mainstream of technological innovation.
These technologies include search, machine learning, natural language processing, robotics and image
processing. The course is an introduction to AI from an applied perspective in Business and Society. It begins by
describing what the latest generation of artificial intelligence techniques can actually do. After an introduction of
some basic concepts and techniques, the course illustrates both the potential and current limitations of these
techniques with examples from a variety of business applications. In a final project, groups of students will
participate in the creation of an AI-based application.

Course Objectives:

 To identify problems where artificial intelligence techniques are applicable

 To apply selected basic AI techniques; judge applicability of more advanced techniques.
 To participate in the design of systems that act intelligently and learn from experience.
 To raise students’ awareness of the importance of AI and its application in business and society.
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:

CLO1 Identify problems where artificial intelligence techniques are applicable

CLO2 Apply selected basic AI techniques; judge applicability of more advanced techniques.
CLO3 Participate in the design of systems that act intelligently and learn from experience.
CLO4 Raise students’ awareness of the importance of AI and its application in business and society.

Pedagogy: In general, the teaching approach of this course is based on the notion of sustained, deep learning by
applying knowledge through programming, hands-on practices, project and assignments.

UNIT I: Introduction to Artificial Intelligence 5 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, AI History & Philosophy, Logic Based AI, Knowledge Based AI,
Contemporary AI

UNIT II: Philosophy of Artificial Intelligence 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Philosophy of Mind, Evolving Intelligence, Types of Memory, Human Like Problem Solving, Difference
between Artificial Intelligence, Biological Intelligence, Natural Intelligence, Hard Computing and Soft
Computing, Problem Solving, Knowledge and Reasoning, Intelligent Agent and Human Computer Interface

UNIT III: Application of Artificial Intelligence 10 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Uses of AI in Business applications and Social Applications, AI in Governance, Commercial Artificial

Intelligence Applications in Business (Financial Analysis, Sentimental Analysis & Behavioral Analysis),
Computer Vision, Virtual Reality, Cognitive Intelligence, Smart City Project Implementation using Artificial
Intelligence

UNIT IV: Advanced Artificial Intelligence 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Evolutionary Programming, Artificial Neural Network, Fuzzy Logic, Genetic Algorithm, Genetic Programming,
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Machine Learning (A paradigm of learning, Classification of learning strategies (Rote Learning, Learning by
analogy, Learning by instruction, learning by induction, Learning by deduction)), Common Sense Computing,
Computer Vision, Virtual Reality, Cognitive Intelligence

UNIT V: Case Study / Use Case 9 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Case Study in Conversational systems, Advanced Robotics, Drones, Automated Vehicles, Healthcare application,
Gamification and Entertainment

UNIT VI: AI in Business and Social Organization 9 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

When and how AI can help your company, AI Business Applications, AI Social Applications, tools and
techniques, Ethical issues, the good and bad AI and the human component, how AI is transforming the future of
business on an organizational level with special emphasis on the sales and marketing, customer service,
manufacturing, supply chain management and the supporting functions (HR, finance, back-office), challenges for
successful implementation and utilization of AI applications

UNIT VII: Innovation and Entrepreneurship in AI 9 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical

Business Process Re-engineering (BPR) from the AI perspective, • Core competencies to align with AI, Practical
New Business Creation (NBC) with AI, Investment hotspots relating AI to Big Data, Blockchain, Internet of
Things, Quantum Computing, the Cloud and Advanced Genomics, Global interests in AI (sectors; applications;
software and hardware), Advanced Robotics developments

Essential Reference:
1. Stuart J. Russell, Peter Norvig (2010), Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach (2nd edition) by
Prentice Hall
2. Steven Finlay, Relativistic, (2017). Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning for Business:
A No‐Nonsense Guide to Data Driven Technologies

Recommended Reference:
1. Margaret H. Dunham, Data Mining: Introductory and Advanced Topics, Prentice Hall, ISBN:
0130888923
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Advance Panel Data Analysis Course Code: BBA611F

Total number of hours: 30 Hrs Credits: 1
Course Description: Financial econometrics is the intersection of statistical techniques and finance. It
provides a set of empirical tools to analyze historical financial data, model underlying economic
mechanisms, and predict future price trends. This course covers both few topics of time series and panel
data techniques. The course prepares students to conduct empirical research in an academic or business
setting. Eviews or R Programming or Gretl software’s will be used for the class.
Course Learning Objectives: This course aims:
1. To build a strong foundation in quantitative research using econometric tools.
2. To develop research skills using panel and time series data analysis
3. To apply suitable and popular econometric analyses for financial data.
4. To investigate market interdependence (in the mean and variance equations)
5. To forecast financial data using high-level econometric techniques and measure their effectiveness.
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:
CLO1 Understand a solid knowledge about basic themes in financial econometrics;
CLO2 know and be able to use concepts and notation that is frequently used in financial
econometrics;
CLO3 conduct empirical applications of financial theory based on real financial data using
statistical/econometric techniques
CLO4 Effectively apply the methods in own empirical research.
CLO5 familiar with and be able to use key capabilities of the statistical packages like Eviews or R
Programming or Grettl,
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like practical interactive lectures by using Excel,
discussions and presentations.

UNIT – I Introduction 2 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Theory
Introduction to Econometrics • Need for Econometric Analysis • Basic Terminologies • Types of Data •
Steps in Econometric Analysis

UNIT – II Bivariate and Multivariate Models - 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Bivariate and Multivariate Models - Cointegration: Background; why and when to do? • Granger’s causality
test – What it signifies?

UNIT – III Bivariate and Multivariate Models - 4 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Bivariate and Multivariate Models - VECM – How error correction happens? • VAR • Wald test - testing
Joint significance • Impulse Response Function • Variance Decomposition

UNIT - IV Panel Data Analysis 8 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Panel data Analysis • Advantages; Types of Panel data • Panel Unit Root analysis • Pooled OLS; Fixed
Effect and Random Effect model • Hausman test

UNIT - V Dynamic Panel Data Analysis 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Dynamic panel data (DPD) setup. Correlation between the lagged dependent variable and error term.
Nickell bias. Anderson and Hsiao estimator. GMM estimation notes.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

UNIT - VI Dynamic Panel Data Analysis 4 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Analytical
Arellano-Bond estimator. System DPD estimator.

Essential Reading:
1. Wooldridge, Jeffrey M. (2002) Econometric Analysis of Cross Section and Panel Data. MIT Press.

Recommended Readings:

1. Baltagi, B. (2008). Econometric analysis of panel data. John Wiley & Sons..
2. Wooldridge, Jeffrey M. (2009) Introductory Econometrics: A Modern Approach. 4 th Edition.
South-Western College Publ.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Marketing Skills - 2 Course Code: BBA611M

Total number of hours: 30 Hrs Credits: Grade

Course Description: Marketing analytics enables marketers to measure, manage and analyze marketing
performance to maximize its effectiveness and optimize return on investment (ROI). Beyond the obvious
sales and lead generation applications, marketing analytics can offer profound insights into customer
preferences and trends, which can be further utilized for future marketing and business decisions.
Course Objectives:

 To understand of how to use marketing analytics to predict outcomes and systematically allocate
resources.
 To measure brand and customer assets, understand regression analysis, and design experiments as a
way to evaluate and optimize marketing campaigns.
 To measure, manage and analyze marketing performance to maximize its effectiveness and
optimize return on investment (ROI).
Course Learning Outcomes:

CLO1 Students are able to understand of how to use marketing analytics to predict outcomes and
systematically allocate resources.
CLO2 Students are able to measure brand and customer assets, understand regression analysis, and
design experiments as a way to evaluate and optimize marketing campaigns.
CLO3 Students are able to measure, manage and analyze marketing performance to maximize its
effectiveness and optimize return on investment (ROI).
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, students discussions &
presentations, HBR case and article analysis, and a field visit in the form of experiential learning.

Unit I: Basics of Forecasting Models 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Conceptual
Identify the necessary components of a forecasting model based on patterns in the history data,evaluate the
performance of a forecasting model using both in-sample and out-of-sample metrics.

Unit II: Customer Analytics: Predicting Individual Customer Behavior 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application
Exploring your Data with Visualization and Descriptive Statisticsfrom Analysis to Action.

Unit III: Managing Customer Equity: 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application
This module will discuss managing customer equity, acquisition, retention, & market value, and customer
valuation. You will learn how to decompose customer value into its underlying components. Linking
Customer Analytics to Customer Value

Unit IV Marketing Mix Modeling 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application
Develop forecasting models is to use them to make decisions regarding the marketing mix activity, pricing
information from competitors, build a series of regression models to evaluate the impact of the brand’s
actions and competitors’ actions.

Unit V: Marketing Experiments 4 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application
Effectiveness of different marketing strategies and forecast expected ROI, design basic experiments to
assess marketing efforts and invest effectively, gap between your test results and field implementation, and
explore how web experiments can be implemented cheaply and quickly.
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Unit VI: Regression Basics 2 Hrs

Identify variables influence consumer behavior in the real world, how weather and a price promotion affect
the prices of the products, use regression and find the relationship, how to set up regressions and interpret
outputs, explore confounding effects and biases, and distinguish between economic and statistical
significance.

REFERENCES:
1. https://poetsandquants.com/tag/forecasting-models-for-marketing-decisions/
2. https://mixpanel.com/topics/what-is-customer-analytics/
3. https://www.slideshare.net/nusantara99/customer-equity
4. https://mma.com › Expertise › Commercial Effectiveness
5. https://www.process.st/marketing-experiments/
6. www.statgraphics.com/regression-analysis
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Human Resource Management Skills - 2 Course Code: BBA611H

Total number of hours: 30Hrs Grade

Course Description: HR managers are the key to the success of talent acquisition and management for the
organization. They are responsible for providing the organization with the proper key performance
indicators to show that the organization is in alignment with its mission, values and goals. HR is also
responsible for ensuring that supervisors and managers as well as rank and file employees understand the
corporate policies and procedures. They have the responsibility to ensure that these processes are applied
consistently and correctly. HR has the responsibility to learn the language of business so that they can
communicate with the management of the organization in their space rather than that of HR and emerge as a
true business partner.

Course Objectives:

 Extend HR Concepts and theories to real life situations.

 Take part in designing and executing various learning activities related to HR function
 Evaluate different perspectives of HR related issues and challenges
 Develop written and oral communication skills.

Course Learning Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will be able to:

CLO1 Compare the concepts and theories studied in classroom with the real time business situation.
CLO2 Analyse various functions of HR and its significance to organization.
CLO3 Assess the various issues and challenges related to Human Resource Management.
CLO4 Propose solutions to real time problems.
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, students discussions &
presentations, HBR case and article analysis, and a field visit in the form of experiential learning.

Unit I: Salary Fitment 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Deciding the salary to be offered to a candidate based on job evaluation techniques and salary fitment.

Unit II: : Closing an Offer 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Negotiating with candidates, realistic job previews, closing an offer and follow up with candidates to the
date of joining.

Unit III: Goal Setting 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Designing performance management forms and setting KRAs, aligning with organizational objectives,
provide constructive feedback.

Unit IV: HR Policy Formulation 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Designing various types of policy and documenting the same.

 Bachelor of Business Administration

Unit V: Grievance Redressal 4 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Design grievance redressal procedure for various organizations.

Unit VI: Exit Interview 2 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Design exit process forms and flowchart, conduct exit interviews.

REFERENCES:

 www.chrmglobal.com/Replies/2232/1/Salary-fitment-for-potential-employee's.html

 https://www.indeed.com/hire/c/info/job-offer-letter-format

 https://www.hrpayrollsystems.net/tips-successful-hr-goal-setting/

 https://www.citehr.com/25621-hr-policy-formulation.html

 https://www.fddiindia.com/aboutus-new/img/Grievance_Redressal.pdf

 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Exit_interview
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Entrepreneurial Skills -2 Course Code: BBA611E

Total number of hours: 30Hrs Credits: Grade

Course Description: This is the era of entrepreneurship. The start-up culture has pervaded the socio-
economic fabric of our world and it is imperative that budding entrepreneurs are equipped with the right
skills sets that will see them achieve their goals. The course will address various practical issues that
entrepreneurs are likely to face and give them hands on practice of the same.

Course Objective:

 To apply the various tools and techniques learnt in real time scenarios
 To provide hands on practice on various entrepreneurial practices
Course Learning Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will be able to:

CL01 Apply the various tools and techniques learnt in real time scenarios.
CLO2 Hands on practice on various entrepreneurial practices

Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, students’ discussions &
presentations, HBR case and article analysis, and a field visit in the form of experiential learning.

Unit I: Sourcing Capital 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Processing banking/funding related documents, Strategic management - setting metrics, aligning incentives,
defining strategy

Unit II:Negotiating with suppliers 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Negotiating with suppliers, drafting Service level agreements.

Unit III: Closing a deal 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Sales pitch to potential clients/customers/channel partners.

Unit IV: Team Building 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Designing various types of interventions that would help bring the team together to achieve organizational
goals.

Unit V: Business Valuation 6 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Practice various tools and techniques for valuation of a business.

 Bachelor of Business Administration

REFERENCES:

https://www.dcf-llc.com/capital-sourcing/

www.infoentrepreneurs.org/en/guides/negotiate-the-right-deal-with-suppliers/

https://blog.hubspot.com/sales/sales-closing-techniques-and-why-they-work
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Business Analytics - II Course Code: BBA611A

Total number of hours: 30 Hrs Credits: 2
Course Description: This is a full-fledged practical oriented course which covers entire aspects of Business
Analytics Application Areas. The application of the gained knowledge, skills and competences will help
students in forming the exposure and expertise towards emerging technologies & applications related to
Business / Artificial Intelligence & Its application in Business.
Course Learning Objectives: This course aims:
 To provide understanding about the application of IoT in business & society
 To equip the students to appraise the interrelationships among elements that comprise a modern
security system, including hardware, software, policies, and people;
 To train the students with mobile operating system and mobile development IDE‟s
 To facilitate the students in designing & developing Chatbots in business applications & business
decision-making.
 To develop critical thinking of the students to explain the role of forecasting in business decision-
making.
Course Learning Outcomes: On having completed this course student should be able to:
CLO1 Understand the application of IoT in business & society
CLO2 Appraise the interrelationships among elements that comprise a modern security system,
including hardware, software, policies, and people;
CLO3 To introduce students with mobile operating system and mobile development IDE‟s
CLO4 To design & develop Chatbots in business applications & business decision-making.
CLO5 Use critical thinking to explain the role of forecasting in business decision-making.
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lectures, discussions & presentations and
hands on experience on analytical tools.

Unit I: Internet of Things / Industrial Internet of Things 5 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

The Internet of Things Today, Time for Convergence, Towards the IoT Universe, Internet of Things Vision,
IoT Strategic Research and Innovation Directions, IoT Applications, Future Internet Technologies,
Infrastructure, Networks and Communication, Processes, Data Management, Security, Privacy & Trust,
Device Level Energy Issues, IoT Related Standardization, Recommendations on Research Topics. Industry
4.0 for IIoT

Unit II: Mobile Application Development 5 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Introduction to Mobile development IDE's, Introduction to Worklight basics, Optimization, pages and
fragments, writing a basic program- in Worklight Studio, Client technologies, Client side debugging,
creating adapters, invoking adapters from Worklight Client application, Common Controls, Programming
exercise with Skins, Understanding Apache Cordova, Offline access, Encrypted cache deprecated, Using
JSONStore, Ionic, Phonegap

Unit III: Chatbot Design & Development 5 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

What is Chatbot, Different Types of Chatbots, Technical aspects of chatbots, Chatbot Architecture,
Conversational Design & Chatbot Development, Chatbot Testing & Iteration, Introduction to Dialogflow,
creating a Chatbot using Dialogflow.

Unit IV: Cyber Security 5 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Introduction to Cyber Security & Privacy Management, Types of Threat Actors, Legal, reputational and
 Bachelor of Business Administration

other business risks, Fundamental differences in regional approaches to privacy protection, Cyber Forensic
Tools & Techniques, Forensic Accounting

Unit V: Blockchain: 5 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Introduction to Blockchain, Advantage over conventional distributed database, Blockchain Network,

Mining Mechanism, Distributed Consensus, Blockchain Construction, Blockchain application, Private and
Public Blockchain, Blockchain Demo & Use Cases

Unit VI: Do It Yourself (DIY) 5 Hrs

Level of Knowledge: Application

Live tasks and assignments / Projects on Chatbot

Live tasks and assignments / Projects on Mobile Applications Development
Live tasks and assignments / Projects on Blockchain
Live tasks and assignments / Projects on Internet of Things

Essential references:

1. Francis daCosta, “Rethinking the Internet of Things: A Scalable Approach to Connecting

Everything”, 1st Edition, Apress Publications, 2013
2. DR. Gavin Wood, “ETHEREUM: A Secure Decentralized Transaction Ledger,” Yellow paper.2014
3. Teach Yourself Android Application Development In 24 Hours, Edition: I, Publication: SAMS
 Bachelor of Business Administration

Course Name: Project Course Code: BBA681

Total number of hours: 25 Hours Credits: 1
Course Description: The students need to identify thrust areas of research and to conduct literature
survey, problem identification and to develop a project report. The purpose of writing project report
is to communicate the findings of the project study undertaken on a particular topic by a student in
a systematic way, in partial fulfillment of BBA program. It is a time-bound and independent study
guided by a faculty member.
Course Objectives:

 To enable students to identify the thrust area of research.

 To conduct the literature survey and problem identification and articulate the research gap
 To Develop research proposal and design for a study
 To collect and analyze the data and summarize the findings
 To develop a research report, Present conference papers and publish articles in refereed journals
Course Learning Outcomes: : On having completed this course student should be able to:
CLO1 Identify the thrust areas of research
CLO2 Conduct the literature survey and problem identification and articulate the research gap
CLO3 Develop research proposal and design for a study
CLO4 Analyze the data applying statistical tools and summarize the findings
CLO5 Develop a research report, Present conference papers and publish articles in refereed journals
Pedagogy: This course uses multiple pedagogies like interactive lecture, students’ discussions and PPTs, case
studies, role plays, and form of experiential learning.